COUNTER
COUNTER
KCV
KCX
KCM
TC-V
TC-4
KT-V
FC2-81□/FC2-161□/321□
FC2-80□/FC2-160□/320□
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
Electronic Counters Lineup
SENSOR
KCV
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Model Number
KCV-□S
Single preset
Single preset
(With prediction (With prediction
output)
output)
Classification
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digit
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Counting
System
484
KCX-□
KCX-□D
KCX-□DM
KCX-B6
Total counter
Total counter
Single preset
Single preset
Single preset
Single preset
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
●
ー
3
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
●
ー
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ー
5
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
ー
6
●
●
●
●
ー
●
●
●
8
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
Increment and
Decrement
●
●
●
●
ー
ー
ー
●
Increment or
Decrement
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
Increment
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
●
ー
Decrement
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
●
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
Numerical
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
ー
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
1/2 digits:
10 Hz/200 Hz
3/4 digits:
10 Hz/1 kHz
5/6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
1/2 digits:
10 Hz/200 Hz
3/4 digits:
10 Hz/1 kHz
5/6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
10 Hz/20 kHz
Counting Speed
1/2 digits:
10 Hz/200 Hz
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
3/4 digits:
(30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz,
10 Hz/1 kHz
1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz)
5/6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
Supply Voltage
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
Power Source for Sensors
24 V DC,
80 mA
ー
24 V DC,
80 mA
ー
12 V DC,
50 mA
12 V DC,
50 mA
12 V DC,
50 mA
24 V DC,
80 mA
Retentive Function (for powerfail)
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
ー
ー
Available
ー
Preset
operation with
each digit key,
large-size red
LED display,
double output
with prediction
output
Preset
operation with
each digit key,
large-size red
LED display,
double output
with prediction
output
Large-size red
LED display,
position display
function
Generalpurpose preset
counter, green
LED numerical
display
Generalpurpose preset
counter, green
LED numerical
display
Generalpurpose preset
counter, green
LED numerical
display
Preset counter
that enables
counting up and
down.
Comparative
output
operation is
enabled.
KCV
KCM
KCV-□T-C
2
Input/Output
Display
KCV-□T
1
Prescale Functions
KCX
KCV-□S-C
Remarks
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Large-size red
LED display,
position display
function
100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
Electronic Counters Lineup
KCX
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
KCM
ENCODER
COUNTER
KCX-B6M
KCX-□W
KCX-□WM
KCX-B6W
KCX-B6WM
KCX-□T
KCX-B6T
KCM-50- (1)
KCM-50P- (1)
KCM-51- (1)
Single preset
Double preset
Double preset
Double preset
Double preset
Total counter
Total counter
Consolidated
counter
Consolidated
counter
Consolidated
counter
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
ー
ー
●
●
ー
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
●
●
ー
ー
●
ー
●
●
●
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
ー
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Green LED
Red LED
Red LED
Red LED
10 Hz/20 kHz
4 digits:
10 Hz/1 kHz
6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
8 digits:
10 Hz/10 kHz
10 Hz/20 kHz
10 Hz/20 kHz
3/4 digits:
10 Hz/1 kHz
5/6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
3/4 digits:
10 Hz/1 kHz
5/6 digits:
10 Hz/5 kHz
10 Hz/20 kHz
100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC
30 Hz/500 Hz
30 Hz/500 Hz
24 V DC
24 V DC
24 V DC
12 V DC,
50 mA
12 V DC,
50 mA
24 V DC,
80 mA
12 V DC,
50 mA
24 V DC,
80 mA
24 V DC,
80 mA
ー
ー
ー
Available
ー
Available
ー
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
Available
General
purpose double
preset type
Double preset
counter that
enables
counting up and
down.
Comparative
output
opreration is
enabled.
Position display
is enabled.
9 built-in triple
preset
counters,
previous
prediction lamp,
prediction
output, facility
stop output
9 built-in triple
preset
counters,
previous
prediction lamp,
prediction
output, facility
stop output
8 built-in triple
preset
counters, any
counter reset.
Timer function
is enabled.
Double preset
counter that
enables
counting up and
Generaldown.
purpose
Comparative
output
opreration is
enabled.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
30 Hz/500 Hz
24 V DC,
80 mA
Preset counter
that enables
counting up and
General
down.
purpose double
Comparative
preset type
output
operation is
enabled.
INFORMATION
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
KCV
KCX
KCM
485
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCV Series
Features
Increment-Decrement Type,
S i n g l e P r e s e t I n c r e m e n tDecrement Type Total Counter
Tachometer
- Maximum counting speed
30 Hz/10 kHz (Can be selected by DIP switch.)
200 Hz/1 kHz (Can be selected in setup mode.)
- Preset counter of DIN48 x 48 miniature body that consolidates the easy-to-see
large two-color LED display and enhanced functions
- By setting the prediction output value, double output - prediction output and preset output - can be set.
Digital Timer
■Features
Electronic
Counter
Programmable
Cam
Easy-to-see Large Display
The DIN48 x 48 miniature body has a large LED display of a character height
of 12 mm (4 digits) and 10 mm (6 digits).
Easy-to-understand Operability
Preset values can be set and changed like with a digital switch, using the
setting keys for each digit.
Unrestricted Digit Setting
The counter can be set for any number of digits according to applications.
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
Removable Terminal Block
10 kHz High-speed Response
Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.
Power Source for High-capacity Sensor
The AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors
such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter.
KCX
486
Double Output by Prediction Output
Double setting with prediction output is possible.
Predicted values are used until the preset value is reached.
Protection Functions for Each Key
KCM
Various Counting Functions
〔Prescale functions〕
Input pulse can be converted into any value and displayed.
〔Individual 2-phase increment / decrement input〕
The counting range is possible from plus to minus.
(However, the setting should be in the positive range.)
〔Count-up and count-down〕
The count display can be selected between count-up display and countdown display.
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the
terminal block cover enhances safety.
KCV
Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type
The AC type is workable with supplied voltage at 85 to 264 V AC that can be
used around the world.
Input response frequency is 10 kHz, which is the highest in this counter
class.
In accordance with input counting speed, switching among 30, 200, 1 k, and
10 kHz is possible.
Protection Fulfilling IP65
Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely
operate the device even with wet or unclean hands. To improve the protective
structure, the front cover is also available at option.
Conformity to CE and UL
CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Specifications
Model Number
Digit
KCV-4S
Preset Counter
KCV-6S
6
KCV-4T
4
KCV-4T-C
KCV-6T
6
KCV-6T-C
KCV-
Power Source
4
KCV-4S-C
KCV-6S-C
Total Counter
HMI
SENSOR
■Model Number List
Classification
PLC
Power Source for Sensors
24 V DC, 60mA
Price
AC
●
Open
DC
̶
Open
AC
●
Open
DC
̶
Open
AC
●
Open
DC
̶
Open
AC
●
Open
DC
̶
Open
AC: 100 to 240 V AC
DC: 12 to 24 V DC
-
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
- Series
Digital Timer
- Number of digits
4 : 4 digits
6 : 6 digits
Programmable
Cam
- Output format
S: With output
T : Total
- Power source type
Blank : AC power
C
: DC power
■General Specifications
Rating
Items
AC Power
Supply Voltage
100 to 240 V AC
DC Power
12 to 24 V DC
Allowable Power Range
85 to 264 V AC
10 to 26.4 V DC
Power Consumption
Approx. 11 VA
Approx. 4 W
Power Source for
Sensors
24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower)
̶
Power Failure Memory
EEPROM
Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Storage time: 10 years
Ambient Temperature
-10 to 50˚C
Storage Temperature
-20 to 70˚C (No freezing)
KCV
Ambient Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Withstand Voltage
2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, between relay contacts)
Vibration Resistance
Impact Resistance
Noise Resistance
Endurance
Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance
490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Protective Structure
IP65 (Only the front panel part)
Weight (g)
Approx. 150
Terminal Block
2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, only between relay contacts)
KCX
KCM
Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Approx. 110
Conforming cable
0.25 to 1.65 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal
R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque
0.5 Nm
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
487
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
KCV Series
Specifications
■Performance Specifications
ENCODER
Items
Type
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Preset Counter
Total Counter
Increment and decrement preset counter
Increment and decrement total counter
Setting
Single setting with prediction output
̶
Digit
4, 6 digits
4, 6 digits
Display
(LED character height)
4 digits: 12 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset) 6 digits: 10 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset)
Counting Range
4 digits: -999 to 9,999 6 digits: -99,999 to 999,999
Setting Range
4 digits: 0 to 9,999 6 digits: 0 to 999,999
̶
Counting Speed: 30/200/1 k/10 kHz
Electronic
Counter
Input
Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Disabled Count Input
Responsivity: 100 μs or lower
External Reset
Minimum signal width: 5 ms
Automatic Reset
Responsivity: 100 μs or lower
Manual Reset
Responsivity: 0.1 s or lower
Input Gate Duration
During Power Failure
20 to 500 ms
Input Gate Duration
During Power Recovery
50 to 500 ms
Output
Non-contact output: NPN open collector output
24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower
̶
Contact output: 1 transfer, (1c) contact point,
220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)
̶
Output Mode
Single shot / holding / coincidence
̶
Output Time
10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms
̶
Prescaling
0.001 to 9.999 (4 digits)/0.001 to 99.999 (6 digits)
Decimal Point
Any digit can light up.
Key Protection
Any key setting is enabled.
Installation Method
Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection)
Reset key setting is enabled.
* The prescale column shows the value without using the multiplication.
■Input/Output Specifications
Count Input
Input Speed
30 Hz/200 Hz/1 kHz/10 kHz
Input Resistance
Positive logic: 15 kΩ
Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
Input Voltage
L: 0 to 3 V
H: 7 to 30 V
Input Response
On delay: 0.1 ms
Off delay: 0.1 ms
Input Resistance
Positive logic: 15 kΩ
Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
Input Voltage
L: 0 to 3 V
H: 7 to 30 V
Input Response
On delay: 5 ms or less
Off delay: 5 ms or less
Input Resistance
Positive logic: 15 kΩ
Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
Input Voltage
L: 0 to 3 V
H: 7 to 30 V
KCV
KCX
KCM
Disabled Count Input
External Reset Input
Transistor Output
Contact Output
488
Withstand Voltage
35 V or lower
Current
100 mA or lower
Residual Voltage
2 V or lower
Contact Capacity
220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)
220 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.4)
30 V DC 0.5 A (L/R = 7 ms)
Life
100,000 times or more
200,000 times or more
200,000 times or more
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Increment
■Counting
Timing
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
Mode
Counting
Output
Holding
Continuous
Holding
One-shot
Reset
One-shot*
10 to 9,990 ms
Coincidence
Decrement
Output
二相入力モード
"H"
"H"
IN-A"H"
IN-B
IN-B"L"
"L""L"
■Output Operation Mode Continuous
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
T
Dual input modeT
"H"
IN-B"H"
"L"
IN-A
"L"
Increment
Operation
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
T
T
ENCODER
Decrement
COUNTER
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
T
T
Coincidence
INFORMATION
* Can be set every 10 ms between 10 and 9,990 ms. (Set in the setup mode.)
"H"
IN-B
"L"
■Output Operation Chart
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
Holding Output (Continuous Count)
Increment mode
Decrement mode
Preset Values
0
Reset
Contact Output
Increment
Reset
T/2
OFF
ON
T/2
OFF
OFF
Count)
Increment mode
Increment mode
Increment mode
T/2
Decrement
Decrementmode
mode
Decrement mode
T/2
Preset Values
"H"
IN-B
"L"
IN-A in Decrement input
T/2 "H" or "L."
canT/2be either
Decrement mode
T
T/2
加算
・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時)
加算
・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時)
0 IN-B in Increment input
can be either "H" or "L."
ON
Contact Output
mode
One-shot timeDecrement
100 ms
(10 to 9,990 ms is possible in setup mode.)
"H" -OFF
For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks.
"H"
timenon-contact
100 ms
IN-A
- When the prediction setOne-shot
value is "0,"
becomes
the same as
IN-A inoutput
Decrement
input
IN-A
in Decrement
input
to 9,990
ms isIN-A
possible
in setup mode.)
the output operation of (10
contact
output.
can be either "H" or "L."
"L""L"
can be either "H" or "L."
T/2
T/2
一致出力(計数継続)
Coincidence
Output (Continuous Count)
ON
Increment mode
T/2
T/2
Increment
T
T
Decrement mode
"H"
"H"
IN-A"H"
IN-B
IN-B"L"
"L""L"
IN-B in Increment input
IN-B in Increment input
can be either "H" or "L."
can be either "H" or "L."
T/2
T/2
T
One-shot time 100 ms
(10 to 9,990 ms is possible in setup mode.)
0
: Prediction Set Value
"H"
IN-B"H"
IN-A "L"
"L"
<Note>
Decrement
加算・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時)
OFF
Predicted Value
Decrement
T
OFF
Non-contact Output
OFF
Predicted
Value
ON
Contact OutputPreset Values
Programmable
Cam
Reset
Individual
Mode
OFF Increment/Decrement Input
T/2
T/2
ON
Non-contact
Output
(Negative
Logic
Input)
T
OFF : Prediction Set Value
加算
・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時)
ON
Increment
Decrement
Increment
Decrement
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Digital Timer
T/2
T/2
T/2
T/2
One-shot time 100 ms
T
(10 to 9,990 ms is possible
T in setup mode.)
"H"
Increment
IN-B in Increment input
IN-B"H"
ワンショット出力
can be(計数Reset)
either "H" or "L."
"L"
IN-A
"L"
Increment mode
Predicted Value
ON
Reset ON
Reset OFF
0
OFF
ON
Non-contact Output ON
Non-contact
Output
OFF
ワンショット出力OFF
(計数Reset)
ON
Contact Output ON
ON
Contact Output OFF
Reset OFF
OFF
Increment mode
ON
Reset
Tachometer
IN-A Output
Non-contact
IN-B
0
Predicted Value 0
0
Decrement
Electronic
Counter
"H"
OFF
加算・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時)
"H" ON
"H"
IN-A in Decrement input
IN-B in Increment input
OFF IN-B in Increment input
IN-B"L"
can be either "H" or "L."
can be either "H" or "L."
"L" ON can
be either "H" or "L."
Contact"L"
Output
OFF
ON
ワンショット出力(計数Reset)
保持出力
(計数継続)
One-shot
Output
(Reset
一致出力
(計数継続)
Preset ValuesNon-contact Output
Decrement
T
Increment
T
ON
T
Predicted Value
Contact Output
T
加算・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時)
Increment
Decrement
Increment mode
Decrement mode
"H"
Preset Values
"H"
IN-A
IN-A
Individual
Predicted "L"
Value
"L"
T/2
ON
Preset Values
Preset Values
Predicted
Predicted Value
Value
Predicted Value
Preset Values
T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4
IN-A in Decrement input
in Decrement
Increment/DecrementIN-A
Input
Modeinput
can be either "H" or "L."
can be either "H" or "L."
(Positive0 Logic
Input)
T/2
T/2
Predicted Value
Non-contact Output
加算
・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時)
加算
・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時)
ワンショット出力(計数Reset)
T
保持出力(計数継続)
t mode
mode
二相入力モード Decrement
Increment
Increment
Decrement
"H"
"H"
IN-A
IN-A
"L""L"
Increment
IN-B in Increment input
can be either "H" or "L."
: Prediction Set Value
IN-A in Decrement input
can be either "H" or "L."
T/2
T/2
T
T/2
T/2
T
Decrement
KCV
KCX
KCM
IN-A in Decrement input
T/2 "H" or "L."
canT/2be either
ON
<Note>
T
T/2
T/2
Reset - For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks.
- For output display for prediction output (non-contact output),
the output LED blinks.
OFF
-ON
When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as
1 1 becomes the same as
Count for - When
or theTprediction
. Required
counting
speed
(Herz) =output
set
value isspeed
"0,"
non-contact
Count
for
or
.
Required
counting
(Herz)
=
T
sec
Non-contact Output the output operation of contact output.
the output operation of contact output.
T sec
OFF
Contact Output
ON
OFF
"H"
IN-B
"L"
<Note>
Count for
IN-B in Increment input
can be either "H" or "L."
T/2
or
. Required counting speed (Herz) =
or
. Required counting speed (Herz) =
TT
T/2
1
sec
: Prediction Set Value
- For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks.
- When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as
the output operation of contact output.
<Note>
Count for
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
1
T sec
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
489
Power Source for Sensor
Electronic Counter / Controller
2
Non-contact Output
OUT
KCV Series
PLC
HMI
0V
INH
4
5
6
7
1
9
■Terminal Connection Diagrams
KCV-4S/6S
KCV-4S/6S
KCV-4S/6S
Power Source for Sensor
COUNTER
Count Input
24 V DC, 60mA INA
Power Source for Sensor
Non-contact Output
13
INB
Reset Input
R
10 11 12
8
Disabled Count Input
0V
6 7
5
Power Source for Sensor
24 V DC, 60mA INA
Non-contact Output
Reset Input
OUT
R
Non-contact Output
13 34 45 56 67
2
1 1
8
OUT
8
COM N.C. N.O.
+
Contact Output
+
9
Reset Input
Reset Input
76 7R
R
+
−
10 1211to 24100
12
V DC
to Power
240 V AC Power
Contact Output
Count Input
KCV-4T-C/6T-C
KCV-4T-C/6T-C
INB
0V
INH
3
4
5
6
2
INA
INB
2 13
R
4
8
−
8
0V
Disabled Count Input
INH
6 7
5
Reset Input
R
Reset Input
1
R
Disabled Count Input
INA
Count Input
8 89 Contact
910 Output
1011 12
1112
to 2412
V DC Power
COM N.C. N.O.
5
KCV-4T-C/6T-C
Reset Input
7 7R
10 11 12
4
INH
* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.
100 to 240 V AC Power
�予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。
Reset Reset
Input Input
9
0V
COM N.C. N.O.
9 Contact
10 Output
11 100
12to 240 V AC Power
COM N.C. N.O.
OUT
2
INB
7 R
1
8 89 910 10
11 11
12 12
COM N.C. N.O.
INA INA
INB INB
0V 0V
INH INH
24 V DC, 60mA
12 13
Reset Input
7 R
10 11 12
9
KCV-4TDisabled
Count Count
Input Input
Disabled
Count Input
2 23
6 6Count Input
34 45 5Disabled
5Disabled6Count Input
INH
100 to 240 V AC Power
INA INA
INB INB
0 V 0 INH
V INH
24 V DC, 60mA
INH
* Non-contact output
(OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.
Contact Output
KCV-4S-C/6S-C
100 to 240 V AC Power
Digital Timer
Count Input
Disabled Count Input
KCV-4T/6T
INA INB 0 V INH
KCV-4T/6T
KCV-4S-C/6S-C
Programmable
Cam
Input Input
Input Input
Power Source for Sensor
Disabled
2CountCount
3
4 5Disabled
6CountCount
Non-contact Output
Contact Output
KCV-4T/6T
KCV-4S-C/6S-C
KCV-4S-C/6S-C
Count Count
Input Input
Power Source for Sensor
KCV-4T/6T
Reset Input
8
Electronic
Counter
0V
4
1
OUT
Tachometer
INB
Input
2Count 3
4
24 V DC, 60mA INA
Non-contact Output
OUT
2
9
7 R
10 11 12
+
9
−
10 11 1212
to 24 V DC Power
−
+
to 240
V AC Power
12 to 24100
V DC
Power
�予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。
−
12 to 24 V DC Power
KCV-4T-C/6T-C
�予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。
Count Input
INA
INB
Disabled Count Input
0V
INH
■Input/Output
Diagrams
2 3 Circuit
4 AC電源形
5AC電源形
6
AC Power
1
Power
Source
Power
Source
2
2
for Sensor
for Sensor
24 V 24
D CV D C
8
7
Reset Input
ON During
Negative
ON During
Negative
LogicLogic
Input Input
9
10 11 12
3.3 k 3.3 k
KCX
3
INA INA
3
KCM
INB INB
4
4
DC電源形
DC電源形
DC Power
R
24 V 24
D CV D C
+ 11 11
+
Internal 24
V
Internal 24
V
5 V 5 V+
−
12 to 24 V DC Power
KCV
9 N.C.
9 N.C.
−
12
10 N.O.
10 N.O.
5V 5V
1.8 k 1.8 k
3
INA INA
3
10 N.O.
10 N.O.
22 k 22 k
5V 5V
3.3 k 3.3 k
5V 5V
1.8 k 1.8 k
INB INB
4
4
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
1 OUT
1 OUT
5V 5V
3.3 k 3.3 k
ResetReset
7
7
47 k 47 k
1 OUT
1 OUT
5V 5V
1.8 k 1.8 k
5 0 5V 0 V
ResetReset
7
7
22 k 22 k
6
47k 47k
22 k 22 k
5V 5V
1.8 k 1.8 k
Disabled
Disabled
6
CountCount
Input Input
6
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
5 0 5V 0 V
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
5V 5V
3.3 k3.3 k
Disabled
Disabled
6
CountCount
Input Input
8 COM
8 COM
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
47 k 47 k
9 N.C.
9 N.C.
12
8 COM
8 COM
47 k 47 k
Internal
Circuit
Internal
Circuit
ON During
Negative
ON During
Negative
LogicLogic
Input Input
−
22 k 22 k
490
Po
COM N.C. N.O.
SENSOR
INFORMATION
Disabled Count Input
INB
3
8
Connection
ENCODER
Count Input
24 V DC, 60mA INA
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Connection
HMI
SENSOR
■Input Connection Examples
NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor
Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output
- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
Proximity Sensor
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)
- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
《Recommended
proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》
- Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)
《Recommended
proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》
Brown
Brown
Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2
2
(24 V DC)*1
(24 V DC)*1
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Brown
Brown
Power Source for電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2
2
For Increment
For Increment
1
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*1
Black
Black
3 IN A
3 IN A
For Increment
For Increment
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Black
Black
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
For
Decrement
For電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Decrement
3 IN A
3 IN A
Brown
Brown
Black 2 Power Source for Sensor
Black 2 Power Source for Sensor
1
IN
B
IN
B
4
4
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*1
For Decrement
For Decrement
Black
Black
For Increment
For Increment
Brown 4 Power
Brown 4 Power
IN B Source for Sensor
IN B Source for Sensor
Black
Black
Black 3 IN A Brown 2 Power
Black 3 IN A Brown 2 Power
1
1
Source
for
Sensor
Source
for Sensor
(24
V
DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Brown
Brown
Reset
Power
Source for 2Sensor
Power
Source for 2Sensor
7 Reset
1
1
2 7
2
(24 V DC)*1 Black (24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*1 Black (24 V DC)*
For Increment
For Decrement For Increment
For
Decrement
Black 7 Reset
Black 7 Reset
ForBlack
Increment
ForBlack
Increment
For Increment
For Increment
Black 4 IN B
Black 4 IN B
Black 3 IN A
Black 3 IN A
Black
Black
6 Disabled Count
6 Disabled Count
IN A
IN A
3 Input
3 Input
3 IN A
3 IN A
For Decrement
For Decrement
Black
Black
Black 6 Disabled Count Input
Black 6 Disabled Count Input
Blue
Blue
For
Decrement
For
Decrement
Black 5 0 V
Black 5 0 V
For Decrement
For Decrement
4 IN B
4 IN B
7 Reset Black
7 Reset Black
Black
Black
Blue4 IN B
Blue4 IN B
4 IN B
4 IN B
5 0V
5 0V
Black
Black
Black
Black
Reset
Reset
Count7 Input
DisabledBlack
Count7 Input
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
6 DisabledBlack
6
Black
Black
7 Reset
7 Reset
7 Reset
7 Reset
Blue
Blue
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
Black
Black
5 0V
5 0V
Disabled
Count Input
Count Input
6 Disabled
- Input logic: Negative
logic
(No-voltage
(neg)
-Black
Input logic:
Positive
and negative
logic are set in accordance with the
Black 6input)
Blacklogic
Black
Red Disabled Count Input
Disabled Count Input
6
6 Disabled Count Input
Disabled
Count
Input
6 increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)
6
- Input mode: Individual
output
encoder.
Power
Source
(Brown) of the
Blue
Blue for Sensor
0
V
0
V
2
5
5
1Red
Blue
(242-phase
V DC)*
Blue
sensor: Blue
APS□-□-Z》
《Recommended
- Blue
Input
mode:
inputV(DIP Source
switchfor
2 is
OFF.)
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
For Increment proximity
5 0V
Green
Sensor
(Brown)5 0Power
5 0V
5 0V
Brown
A the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V.
2 (24 V DC)*TRD-S□B
3 INtype,
1
* In the case of the DC power source
(Black)
《Recommended
rotary
encoder:
For
Increment
IN
A
3
Green
Blue
Brown
For
Decrement
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
TRD-J□-RZ/S
3 IN A
(Black)
Red
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
4 IN B
3 IN A
Blue
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
for Sensor TRD-N□-RZ/S》
(Brown) 4 Power
For Decrement
IN B Source
2
(24 V DC)*1
White
4 IN B
For Increment
Red
Green
Brown 7 Reset
(White)
4 IN B
3 IN A
Red
Power Source for Sensor
(Brown)
(Black)
White
Red
0 VA
5
2 Power
IN
1
3
Blue
Reset
Source
for Sensor
(Brown)
7
(24 V DC)*
(White)
Black Power Source
for2Sensor
(Brown)
For Decrement For Increment
1
Count Input
Green
6 Disabled
2
Brown
(24
1
(Blue) (24 V DC)*
0 VV DC)*
5
IN
B
IN
A
For
Increment
4
3
Green
For Increment
(Black)
Brown
Black
Green
Brown
A
IN A
Count Input
Blue 3 6 INDisabled
4 IN B (Black)
3 IN A
(Blue)3
(Black)
For Decrement
White
5 0V
3 IN A
Blue
IN A
3
Blue
Reset
7
For Decrement
4 IN B
(White)
For Decrement
4 5 IN0 BV
4 IN B
4 IN B
5 0V
White 4 IN B
Black
4 IN B
6 Disabled Count7 Input
Reset
スイッチ・リレーの場合
White
(White)
(Blue)
White
7 Reset
(White) 5 0 V
7 Reset
(White)
スイッチ・リレーの場合
Black 5 0 V
5 0V
5 0V
6 Disabled Count Input
Black
(Blue)
Black
Power
Source
for
SensorCount Input
Disabled
Power
Source
for Sensor
6
Disabled
Count
Input
2
6
(Blue) 2 (24 V DC)*(Blue)
1
(24 V DC)
5 02 V Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
For Increment
For Increment
2
スイッチ・リレーの場合
5 0 V (24 V DC)
(24 V DC)*1
5 0V
3 IN A
3 IN A
- Input logic: Negative logic
(No-voltage input) (neg)
For Increment
For Increment
(Voltage
input) (pos)
- Input logic: Positive logic
For Decrement
For Decrement
A
3 IN A input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)
3 IN
- Input
mode:
Individual increment
and decrement
スイッチ・リレーの場合
IN B Source for Sensor
IN B Individual
4 Power
4 Power
Source forincrement
Sensor
- Input
and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.)
スイッチ・リレーの場合 For2 Decrement
2 Decrement
Formode:
スイッチ・リレーの場合
- Counting
speed: 30 Hz (DIP(24switch
1
V DC) 1 is ON.)
V DC)*
IN B switch 1 is ON.)
4 IN B
- Counting(24speed:
30 Hz4 (DIP
For Increment
For Increment
7 Reset
7 Reset
Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
3 IN A
2
3 IN A
2
1
Power
Source for Sensor
Power
Source
for Sensor
(24
V DC)
(24
V DC)*
Power Source for2Sensor
Power Source for2Sensor
Reset
Reset
7 (24
7 (24
2 Increment
2 Increment1
For Decrement For
V DC)
For Decrement For
V DC)*1
(24
V DC) Count Input
6 Disabled
(24
V DC)* Count Input
6 Disabled
IN
B
IN
A
For
Increment
IN
B
IN
A
4
For
Increment
4
3
3
For Increment
For Increment
A
A
3 6 INDisabled
Count Input
3 6 INDisabled
Count Input
IN A
IN A
3 Decrement
3 Decrement
For
For
5 0 V - Because there is large input current,
5 0V
For Decrement
For Decrement
7 Reset this connection
7 Reset
4 INisBrecommended.
4 IN B
For Decrement
For Decrement
4 5 IN0 BV - Because there is large input current,
4 5 IN0 BV
4 IN B
4 IN B
2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor
PLC
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Rotary Encoder
Switch Relay
7
6 Disabled Count7 Input
Reset
7 Reset
Reset
KCV
KCX
KCM
this connection is recommended.
is large input
current,
Count
Input
5 0 V - Because there
6 Disabled
this connection
is recommended.
Count Input
6 Disabled
6 Disabled Count Input
6 Disabled Count7 Input
Reset
�DC電源タイプにはありません。別途外部電源を使用してください。
7 Reset
7 Reset
�DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
Count Input
5 0V
6 Disabled
6 Disabled Count Input
6 Disabled Count Input
5 0 V - Because there is large input current,
5 0V
this connection
recommended.
- Because
there isislarge
input current,
V input
5 0V
large
current,
�DC電源タイプにはありません。
5 0 V - Because there5 is 0
5 0 V別途外部電源を使用してください。
this connection is recommended.
this connection is recommended.
�DC電源タイプにはありません。
*1 There is no power source for 別途外部電源を使用してください。
sensors in the case of the DC power source type.
�DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
�DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
Use a separate external power source.
■Output Connection Examples
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
接点出力の場合
NPN Open
Collector Output
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
OUT 1
0V 5
Contact Output
接点出力の場合
COM 8
COM 8
Load
−
OUT 1+
Load
−
+
Power Source
0Vfor5Load
24 V DC
Power Source for Load
24 V DC
N.C. 9
Load
N.O. 10
Load
N.C. 9
N.O. 10
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Power Source
for Load
Power Source
for Load
Load
Load
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
491
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCV Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
① Output display (Red)
③ Discrete value display (Red)
- Operation mode
Lights up when the output is ON.
Blinks when the prediction output is ON.
- Operation mode
Displays the discrete value.
- Setup mode
Displays the set contents.
③
② Protection display (Red)
①
- Operation mode
Blinks when the key is protected.
④
④ Preset value display (Green)
②
- Operation mode
Displays the preset value.
- Setup mode
Displays the setting item.
(Only when the key is ON)
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
⑤
- Setup mode
Displays the set contents of key protection.
⑥
⑤ Digit key
⑥ RST key
- Operation mode
Resets the discrete value.
- Operation mode
Changes the preset value.
* Compared with the pre-set counter panel above,
the total counter differs as to the following points.
①Output display
②Protection display
: None
: None except the display
corresponding to the RST key.
④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode.
⑤Digit key
: Ineffective in the operation mode.
(0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement
mode)
- Setup mode
Select the setting item.
( The preset value is updated approx. one second
after the change is made as long as there is no input
from any of the keys.)
- Setup mode
Selects the set contents.
■Key Operation
1. Changes the preset value
Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the
corresponding digit.
Example: When the counter is “123”
1
2
Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered.
3
Press the 1 key and the
124
134
Press the 3 key and the 234
Press the 2 key and the
2.Resets the discrete value
KCV
KCX
KCM
If the reset key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the discrete value is
reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the discrete value becomes "0" in the
increment mode and the preset value in the decrement mode.
Example: When the counter is “123”
3.Key protection
1
Press the 1 key and the 124
2 reset
Presskey
the 2
key the
and digit
the 134
When DIP switch 6 is ON, the
and
key are locked. When
3 the
Press
3 key and the 234
the prohibited key is pressed,
LEDthecorresponding
to the key blinks. For
key protection, select the key you want to lock in the setup mode and set
DIP switch 6 in the ON position.
Since all key protections in the setup mode are locked before shipment, if
you simply set DIP switch 6 in the ON position, all keys lock.
6
RST
492
4
5
6
RST
4
5
2
3
1
2
3
1
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Each Part Name and Function
■ DIP Switch Setting
- Use the DIP switch at the top of the counter for setting.
- Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.
The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on.
- When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the
operation mode to reset the count value.
Counting Speed
Select
the counting
speed with DIP switch 1. Select a counting speed that is
Counting
speed
Counting
speed
Counting
speedthe choices (200/1 kHz) in the setup mode.
notCounting
included amongst
speed
Counting speed
Counting speed
Counting speed
Input
Mode
Input mode
Input mode
Input mode
Select
the input mode with DIP switch 2.
Input mode
Input mode
Input mode
Input mode
Counting
Counting Mode
mode
Counting
mode
Counting
mode
Counting
mode
Select
the counting
mode with DIP switch 3.
Counting mode
Counting mode
Counting mode
Selects the operation mode.
Not in use
Selects the key protection.
Selects the output mode.
Counting
memory
Counting
Memory
Counting
Counting memory
memory
Counting memory
Counting memory
Selects the input mode.
Selects the counting speed.
SW1
SW1
SW1
SW1
ON
ON
ON
SW1
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
SW1
OFF
SW1
OFF
ON
30 Hz
10k Hz
10k Hz
ON
OFF
OFF
Input Mode
Input Mode
Input Mode
Input Mode
Add-Subtract
individual
input
Add-Subtract
individual
Add-Subtract
individual input
input
Input Mode
Add-Subtract
individual
input
2-phase
input
2-phase
input
2-phase
input
Add-Subtract
individual
Input Mode
2-phase inputinput
Input Mode
2-phase
inputinput
Add-Subtract
individual
SW2
SW2
SW2
SW2
ON
ON
ON
SW2
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
SW2
OFF
SW2
OFF
ON
Add-Subtract individual input
2-phase input
2-phase input
ON
OFF
OFF
Counting
Mode
Counting
Counting Mode
Mode
Counting
Mode
Decrement
mode
Decrement
mode
Decrement
mode
Counting Mode
Decrement
mode
Increment mode
Increment mode
Increment mode
Decrement
mode
Counting Mode
Increment mode
Counting Mode
Increment mode
Decrement
mode
SW3
SW3
SW3
SW3
ON
ON
ON
SW3
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
SW3
OFF
SW3
OFF
ON
Decrement mode
Increment mode
ON
OFF
OFF
Counting
Counting Memory
Memory
Counting
Memory
Power
Power failure
failure memory
memory
Power
memory
Counting
Power failure
failureMemory
memory
Power
source
reset
Power
source
reset
Power
source
reset
Power failure
memory
Counting
Memory
Power
source
reset
SW4
SW4
SW4
SW4
ON
ON
ON
SW4
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
SW4
OFF
SW4
OFF
ON
Counting
Memory
Power
source
reset
Power failure
memory
Power failure memory
Power source reset
Power source reset
Selects the counting memory.
(The addition mode is fixed in the total counter.)
Counting
Speed
Counting
Speed
Counting
Speed
Counting
Speed
30
Hz
30
Hz
30 Hz
Hz
Counting
Speed
30
10k
Hz
10k
Hz
10k
Hz
30
Hz
Counting
Speed
10k Hz
Counting
Speed
10k
Hz
30 Hz
Counting memory
Increment mode
Select the counting memory with DIP switch 4.
Counting memory
Counting Memory
(Unused by the total counter)
Selects the counting mode.
HMI
SENSOR
Dip Switch
* The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment.
PLC
Output mode
Output Mode
mode
Output
Output
Output mode
mode
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
ON
OFF
OFF
Select
the output
Output
modemode with DIP switch 5. Select the coincidence output in
Output
SW5
the setup mode.
Output Mode
Mode
SW5
Output
Mode
SW5
Output mode
Output mode
Output Mode
Hold
output
Hold
Hold output
output
Output
Mode
Hold
output
One-shot
output
One-shot
output
One-shot
output
Output
Hold
output
One-shotMode
output
Output Mode
One-shot
output
Hold output
Hold output
One-shot output
One-shot output
KeyProtection
protection
Key
Key
Key protection
protection
SW5
ON
ON
ON
SW5
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW5
ON
OFF
SW5
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Key protection
Select whether "not to use key protection" or "to use key protection" for the
Key protection
keys set in the setup mode with DIP switch 6. The keys for key protection can
Key
Protection
SW6
Key
SW6
beKey
set inprotection
the setup mode.
Key Protection
Protection
SW6
Key
Protection
SW6
Key
protection
"Not to use key protection" is set before shipment.
The setup
setup mode
mode
The
Operation
mode
Operation
Operation mode
mode
Operation
mode
Operation mode
Operation
Mode
Operation mode
Operation
mode
Select
the operation
mode with DIP switch 8.
Dip switch
switch 7
7 is
is not
not used.
used.
*** Dip
* Dip
Dip switch
switch 7
7 is
is not
not used.
used.
Keysetup
Protection
The
mode
The
setup
mode
settingis
enabled.
settingis
enabled.
settingis
enabled.
settingis
enabled.
Keysetup
Protection
The
mode
Do not
not
Do
Key Protection
settingis
enabled.
Do
not
The setup
mode
Do not
The setup
mode
settingis
Doenabled.
not
settingis enabled.
Do not
Do not
ON
SW6
ON
ON
ON
SW6
OFF
ON
OFF
SW6
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
Operation
Mode
Operation
Operation Mode
Mode
Operation
Mode
Setup
mode
Setup
mode
Setup
mode
Operation
Mode
Setup mode
Operation mode
mode
Operation
mode
Operation
Mode
Setup
mode
Operation mode
Operation Mode
Operation
mode
Setup mode
Setup mode
Operation mode
Operation mode
SW8
SW8
SW8
SW8
ON
ON
ON
SW8
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW8
ON
OFF
SW8
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
KCV
KCX
KCM
* Dip switch 7 is not used.
*Dip switch 7 is not used.
* Dip switch 7 is not used.
* Dip switch 7 is not used.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
493
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
KCV Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Setup Mode
To the next menu by
pressing the reset key
Setup Mode Setting Items
(1) Counting speed …………
(2) Input logic ……………
(3) Output mode …………
(4) Output time ……………
(5) Prescaling
……………
(6) Magnification of prescale …
Tachometer
Digital Timer
① Counting speed setting (cps)
Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup
mode.
(7) Digit ……………………
Programmable
Cam
(8) Decimal point …………
(9) Prediction output ………
(10) Reset key protection ……
(11) Digit key protection ……
200/1 kHz, DIP switch 1
Positive logic, Negative logic
Coincidence output, DIP switch 5
Set the one-shot output time from 10 to 9,990
ms (in units of 10 ms).
4 digits: 0.001 to 9.999
6 digits: 0.001 to 99.999
Set the magnification of the value set in the
prescale.
1 time, 10 times, 100 times, 1,000 times
Set the number of digits to display on the
counter.
4 digits: 1 to 4 digits
6 digits: 1 to 6 digits
Set the decimal marker to any digit.
Set the offset value for the preset value.
4 digits: 0 to 9,999
6 digits: 0 to 999,999
Set the lock for the reset key.
Set the lock for the digit keys.
* Items (3), (4), (7), (9), (10), and (11) are skipped in the total counter.
RST
Initial value: □
3
1 � 1000 1 kHz
2 � 200 200 Hz
3 � dip1 Dip switch 1
② Input logic setting (si g)
Initial value: □
2
1 � pos Positive logic
2 � neg Negative logic
RST
③ Output mode setting (c-op)
Initial value: □
2
1 � eq Coincidence output
2 � dips DIP switch 5
RST
④ Output time setting (outt)
Initial value: 100ms
Digit key 1 is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms.
Discrete value display part Blank 0. 1 0 0 s
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
Variable from 10 to 9990 ms
RST
⑤ Prescale setting 1 (scL1)
Initial value: 1.000
Discrete value display part
1. 0 0 0
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
4 digits: 0.001 to 9.999
6 digits: 0.001 to 99.999
RST
⑥ Prescale setting 2 (scL2)
Switching Between the Setup Mode and
the Operation Mode
①
Operation Mode
Setup Mode
RST
②
① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the
setup mode starts.
② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on,
the operation mode starts.
1
2
3
4
�
�
�
�
1 0 0 0
1 0 0.0
1 0.0 0
1.0 0 0
Initial value: 1.000
1000 times
100 times
10 times
1 time
⑦ Digit selection setting (dgt)
Initial value: Maximum digit
The number of digits corresponding to the digit keys is displayed.
Discrete value display part 6 5 4 3 2 1
RST
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
⑧ Decimal point setting (d.p)
KCX
KCM
The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number.
Digit key 1 is used for the setting for no decimal point.
Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.
(Use the digit keys for all settings.)
- The digits that were selected in the digit selection setting will be available
later when setting the decimal point, prediction output, and digit key
protection, and only the selected digits can be set.
- If the digit selection setting is changed, the decimal point setting is
automatically changed to "no decimal point," the prediction output setting
to "0," and the preset value to "5."
- If the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the
[RST] key in the operation mode to reset the count value.
- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the
[RST] key.
- If the [RST] key is pressed and pressed for 3 seconds or more in the
operation mode, the "prediction output setting" screen in the setup mode
appears. When the [RST] key is pressed after making a setting, the
operation mode screen appears.
Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
RST
⑨ Prediction output setting (set )
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
⑩ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked
Select whether to lock the reset key or not.
Digit key: K/P display part
1 : ■□□□□□□ (Lock)
2 : □□□□□□□ (Unlock)
RST
⑪ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked
Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.
(4 digits: □□□□□/6 digits: □□□□□□□)
Digit key: K/P display part
K/P display part
: Lit when disabled
: Enabled when out
To the first menu by
pressing the reset key
RST
494
1
2
3
4
5
6
: □□□□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□■□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □■□□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Initial value: 0
Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0
RST
* Items ③ ④ ⑦ ⑨ ⑩ and ⑪ are skipped in the total counter.
Digit key
1 : Not use
1 : Use
Initial value: No decimal point
a
KCV
Operation of the setup mode
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Example of Setting KCV-6S
3. Change the set contents
Changes the Preset Value
Change the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes
effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.
Before Changing
Change Complete
To the next
menu by
pressing
the reset key
RST
ENCODER
① Counting speed Setting screen
COUNTER
Change to the initial value.
② Input logic Setting screen
OUT
K/P
OUT
K/P
6
4
5
RST
3
1
RST
4
5
3
K/P
6
2
1
RST
4
5
6
2
3
1
RST
4
5
2
3
1
RST
Change to the initial value.
③ Output
Setting
mode
screen
Press the digit key 3 Once.
Press the digit key 2 twice.
■Positioning by the Encoder Input
RST
RST
KCV-6S
Pulley
4
5
2
3
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Set the prescale to "0.047."
Press the 4 key 9 times,
the 2 key 4 times,
and the 1 key 7 times
to set the prescale to "0.047."
K/P
6
Change to the initial value.
Prescale setting 1 Setting screen
⑤ COUNTER
RST
Change to the initial value.
④ Output time Setting screen
Position the conveyer in units of 0.1 mm. To accurately stop the conveyor,
output the prediction output 20 mm in front of the preset value.
OUT
INFORMATION
OUT
K/P
6
2
HMI
SENSOR
■Operation Mode
OUT
PLC
1
Encoder
RST
Prediction Output (Deceleration)
present Output (Suspended)
Control Box
⑥ Prescale setting 2 Setting screen
Motor
Set the magnification to "10."
Press the 3 key once to set
the magnification to 10.
- Pulley diameter
: φ15
- Encoder pulse count : 1,000 P/R
RST
Setting Item
Settings
Counting Speed
10 kHz*
Input Logic
Negative logic*
Output Mode
One-shot*
Output Time
100 ms*
Prescaling
0.047
Magnification
10
Digit
6*
Decimal Point
Between 1st digit and 2nd digit
Prediction Output
20.0
* Items with an * mark are set before shipment.
⑦ Digit Setting screen
RST
Change to the initial value.
⑧ Decimal point Setting screen
Display the decimal point between
the first and second digits.
RST
Press the 2 key to display the decimal point
between the first and second digits.
KCV
KCX
KCM
⑨ Prediction output Setting screen
1.Prescale calculation
Prescaling =
=
Set the prediction output to "20."
π×Pulley Diameter (mm)
Encoder Pulse Count
3.1416×15
1000
Press the reset
key to end
setup.
RST
Press the 3 key twice to set
the prediction output to "20.0."
This setting is complete.
= 0.047 mm/pulse
4. Switching to the operation mode
= 0.047×10 (to display in units of 0.1 mm)
2. Switching to the setup mode
Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position and turn the power on. (DIP switches
1 to 7 are in the OFF position.)
When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off and set
DIP switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode).
(The set contents in the setup mode are written when the power is turned off.)
5. Start the operation mode
When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]
key to reset the count value after the power is turned on.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
495
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
KCV Series
Error Code Display/Option
■Common Errors
Error Code
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Error Name
Error details
The preset values and the contents of
setup mode are changed.
Memory data error
Decimal Point
Blinking
Counter overflow error
Decimal Point
Blinking
Minus Display
Counter underflow error
Corrective Action
Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication. The discrete value
becomes "0", the set value becomes "5000", and the contents of the
setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults.
Count values have exceeded the display
range.
The error indication is cancelled if the [RST] key is pressed to reset the
discrete value or if the discrete value returns within the counting range.
Inside the counter, the discrete value is correctly counted in the range of
Count values are below
-2,147,483.648 to 2,147,483.647.
the display range.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Counter Overflow Error
All digits in the display turn to “0”.
Digital Timer
All digits in the display turn to “0”.
Programmable
Cam
カウンタオーバーフローエラー
+1
+1
+1
Decimal point blinking
+1
Decimal Point Blinking
Decimal point blinking
Minus Display
Decimal Point Blinking
Counter Underflow Error
Minus Display
カウンタオーバーフローエラー
カウンタアンダーフローエラー
−1
−1
−1
Decimal Point Blinking
−1
Decimal Point Blinking
Decimal Point Blinking
Decimal Point Blinking
カウンタアンダーフローエラー
■Option
Option
Model Number
Contents
Price
Rubber Gasket
KC-48P
If installed between the installation panel and KCV, it prevents the intrusion of water into the
control panel.
Front Cover
KC-48C
If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc.
Material: Soft silicon rubber
Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed.
Open
Open
KCV
KCX
KCM
496
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCV Series
Precautions
HMI
SENSOR
■Precautions in Use
■Cautions in Wiring
(1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal
⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.
(2) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated
voltage at once using a switch or relay.
(3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic
to negative logic.
(4) When changing the preset value while counting, the changed preset
value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the key input. In the
decrement mode, the changed preset value becomes effective when the
counting is reset.
(Effective preset values are memorized during power failures.)
(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the
data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.
(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.
- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to
-10˚C or lower.
- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation
occurs due to rapid temperature change.
- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.
- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.
- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.
(7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test,
separate the main body from the control circuit.
- Wire cables separately from power lines.
- When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,
separate the main body of the KCV and the wiring from the noise sources
as far as possible.
- Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal.
- It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections.
- When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal
has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use
a round crimp terminal.
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
PLC
In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact with
the terminal becomes insufficient.
Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally from the side
as shown in the figure above.
Programmable
Cam
In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal
■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body
How
tointo
Mount
the Mainbore
Body
① Insert the main
body
the attachment
of the panel.
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.
How to Mount the Terminal Block and the Terminal Block Cover
- Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
Mount
the terminal
block cover
after theblock,
wiring is completed.
-- As
the screw
anchoring
the terminal
only use the anchoring
screw for
used
in shipping.
onlyallowable
use the anchoring
screw
used
in
shipping.
- Make sure that the
tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.
- Make
surecover
that the
tightening
torque is 0.3 Nm.
- Mount the terminal
block
afterallowable
the wiring
is completed.
- Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
KCV
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
KCX
Body
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
KCM
Body
Body
Terminal Block
Fixing Screw
Mounting Frame:
The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
and transverse directions.
Mounting Frame:
The frame can beMounting
mounted Frame:
both in the longitudinal
and transverse directions.
The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
and transverse directions.
Terminal Block
Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover
Fixing Screw
Fixing Screw
Terminal Block Cover
Terminal Block Cover
How to remove the main body
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
① Pinch
spread
them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
② Pull out the frame
whilethe
thelevers
leverstoare
spread.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
497
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
KCV Series
Dimensions
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Main Body of the KCV
63
COUNTER
100 (AC Power)
48
60 (DC Power)
48
44.5
Mounting Frame
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
1 to 5:
Mounting Panel Thickness
Digital Timer
6
Programmable
Cam
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
50
10
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
1. When the mounting handle direction is
in the transverse direction
4×7.62=30.48
7.62
Terminal Screw 6.5
1.12
M3
2. When the mounting handle direction is
in the longitudinal direction
* When arranging the counter after attaching
the front cover (KC-48C, KC-48P), make
the alignment dimension 55 mm or more.
9.5
70 or more
0
48 +0.2
(Tight Mounting is Possible)
70 or more
55 or more
Square Hole
0
45 +0.3
6.5
Mounting Frame
0
45 +0.3
Conforming cable size : 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal
: R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm
KCV
KCX
KCM
Front Cover (Option) KC-48C
54.1
8.8
50
Front Cover Outside Dimensions for Mounting
Space Between the Main Body and the Mounting Panel
1.3
(9.1)
50
54.1
Mounting Panel
Main Body
Front Cover
498
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX Series
List of Model Numbers
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
Classification
Model Number
Increment type
with input/output
display
Single preset
1
KCX-2
2
KCX-3
3
KCX-4
4
KCX-1D
1
KCX-2D
2
KCX-2DM
2
3
KCX-3DM
3
KCX-4D
4
KCX-4DM
4
KCX-5D
5
KCX-5DM
5
KCX-6D
6
KCX-6DM
6
Add-subtract type KCX-B6
with numerical
display
KCX-B6M
6
Increment type
with numerical
display
Increment type
Add-subtract type
Increment type
Total Counter
KCX-1
KCX-3D
Preset
Counter
Double preset
(With numerical
display)
Digit
6
KCX-3W
3
KCX-4W
4
KCX-4WM
4
KCX-5W
5
KCX-6W
6
KCX-6WM
6
KCX-B6W
6
KCX-B6WM
6
Retentive
Feature for
Power
Failure
●
●
Counting Speed
Supply Voltage
Price
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 1 kHz
Open
Open
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 200 Hz
Open
Open
12 V DC,
50 mA
Open
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 1 kHz
Open
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 5 kHz
●
●
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 20 kHz
24 V DC,
80 mA
For both 10 Hz
and 5 kHz
4
●
KCX-6T
6
●
For both 10 Hz
and 5 kHz
KCX-8T
8
●
For both 10 Hz
and 10 kHz
6
●
For both 10 Hz
and 20 kHz
Open
Open
Open
12 V DC,
50 mA
For both 10 Hz
and 20 kHz
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
50/60 Hz
Open
For both 10 Hz
and 2 kHz
KCX-4T
̶
Tachometer
Open
●
●
Electronic
Counter
Open
Open
●
INFORMATION
Open
●
●
ENCODER
COUNTER
For both 10 Hz
and 200 Hz
For both 10 Hz
and 1 kHz
Add-subtract type KCX-B6T
Power Supply
for Sensors
Open
Open
Open
Open
24 V DC,
80mA
Open
Open
Open
12 V DC,
50 mA
Open
Open
24 V DC,
80 mA
Open
(Accessories) Mounting brackets, dust cover
KCV
KCX
KCM
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
499
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
KCX-□,□D/DM
Features
Green Counter Increment Type,
Single Preset
Tachometer
- Maximum counting speed
For 1 and 2 digits: for both 10 Hz and 200 Hz
For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz
For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz
- The 1 to 6-digit preset electronic counter uses an easy-to-see, bright
green color for the numerical display and the input/output display.
The electronic counter features various user-friendly functions including
thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures.
Digital Timer
■Features
Easy-to-see Green Display
For Both A-type (Specific Time Output) and B-type
(Self-holding Output)
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Programmable
Cam
An easy-to-see green display is used for the numerical display and the input/
output display (The numerical display is a green LED with a character height
of 8 mm.)
Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature
All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the
setter can be operated from outside the dust cover.
With input/output display
With numerical display
The A-type operation and the B-type operation can be switched by changing
the connection of the terminal.
Six Kinds of Operation Modes
The best operation mode can be selected.
A Wide Range of Supply Voltage
Dust Cover
Digital Switch
Improved Space Factor
All models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a small design with the front outer
shape being DIN size (72 x 72 mm) and an overall depth of 103.5 mm.
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
The supply voltage covers 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC.
Counting Input can be Prohibited.
By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be
interrupted to stop counting.
For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation
In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the
panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back
side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted
to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation.
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
KCV
KCX
KCM
Built-in Power Source for Sensors
All models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a built-in 12 V DC, 50 mA power source
for sensors and, therefore, can be directly connected to sensors such as
proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders.
Wide Variable Range for Output Time
In the case of specific time output operation (A-type operation), the output
time can be varied from 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the front part
of the counter. Moreover, by installing a capacitor on the terminal, the output
time can be increased to up to 10 s.
500
Dedicated
Mounting Brackets
Stand F (Terminal Block)
Body
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
B Stand
(Terminal Block)
or Connector
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-□,□D/DM
Specifications
Model Number
ENCODER
Standard
Standard
With
Numerical Power Failure
Display
Memory Type
Digit
Operation Format
HMI
SENSOR
■Specifications
With
Input/
Output
Display
PLC
KCX-1
KCX-2
KCX-3
KCX-4
̶
̶
KCX-1D
KCX-2D
KCX-3D
KCX-4D
KCX-5D
KCX-6D
̶
KCX-2DM
KCX-3DM
KCX-4DM
KCX-5DM
KCX-6DM
1 digit
2 digits
3 digits
4 digits
5 digits
6 digits
Contact input
Non-contact input
COUNTER
INFORMATION
For both A-type (Specific time output type, automatic reset) and B-type (Output holding type)
Count Input
External Reset
Contact input
Non-contact input
Contact input
Non-contact input
Maximum counting speed
10 Hz
200 Hz
10 Hz
1 kHz
10 Hz
5 kHz
Minimum pulse width
50 ms
2.5 ms
50 ms
0.5 ms
50 ms
0.1 ms
Input resistance
6 kΩ
12 kΩ
6 kΩ
12 kΩ
6 kΩ
12 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V
Response time
Delay ON time: 20 ms
Delay OFF time: 4 ms
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V
Automatic Reset
Reset time
5 ms or less
Power Source Reset* 1
Power supply shutdown
time
Minimum of 0.2 s is required.
Voltage Output*2
Contact Output
Input/Output Response
Time* 3
Reset time
0.2 s or less
Output resistance
1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V)
Output current
Source: 2.5 mA Sink: 8.0 mA
Withstand voltage
45 V
Output time
A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding
Contact capacity
250 V AC 2 A
Number of circuits
Transfer 1 circuit (1c)
Output time
A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding
Delay ON time: 10 ms
Delay OFF time: 2 ms
Delay ON time: 5 ms
Delay OFF time: 1 ms
1 ms or less
0.2 ms or less
Electrical life
1 million times or more (250 V AC resistance load)
Mechanical life
1 million times or more
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
10 Hz
200 Hz
10 Hz
1 kHz
10 Hz
Voltage Output
Approx. 10 ms
Approx. 4 ms
Approx. 10 ms
Approx. 0.8 ms
Approx. 10 ms
5kHz
Approx. 0.15 ms
Contact output
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 14 ms
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 10 ms
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 10 ms
Storage time
10 years
KCV
Input gate response time
when power failure
occurs*4*5
20 to 200 ms (typ, 70 ms)
KCX
Input gate response time
when the power returns*6
50 to 500 ms (typ, 120 ms)
EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Power Failure Memory
Function
Power Source for
Sensors
KCM
12 V ±2 V DC 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower
Withstand Voltage
2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)
Insulation Resistance
500 V DC 20 MΩ or higher
Vibration Resistance
Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Supply Voltage
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
With numerical display: Approx. 5 VA With input/output display: Approx. 3 VA
Use Ambient
Temperature
(When Operated)
Power-on: 0 to +40˚C
Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-20 to +55˚C
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Noise Resistance*
Weight
7
1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV
0.5 kg
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
501
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCX-□,□D/DM
Specifications
Precautions (See the previous page.)
*1 The power source reset is applied to models except the power failure
memory types (KCX-1 to 4, KCX-1D to 6D).
The "reset time" of the power source reset refers to the time when
counting is disabled when the power is turned on.
*5 During a power failure, the functions of each input circuit are stopped.
When the power returns, however, each input circuit resumes normal
operation by the function of the detection circuit.
The "input gate response time when the power returns" refers to the
time until each input circuit resumes normal operation and can start
receiving the counting input and the reset input after the power is
returned.
*2 Voltage output (Non-contact output)
When connected to a 12 V system《P load》
+12
V
+12
+12 V
V
Electronic
Counter
Source
Source
Source
2.4
kΩ
2.4
2.4 kΩ
kΩ
Tachometer
6
6V
V or
or higher
higher
6
V
or
higher
*6 Other than these tests, we confirm the functions by our original test
methods including electrostatic discharge tests, inductive load switching
tests, and electromagnetic switch oscillation tests in order to ensure
safe operation.
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
When connected to a 12 V system《N load》
+12
+12 to
to +14
+14 V
V
+12
to
+14
V
2kΩ
2kΩ
2kΩ
+12
V
+12
+12 V
V
Sink
Sink
Sink
0.8
V or
lower
0.8
0.8 V
V or
or lower
lower
When connected to a 24 V system
+24
V
+24
+24 V
V
+12
V
+12
+12 V
V
Sink
Sink
Sink
Vc
Vc
Vc
Vc≦3
Vc≦3 V
V when
when the
the sink
sink current
current is
is 20
20 mA
mA
Vc≦3
V
when
the
sink
current
is
20
mA
KCV
KCX
KCM
*3 The time from the generation of the final pulse of the input signal that
reaches the set value in the counting input terminal to the output of the
counter.
Contact Input
A
Non-contact Input
B
KCX
C
D
Voltage Output
(Non-contact Output)
Contact Output
A/B
C
t1
t1: Non-contact
Output response
D
t2
t2: Contact
Output response
*4 The power failure detecting circuit starts operating simultaneously with
a power failure, and stops the function of each input circuit (counting
and reset input) after a certain period of time, and prevents the counting
or reset operation even if an input signal is added.
The "input gate response time when power failure occurs" refers to
the time until the functions of each input circuit stop. Each input circuit
performs normal operation during this time.
502
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
External
Reset Input
Electronic
Counter / Controller
ON
Power Source
Count Input
Set Value
Discrete Value
(Indicated Value)
Power Source
Output
OFF
t≧0.2 s
KCX-□,□D/DM
ON
OFF
t≧0.2
s
Operation
t≧0.2 s
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
Count
Input
External
Set Value
Reset
Input
A-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation)
Discrete Value
B-type
(Self-holding Output Operation)
(IndicatedOperation
Value)
《Retentive memory type》
When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal.
Power Source
Power Source
Count Input
Count
Input
Set Value
Set Value
When resetting the output signal and counting: Add the external reset signal.
Set Value
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Power
Source
Discrete
Value
(Indicated Value)
CountOutput
Input
A 標準
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
B 停電
ON
OFF
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
A 停電記憶形の場合
停電記憶形の場合
A
B 停電
Discrete Value
(Indicated Value)
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
A 標準
ENCODER
External
Set Value
Reset
Input
Discrete Value
Discrete Value)
Value
(Indicated
(Indicated Value)
Output
Output
External
External
Reset
Input
Reset Input
Output
External
Reset Input
《Normal type》
《Normal type》
When resetting the counting: ① add the external reset signal.
Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer).
Power Source
Power Source
Count Input
Count
Input
Set Value
Set Value
Discrete Value
Discrete Value)
Value
(Indicated
(Indicated Value)
Output
Output
External
External
Reset
Input
Reset Input
t≧0.2 s
- If the number
Outputof input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count-up),
the output is produced and
held.
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
External
- In the
case of the models equipped with a numerical display, if terminal ④
Reset Input
(E), terminal ⑤ (CH1) and terminal ⑥ (CH2) are connected, the counting
display is not reset even if the counter counts up, and if the input signal
is added, it is counted for the count-up display. However, when terminal
④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, if the counter counts up,
ON
the counting display
is reset to 0. (See the "A-type /B-type operation
OFF
Power Source
switching
connection method".)
Count Input
《Retentive memory type》
HMI
SENSOR
■Operation
- When the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (countup), the output is produced.
- The output time is approx. 50 to 1,000 ms (volume variable).
- If the counter counts up, the counting circuit and the counting display (for
the models equipped with a numerical display) are automatically reset,
and the operation can be repeated.
- Output is also reset by external reset during output time.
PLC
When resetting the output signal and counting: ①Add the external reset signal.
Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer).
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Power Source
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
ON
OFF
t≧0.2 s
Count Input
Set Value
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
Approx. 50 to 1000 ms
ON
A 標準形の場合
標準形の場合
A
Discrete
Value OFF
Power
Source
B 標準
(Indicated Value)
CountOutput
Input
t≧0.2 s
External
Set Value
Reset
Input
Discrete Value
(Indicated Value)
■A-Type/B-Type Operation Switching
Connection Method
When terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, the counter
performs the B-type operation, and if they are not connected, the
ON
counter performsON
the A-type operation. In the case of B-type operation
OFF
Power Source OFF
(terminals
④ and ⑤ are connected), if the counter counts up, models
Power Source
equipped
a numerical display reset the counting display to 0. To
Countwith
Input
Count
prevent
theInput
counting display from being reset, connect terminals ④, ⑤
and ⑥.Set
In this
way, if the counter counts up, the counting display does
Value
Set Value
not become
0, and if an input is added, it is counted for the count-up
Discrete Value
display.
Discrete Value)
Value
(Indicated
(Indicated Value)
Output
Output
1 +12 V
External
External
Reset
Input
2 IN (10 cps)
Reset Input
3
IN (High Speed)
4
E
5
CH1
6
CH2
7
R
KCV
Output
B 標準
KCX
External
Reset Input
KCM
B 停電記憶形の場合
停電記憶形の場合
B
(Counter)
ON
ON
OFF
Power Source
OFFB Operation
Type
Power Source
t≧0.2 s
Count
Input
t≧0.2
s when the catalog was issued.
The
specifications
and prices described in this catalog were
valid
Count Input
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Set Value
Set Value
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
503
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCX-□,□D/DM
Connection
■Terminal Assignment
■Terminal Connections
With I/O Indicators
Connection of Counting Input
Terminal
Number
Symbol
Description
1
+12 V
Power source for sensor
2
IN (10 Hz)
Counting input for low speed
3
IN
Counting input for high speed* 1
4
E
Ground* 2 (Capacitor
5
CH
Switching specific time output/
Holding output (Capacitor )
6
̶
Not connected
7
R
External reset input
8
OUT
Non-contact output
9
COM.
10
N.O.
11
N.C.
12
180 to 264 V AC
13
90 to 132 V AC
14
0 V AC
1
Reset Input
Reset
Input
(ON: Reset)
Reset
Input
(ON: Reset)
(ON: Reset)
Relay contact output
KCV
KCX
KCM
+12 V
AC power input
Description
Power source for sensor
2
IN (10 Hz)
Counting input for low speed
IN
Counting input for high speed* 1
4
E
Ground* 2 (Capacitor
5
CH1
Switching specific time output/
Holding output (Capacitor )
6
CH2
Switching automatic reset /
Non-automatic reset
7
R
External reset input
8
OUT
Non-contact output
COM.
N.O.
1. 接点入
1. 接点入
1. 接点入
(Counter)
(Counter)
(Counter)
R
R
R
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
3
9
+12 V
+12 V
IN (10
+12
V Hz)
IN (10 Hz)
IN (10 Hz)
The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input.
Symbol
10
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
5
6
7
6
7
7
Count Input
(ON: Count)
Count
Input
Count
Input
(ON: Count)
(ON: Count)
)
Models with a Numerical Display
Terminal
Number
1. In the case of contact input signals
11
N.C.
12
180 to 264 V AC
13
90 to 132 V AC
14
0 V AC
Relay contact output
AC power input
)
12 V
12 V
12 V4.7 kΩ
or4.7
lower
kΩ
kΩ
or4.7
lower
Counting
or lower
Signal
Counting
Counting
Signal
Signal
Count Input
CountSpeed)
Input
(Low
CountSpeed)
Input
(Low
(Low Speed)
(High Speed)
(High Speed)
(High Speed)
12 V
12 V4.7 kΩ
12or
V4.7
lower
kΩ
kΩ
or4.7
lower
Reset
or lower
Signal
Reset
Signal
Reset
Signal
Reset Input
Reset Input
Reset Input
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
5
6
7
6
7
7
+12 V
+12 V
IN (10
+12
V Hz)
IN (10 Hz)
(High Speed)
IN (10
Hz)
IN (High Speed)
E
IN (High Speed)
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
2. 無接点
2. 無接点
2. 無接点
R
R
R
3. Connection to the open collector output
The counting becomes the reverse action. (Counting when the open collector output changes
from ON to OFF) 4.7 kΩ
PLC
PLC
PLC
or4.7
lower
kΩ
kΩ
or4.7
lower
or lower
1
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
5
6
7
6
7
7
4.7 kΩ
or4.7
lower
kΩ
kΩ
or4.7
lower
or lower
*1 See Specifications.
*2 Capacitor connection terminal for output time extension.
3.オープ
3.オープ
3.オープ
+12 V
+12 V
IN
+12(10
V Hz)
IN (10 Hz)
IN (10
(High Speed)
IN
Hz)
IN (High Speed)
E (High Speed)
IN
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
R
R
R
Input Voltage
Input Voltage
Input Voltage
2 mA
2 mA
2 mA
1
1
1
2
2
2
+12 V
+12 V (Counter)
(Counter)
IN (10
+12
V Hz)
(Counter)
IN (10 Hz)
IN (10 Hz)
A
A
A
B
B
B
504
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
ton
ton
ton
mA
4
E
(Counter)
6
7
Electronic Counter / Controller
3.オープンコレクタ出力との接続
4.7 kΩ
or lower
5
PLC
R
4.7 kΩ
or lower
1
+12 V
2
IN (10 Hz)
3
IN (High Speed)
4
E
KCX-□,□D/DM
Connection
(Counter)
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
Contact input
Connection of the Output
8
8
+12 V
(1) When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that
1. Contact output
COM 9
flow
through
the
contact
point
are
around
2
mA.
Therefore,
the
use
of
COM
9not applied to load B whenPower
Electric
current
is
applied
to
load
A
and
is
counting
is completed.
Source
for Load
IN (10 Hz)
Power Source for Load
Load A
N.O. 10
the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since
Load
A
N.O.
10
IN (High Speed)
(Counter)
the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large
N.C. 11
(Counter)
N.C. 11
Load B
8B
E
current
and
high
voltage,
it
is
not
suitable
for
use
for
contact
input
of
the
A
Load B
(Counter)
Input Circuit 12
Input Voltage
counter.
COM 12
9
13
6
7
2 mA
R
1
+12 V
2
IN (10 Hz)
T1
(Counter)
13
N.O. 10
T014
N.C. 14
11
(Counter)
12
A
Load A
A
Input Voltage
1
+12 V
2
IN (10 Hz)
ton
Tachometer
toff
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
2. Non-contact output
《Source load》
T1
(Counter)
T0
Delay ON Time (ton)
Delay OFF Time (toff)
6V
16 ms
4 ms
12 V
8 ms
8 ms
30 V
3 ms
23 ms
5
12
6
13
7
14
toff
Since the values above are standard values, T1 and T0 should have values
more than 3 times the values above for actual input signals.
Example) Contact input using the power source for sensor (12 V DC)
T1: 24 ms or more, T0: 24 ms or more are required.
E
E
E
(Counter)
(Counter) OUT
(Counter)
《Sink load》
(+)
(+)
無接点
無接点
《 ソー
《 ソー
2.5 mA or lower
2.5 mA or lower
Non-contact Output
Non-contact Output
Voltage
Voltage
L:
0.8 V or (+)
lower
L:
lower
H: 0.8
6 V Vororhigher
H: 6 V or higher
無接点
《 ソー
2.5 mA or lower
2.4 kΩ or higher
Non-contact
Output
2.4 kΩ or higher
Voltage
L: 0.8 V or lower
H: 6 V or higher
Load
Input Voltage
B
OUT
OUT
Load
Load
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
8
12
12
9
13
13
10
14
14
11
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
5
5
2
6
6
3
7
7
4
A
ton
接点出
接点出
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
B
Input Circuit
COUNTER
接点出
Load B
14
B
ENCODER
Power Source for Load
13
(2) The input response of the counting input terminal ② (10 Hz) has the
following characteristics.
HMI
SENSOR
7 R
3.オープンコレクタ出力との接続
PLC
2.4 kΩ or(−)
higher
(−)
In this operation, the current flows in when the output is in the "L" state.
This operation is reversed from the normal open collector output, and the output becomes "H"
when the counter counts up.
(−)
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
5
5
2
6
6
3
7
7
4
OUT
OUT
E
E
E
(Counter)
(Counter) OUT
(Counter)
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
8
12
12
9
13
13
10
14
14
11
5
12
6
13
7
14
(+)
(+)
KCV
20 mA or lower
20 mA or lower
Non-contact Output
Non-contact Output
Voltage
(+)
Voltage
L: 2 V or lower
L: 2 V or lower
KCM
20 mA or lower
RL
45 V or lower RL
Non-contact
Output
45 V or lower
Voltage
L: 2 V or lower
RL
45 V or lower
(−)
(−)
《 シン
《 シン
KCX
E
E
《 シン
E
(−)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
505
Electronic Counter / Controller
12 V
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCX-□,□D/DM
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
A consumption
V should be 50 mA or less in total.
(For Counting)current of +12
Red (Brown)
Proximity Sensor,
Photoelectric Sensor,
Proximity
Sensor,etc.
Rotary
Encoder,
Proximity
Sensor,
Photoelectric Sensor,
Sensor,
Photoelectric
Rotary
Encoder,
etc.
Rotary Encoder, etc.
(Low
speed)
High speed)
speed
(Low
White (Black)
High
speed
High speed
White (Black)
(Black)
White
Black
(Blue)
Red
(Brown)
Red
Red
(Brown)
(Brown)
(For Reset)
Reset)
(For
Black (Blue)
(Blue)
Black
White (Black)
White (Black)
(Black)
White
Proximity Sensor, Black (Blue)
Photoelectric Sensor,
Black (Blue)
(Blue)
Black
Proximity
Sensor,etc.
Rotary Encoder,
Proximity
Sensor,
Photoelectric Sensor,
Sensor,
Photoelectric
Rotary Encoder,
Encoder, etc.
etc.
Rotary
IN (High Speed)
IN (High Speed)
4
E
3
IN (High Speed)
IN (High Speed)
4
E
3
4
2. 無接点入力信号
2. 無接点入力信
(Counter)
(Counter)
E
1
+12 V
2
11
+12(10
IN
+12
VV Hz)
3
22
4
33
(10 Hz)
Hz)
IN (10
(High Speed)
IN
4
5
4
5
56
EE
7
66
R
77
R
R
3
(Counter)
(Counter)
4 E
Simple Input Inhibit Method Using
an Unused Input
Terminal
12
12
When Directly Connected to the Sensors
Red
(Brown)
(Low
speed)
Red
(Brown)
R
3
Counting
Counting
Signal Signal
■Example of Connection
(For Reset)
Electronic
Counter
R
Connection
(For Counting)
Counting)
(For
12 V
R≦ ─ R≦
(kΩ)─ (kΩ)
N
If the contact
N point is closed and the input is forcibly applied to terminal ②,
センサを直結する場合
N: Numbers
of counter
that can
becan
connected
in parallel.
N: Numbers
of counter
that
be connected
in parallel.
the sensor
is prohibited
from
counting.
センサを直結する場合
センサを直結する場合
However, when the sensor output (terminal ③) is in the "L" state, if the
contact point of input inhibit is closed, the count increases by 1 pulse.
(Counter)
IN
(High Speed)
E (High Speed)
IN
(Counter)
(Counter)
Input Inhibit
Input Inhibit
SensorSensor
1
+12 V +12 V
1
2
IN (10
IN (10 Hz)
2 Hz)
3
IN (High Speed)
IN (High Speed)
4
E
3
5
When Operating the Counters in Parallel
(Counter)
E(Counter)
4
5
6
7
入力空き端子を利用
入力空き端子を
6
R
7
R
1. In the case of contact input signals
Count Input
Count Input
Input
Count
1
+12 V
2
11
+12(10
IN
+12
VV Hz)
22
4
(Counter)
IN (10
(10 Hz)
Hz)
IN
E
(Counter)
(Counter)
44
EE
1
+12 V
2
11
22
4
+12
IN (10
+12
VV Hz)
(Counter)
IN (10
(10 Hz)
Hz)
IN
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
44
EE
How to Prohibit Counting when Output is Produced
カウンタを並列稼働させる場合
When using the sensor at high speed, wire the cables as shown by the dotted
1.
接点入力信号の場合
カウンタを並列稼働させる場合
カウンタを並列稼働させる場合
lines.
1. 接点入力信号の場合
接点入力信号の場合
1.
(Diode: Equivalent to Hitachi 1S2076)
12 V
12 VV
12
KCV
R
Counting R
R
Signal
Counting
Counting
Signal
Signal
KCX
KCM
+12 V +12 V
1
2
IN (10Hz)
IN (10Hz)
9
9
3
IN (High Speed)
IN (High Speed) 10
10
4
E
2
3
5
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
SensorSensor
3
IN (High Speed)
4
33
44
(Counter)
IN
(High Speed)
E (High Speed)
IN
(Counter)
(Counter)
EE
3
IN (High Speed)
4
33
44
(Counter)
IN
(High Speed)
E (High Speed)
IN
(Counter)
(Counter)
EE
1
+12 V
2
11
+12
IN (10
+12
VV Hz)
2
23
IN (10
(10
Hz)
(High Speed)
IN
IN
Hz)
4
33
(High Speed)
IN (High Speed)
(Counter)
E
IN
4
45
EE
2. 無接点入力信号の場合
2. 無接点入力信号の場合
無接点入力信号の場合
2.
OUT OUT
8
1
6
7
R
8
11
11
5
12
12
6
13
13
14
14
4
7
(Counter)
(Counter)
E
R
出力発生時に計数を
出力発生時に計
12
R≦ ─ (kΩ)
N
12
N:
Numbers
12
R≦ ─
─ (kΩ)
(kΩ) of counter that can be connected in parallel.
R≦
N
N
N:
Numbers
of counter
counter that
that can
can be
be connected
connected in
in parallel.
parallel.
N: Numbers of
Input Inhibit
Input Inhibit
Inhibit
Input
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
506
入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法
入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法
入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法
(Counter)
(Counter)
5
56
7
66
R
77
R
R
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
+12 V
1
2
11
+12
IN (10Hz)
+12
VV
OUT
8
OUT
OUT
9
88
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
出力発生時に計数を禁止する方法
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-□,□D/DM
Connection
In the case of models with a numerical display, six operation modes are enabled as shown below.
Discrete Value
When Counting Up
Holding
Output
Switching
Specific Time
Output
●
Reset
No Reset
Prohibition of
Counting
Input During
Output
COUNTER
A-type Operation
A-type Operation
Input Counting
A-type Operation
Output
Input
Counting
A-type
Operation
Input
Counting
A-type Operation
Output
Output
Input Counting
Output
B-type
Operation
Input
Counting
Input Counting
Output
Output
B-type Operation
B-type Operation
Input Counting
B-type Operation
Output
Input
Counting
B-type
Operation
Input
Counting
External
Reset
B-type Operation
Output
Output
Input Counting
External Reset
ExternalOutput
Reset
Input Counting
Input Counting
ExternalOutput
Reset
Output
External Reset
External Reset
Input Counting
●
●
ENCODER
A-type Operation
●
●
●
Count Up
●
●
●
●
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Count Up
Programmable
Cam
Count Up
Count Up
Output
Input Counting
Input Counting
Output
Output
Input Counting
Output
Input Counting
Input
Counting
External Reset
Output
Output
Input Counting
External Reset
ExternalOutput
Reset
Input Counting
Input Counting
ExternalOutput
Reset
Output
External Reset
External Reset
Input Counting
●
Specific
Specific
Time
Time
Specific
Time
Specific
Specific
Time
Time
Count Up
Count Up
Output
Input Counting
Input Counting
Output
Output
Input Counting
●
INFORMATION
Specific
Time
Input Counting
●
Terminal
Connections
Timing Chart
Output
Input Counting
Input
Counting
External
Reset
Output
Output
Input Counting
External Reset
ExternalOutput
Reset
Input Counting
Input Counting
ExternalOutput
Reset
Output
External Reset
External Reset
●
●
HMI
SENSOR
■List of Operation Modes
Output
PLC
Output
Input Counting
Input
Counting
External Reset
Output
Output
Input Counting
④-⑤-⑥
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
④-⑤
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
Specific Time
Count Up
Specific
Time
Count Up
Specific
Time
Count Up
②-⑧*
or
③-⑧
Count Up
Specific
Time
KCV
Specific Time
Count Up
Specific
Time
Count Up
Count Up
Count Up
Set Value
Count
Up is Maintained.
KCX
②-⑧*
or
③-⑧
KCM
④-⑤-⑥
Set Value is Maintained.
Set Value is Maintained.
Set Value is Maintained.
Set Value is Maintained.
Set Value is Maintained.
②-⑧*
or
③-⑧
④-⑤
External Reset
ExternalOutput
Reset
Input Counting
ExternalOutput
Reset
Output
External Reset
External Reset
Counting
* If the voltage terminal (terminal ⑧) is connected to the low speed input terminal (terminal ②), untilInput
the input
is prohibited after counting up, the counter has the same responsivity as the low speed input terminal.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
507
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
KCX-□W/WM
Features
Green Counter Increment Type,
Double Preset
- Maximum counting speed
For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 2 kHz
For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz
- The 3 to 6-digit double preset electronic counter uses an
easy-to-see, bright green color for the numerical display.
The electronic counter consolidates various functions in its compact body,
including thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Features
Easy-to-see Green Display
For Both Low Speed Input and High Speed Input
The numerical display is an easy-to-see green display.
(Green LED with 8 mm high characters)
Low speed input (10 Hz) and high speed input (3- to 4-digit = 2 kHz, 5- to
6-digit = 5 kHz) can be switched from a switch on the back.
Miniature (All Models: DIN Size 72 x 72 mm)
All 3-digit to 6-digit models are compact with the front outer shape being DIN
size (72 x 72 mm) and the overall depth 103.5 mm.
Output Time Adjustment Volume
Counting Speed Changing Switch
Operation Mode Changing Switch
Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature
All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the
setter can be operated from outside the dust cover.
1 2
A
B
Dust Cover
Counting Input can be Prohibited.
By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be
interrupted to stop counting.
KCV
KCX
KCM
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
Switch 1
Switch 2
Operation mode
Counting speed
A
A-type operation
B
B-type operation
2 kHz
3・4 W
4 WM
5 kHz
5・6 W
6 WM
10 Hz
Built-in Power Source for Sensors
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
Since the counter has a 12 V DC, 50mA built-in power source for sensors, it
can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary
encoders.
A Wide Range of Supply Voltage
For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation
The KCX-□W/WM has a wide range of input voltages from 4.5 to 30 V DC
and supports input sources from 5 to 24 V systems. Moreover, one model
can cover a supply voltage of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC, thus can
be used across a wide range of supply voltages.
In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the
panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back
side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted
to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation.
Wide Variable Range for Output Time
In the case of the specific time output (A-type operation), the output time can
be varied from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the back of the
counter.
B Stand
(Terminal Block)
or Connector
Dedicated
Mounting Brackets
For the Specific Time Output Type and the Self
Holding Output Type
Specific time output (A-type operation) and self-holding output (B-type
operation) can be switched from a switch on the back.
Stand F (Terminal Block)
Body
508
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-□W/WM
Specifications
Standard
KCX-3W
KCX-4W
KCX-5W
KCX-6W
Retentive Memory Type
̶
KCX-4WM
̶
KCX-6WM
3 digits
4 digits
5 digits
6 digits
Digit
Operation Format
Count Input
Disabled Count Input
External Reset
Automatic Reset
Power Source Reset
(KCX-3 to 6W)
Voltage Output
Contact Output
Input/Output Response
Time
First set: Only B type (Self-holding output)
Second set: A type (Specific time output)
Can be switched to B type (Back side switch).
10 Hz Changed by switch
2 kHz
10 Hz Changed by switch
5 kHz
Minimum pulse width
10 Hz: 50 ms
2 kHz: 0.25 ms
10 Hz: 50 ms
5 kHz: 0.1 ms
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 0.25 ms or less
Off delay: 0.25 ms or less
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 10 ms or less
Off delay: 2 ms or less
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Reset time
0.5 ms or less
Power supply shutdown
time
200 ms or more
Reset time
200 ms or less
Output resistance
1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V)
Output current
Source: 2.5 mA Sink: 8 mA
Withstand voltage
45 V
Output time
50 ms to 1s
Contact capacity
250 V AC 2A
Number of circuits
1 make (1c)
Output time
50 ms to 1s
Mechanical life
10 million times or more (Resistance load)
Tachometer
On delay: 0.1 ms or less
Off delay: 0.1 ms or less
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
On delay: 4 ms or less
Off delay: 0.8 ms or less
0.2 ms or less
Electrical life
1 million times or more (Resistance load)
Voltage Output
10 Hz: 10 ms
2 kHz: 0.4 ms
10 Hz: 10 ms
5 kHz: 0.15 ms
Contact output
10 Hz: 20 ms
2 kHz: 10 ms
10 Hz: 20 ms
5 kHz: 10 ms
KCV
KCX
10 years
KCM
Input gate response time
200 ms or less
when power failure occurs
Input gate response time
when the power returns
COUNTER
Electronic
Counter
EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Power Failure Memory
Function
KCX-4WM
KCX-6WM
ENCODER
INFORMATION
Maximum counting speed
Storage time
HMI
SENSOR
■Specifications
Model Number
PLC
200 ms or less
Power Source for Sensor
DC 12 V ±2 V 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower
Supply Voltage
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC 50/60 Hz Approx. 5.5 VA
Use Ambient
Temperature
Power-on: 0 to +40˚C
Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-20 to +55˚C
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Weight
0.5 kg
Withstand Voltage
2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)
Insulation Resistance
500 V DC 20 MΩ or higher
Vibration Resistance
Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
509
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCX-□W/WM
Operation
Power Source
■Operation
A-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation)
- Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.
- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③
during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.
- If the counting inhibit input is removed, counting will resume.
When the counting input number reaches the first set value (count up),
output is produced. Since the first set output is only for B-type operation,
the output is retained by itself.
- When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the
second set output is produced. At this time, when the counter counts
up, the counting circuit and the counting display are automatically and
simultaneously reset, thus counting will resume.
- At the same time that the second set output becomes 0, the first set
output also becomes 0.
- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to external reset input terminal ⑦ during
counting, the discrete value is reset to 0. Moreover, at this time, if the
counter counts up in the first setting or both the first and second setting,
the output is also reset.
- The KCX-□WM has a power failure memory function that can memorize
the discrete value and the output state if the power is shut down.
- In the case of the KCX-□W, if the power is supplied after being shut down
for 0.2 sec or longer, the power source reset circuit operates to reset the
discrete value and the output.
《Normal type》
t≧0.2 s
Second Set
Count Input Value
Second Set
Discrete Value Value
First Set
Value
First Set
Value
Disabled
CountValue
Input
Discrete
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
External
Input
Second Reset
Set Output
t≧0.2
t≧0.2
ss
t≧0.2 s
50 ms to 1 s
KCM
50 ms to 1 s
External Reset Input
Power Source
Power
Source
Count
Input
First Set Value
Count Input
Discrete Value
First Set Value
Second Set
Value
Second Set
Value
A型動作 標準型
Disabled
Count
Input
Discrete
Value
A型動作 標準型
First Set
Output
Disabled
Count
Input
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal.
First Set Value
Count Input
Discrete Value
First Set Value
Second Set Value
Second Set Value
Disabled
CountValue
Input
Discrete
50 ms to 1 s
Second Set Value
Second Set Value
A型動作 停電記憶型
Disabled
CountValue
Input
Discrete
A型動作 停電記憶型
First
Set
Output
Disabled Count
Input
Discrete Value
First Set Value
External
Input
Second Reset
Set Output
External Reset Input
Power Source
Power
Source
Count
Input
First Set Value
Count Input
Discrete Value
First Set Value
Power
Source
Count
Input
First Set Value
Count Input
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
50 ms to 1 s
External Reset Input
t≧0.2 s
Second Set
Value
Second Set
Value
Disabled
CountValue
Input
Discrete
First Set
Output
Disabled
Count
Input
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
t≧0.2 s
B型動作 標準型
B型動作 標準型
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
Second Reset
Set Output
External
Input
External Reset Input
510
B
B
Power Source
Power
Source
Count
Input
External
Input
Second Reset
Set Output
External
Input
Second Reset
Set Output
50 ms to 1 s
《Retentive memory type》
Power Source
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
A
A
External Reset Input
《Retentive memory type》
First Set
Output
Disabled
Count
Input
First Set
Output
Disabled
Count
Input
A
A
Second Reset
Set Output
External
Input
When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal.
KCX
-Disabled
Counting
isValue
enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.
Count
Input
Discrete
-Disabled
If anSet
input
of
4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③
First
Output
Count
Input
ms to 1input
s can be interrupted to stop counting.
duringSet
counting,
the50counting
First Set
Output
Second
Output
50
ms
to
1
s
- If the counting inhibit input is removed,
counting will resume.
External
Input
Second Reset
Set Output
When the counting input number reaches the first set value (count up),
External
Input
outputReset
is produced.
Since the first set output is only for B-type operation,
the output is retained by itself.
- When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the
second set output is produced and retained by itself.
- When an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied the external reset input terminal ⑦,
the discrete value and the output are reset.
Power
Source has a power failure memory function that can memorize
- The
KCX-□WM
Power
Source
the
discrete
value and the output state if the power is shut down.
Count
Input
Second Set Value
- In the case of KCX-□W, if the power is supplied
after
First
Set being
Value shut down
Count Input
Second Set Value
for
0.2 secValue
or longer, the power source reset circuit
operates
Discrete
First Set Value to reset the
discrete
value
and the output.
Disabled
Count
Input
Discrete
Value
First Set
Second
SetOutput
Output
50 ms to 1 s
External Reset Input
KCV
t≧0.2
t≧0.2
ss
First Set
Value
t≧0.2 s
First SetOperation)
Output
Value
When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal.
Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer).
Power Source
Power
Source
Count
Input
Second Set
Count Input Value
Second Set
B-type
Operation
Discrete
Value Value (Self-holding
《Normal type》
When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal.
Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer).
First Set
Output
Disabled
Count
Input
t≧0.2 s
Power
Source
Count
Input
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
B
B
1
14
8
Power Source for Load
KCX-□W/WM出力接続
2
11
3
12
H: 6 V or higher
2 mA
4 E
13
Terminal
Number
Symbol
+12 V
Power source for sensor
2
IN
Count Input
(Low speed / High speed switch change)
3
INH
Disabled count input
4
E
Ground
5
OUT1
Non-contact output
6
OUT2
Non-contact output
7
R
External reset input
OUT1
Contact output (a-contact)
8
9
10
11
OUT2
14
0 V AC
Load
11
L: 0.8 V or lower
H: 6 V or higher
13
(Counter)
(Counter)
E
(Counter)
6
OUT2
7
1
Power Source for Load
《Sink load》
6
8 mA
(Up to 20 mA)
2 mA
2
IN (10 Hz)
3 V or lower
Programmable
出力接続
Cam
無接点出力 シンク
OUT1
OUT2
E
(Counter)
OUT1
1
OUT2
2
(Counter)
出力接続
無接点出力 ソース
出力接続
無接点出力 シンク
OUT1
3
OUT2
4 E
5
OUT1
6
OUT2
7
OUT1
6
OUT2
出力接続
無接点出力 ソ
(Counter)
(Counter)
8 mA (Up to 20
5 mA)
出力接続
無接点出力 シンク
6
(Counter)
(Counter)
OUT1
出力接続
無接点出力 シ
計数禁止入力
接点出力 OUT2
6
L: 0.8 V or lower
7
When the sink current is 20 mA:
3 V or lower
7
+12
V
1
12Disabled
V
Count Input
(ON: Counting is Prohibited.)
4.7 kΩ
Count
or lower
Input
KCX
KCX
KCX
Transistor OFF:
Counting is Prohibited.
Count Input
12 V
4.7 kΩ
Count
Disabled
Input
or lower CountInput
(ON: Counting is Prohibited.)
Counting
Signal
Counting is Prohibited.
Load
(Counter)
3
Count Input
4
Disabled Count Input 8 mA
(Up
to
20
無接点入力信号
(ON: Counting is Prohibited.)
4 mA) 5
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
Count
Transistor
OFF:Input
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
8
Digital Timer
OUT2
7
1 +12 V
1
2 IN (10 Hz)
2
KCV
Connection of a Counting Prohibit
Input
3
3
Disabled Count Input
計数禁止入力
1. In the case
of
contact
input
signals
出力接続
(Counter)
(ON: Counting is Prohibited.)
4
KCX
4
接点出力 If counting is prohibited for the 8contact
signal,
the (Counter)
counting input can be used
mA
無接点出力 シンク
(Up to 20 mA) 5
only for low-speed input.
5 OUT1
1
KCM
8 mA (Up to 20 mA) 6
6 OUT2
+12 V
1
45 V
2
Count
7
Count Input
Input
L: 0.8orVlower
or lower
7 IN (10 Hz)
Count Input
2
When the sink current is 20 mA:
3
無接点入力信号
無接点入力信号
Counting
Signal
IN (10
(10 Hz)
Hz)
IN
+12 V
Counter
出力接続
無接点出力 ソース
Tachometer
L: 0.8 V or lower
When the sink current is 20 mA:
3 V or lower
Count Input
45 V
or lower
When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that flow through the contact
point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current
improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large
current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter.
2
2
1
(Counter)
5
Count Input
2
2 mA
mA
出力接続
接点出力
OUT1
4
2
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
+12
+12 V
V
E
2.5 mA or lower
L: 0.8 V or lower
7
Count
Load
Count Input
Input
1
When the sink current is 20 mA:
2.5 mA or lower
3 V or lower
接点入力信号
Load
接点入力信号
45 V
2
or lower
Count Input
3
接点入力信号
R
R
1
1
INFORMATION
Electronic
3
Load
IN
E
E
OUT1
Power Source for Load
出力接続
接点出力
COUNTER
出力接続
無接点出力 ソース
2
H: 6 V or higher
8 mA (Up to 20 mA)
Load
IN
IN
+12 V
SENSOR
ENCODER
5
4
142.5 mA or lower 1
Load
5
45 V
2.5 mA or lower 2
or lower Load
6
2. Non-contact output
3
7
《Source load》
4
8 mA
1
(Up to 20 mA)
5
2
L: 0.8 V or lower 8 mA (Up to 20 mA)
6
3
H: 6 V or higher
1
L: 0.8 V or lower
7
4
When
45 V the sink current is 20 mA:
2
3 V or lower
2.5 mA or lower
or lower
Load
5
3
2.5 mA or lower
Load
6
4
8 mA
L: 0.8 V or lower (Up to 20 mA) 7
5
Load
R
10
Load
7
9 2.5 mA or lower
Load
4.7 kΩ
or lower
+12
+12 V
V
lower
8 2.5 mA orLoad
Load
4.7
4.7 kΩ
kΩ
or
or lower
lower
1
1
2
2
1
3
3
2
4
4
3
5
5
4
6
6
5
7
7
6
HMI
OUT1
2
Load
12
Load
Count Input
14
Load
The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input.
KCX
Connection
無接点出力 ソース
2.5Load
mA or lower
6 OUT2
Power Source for Load
8 mA (Up to 20 mA)
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
4.7 kΩ
or lower
Load
R
Reset Input
(ON: Reset)
Count Input
Input
Count
13
(Counter)
1. In the case of contact input signals
4.7 kΩ
kΩ
4.7
or
or lower
lower
Load
OUT1
OUT2
Connection of Counting Input
7
IN (10 Hz)
(Counter)
1
12
■Terminal Connections
(ON:
(ON: Reset)
Reset)
2
Power Source for Load
OUT2
3 the first setting and the second setting.
TheH:contact
allows only a-contact for both
6 V oroutput
higher
11
(Counter)
(Counter)
4 E
AC power input
+12
1
Change the switch setting on the back to low speed
inputV
V(10 Hz).
1 +12
IN (10Hz)
(10Hz)
2 IN
2
Count
+12 V
1
Count Input
Input
3
(ON: Count)
Count)
3
(ON:
2 IN (10Hz)
(Counter)
(Counter)
4
4
Count Input
3
(ON: Count)
5
5
(Counter)
4
6
6
5 R
7 R
7
Reset Input
Input
6
Reset
5
+12 V
Load
180 to 264 V AC
90 to 132 V AC
8
Load
12
Load
2.5 mA or lower
10
1. Contact
L: 0.8 Voutput
or lower
Contact output (a-contact)
13
14
PLC
1
9
Connection of the Output 7
Description
1
Load
出力接続
接点出力
1
Load
(Counter)
L: 0.8 V or lower
OUT1
KCX
9
10
OUT2
■Terminal Assignment
+12 V
Load 2 mA
Electronic
Counter
/ Controller
IN (10 Hz)
Power
for Load
2 Source
OUT1
3
1
4
2
5
IN (10 Hz)
(Counter)
IN
3
6
7
4
1
5
2
1
6
3
2
7
4
3
5
計数禁止入力
接点出力 計数禁止入力
接点出力 (Counter)
+12 V
IN (10 Hz)
IN
(Counter)
計数禁止入力
計数禁止入力
接点出力 接点出力 +12 V
KOYO 1
ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
(Counter)
4
6 GENERAL
2 IN (10 Hz)CATALOG 2014
7
5
3
511
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCX-□T
Features
Green Display Total Counter
- Maximum counting speed
KCX-4T: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz
KCX-6T: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz
KCX-8T: for both 10 Hz and 10 kHz
- An easy-to-see, bright green color is used for the numerical display.
The total counter realizes enhanced usability with a wide range of
voltages and plethora of functions.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Features
Easy-to-see Green Display
Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature
The numerical display is an easy-to-see green display.
(Green LED with 8 mm high characters)
Equipped with dustproof, waterproof cover as a standard feature. The reset
button can be operated from outside the cover.
Counting Input can be Prohibited.
By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be
interrupted to stop counting.
Dust Cover
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
A Wide Range of Supply Voltage
Since the KCX-□T has a wide input voltage range of 4.5 to 30 V DC, it can
support TTL level to the input source of a 24 V DC system. Moreover, one
model can cover the supply voltages of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC,
thus can be used for a wide range of supply voltages.
For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation
In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the
panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back
side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted
to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation.
B Stand
(Terminal Block)
or Connector
Latch Functions
By adding input to the latch input terminal, the discrete value at that time
can be latched and displayed. When the latch input is removed, the current
discrete value is displayed.
KCV
Manual Reset can be Prohibited.
KCX
The functions of the front manual reset button can be prohibited to prevent
misoperation.
KCM
Zero Suppression Function
Dedicated
Mounting Brackets
Stand F (Terminal Block)
Body
Unnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed.
Built-in Power Source for Sensors
Since the counter has a 12 V DC, 50 mA built-in power source for sensors, it
can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary
encoders.
512
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-□T
Specifications
Model Number
KCX-4T
KCX-6T
KCX-8T
Digit
4 digits
6 digits
8 digits
Disabled Count Input
Manual Reset
External Reset
Maximum counting speed
For both 10 Hz/1 kHz
For both 10 Hz/5 kHz
For both 10 Hz/10 kHz
Minimum pulse width
10 Hz: 50 ms 1 kHz: 0.5 ms
10 Hz: 50 ms 5kHz: 0.1 ms
10 Hz: 50 ms 10 kHz: 50 μs
10 Hz: 6 kΩ 5kHz: 12 kΩ
10 Hz: 6 kΩ 10 kHz: 12 kΩ
On delay: 0.2 ms or less
Off delay: 0.2 ms or less
On delay: 0.1 ms or less
Off delay: 0.1 ms or less
Input resistance
10 Hz: 6 kΩ 1 kHz: 12 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 1 ms or less
Off delay: 1 ms or less
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 1.0 ms or less
Off delay: 1.0 ms or less
Input resistance
6 kΩ
On delay: 1.0 ms or less
Off delay: 1.0 ms or less
On delay: 1.0 ms or less
Off delay: 1.0 ms or less
Storage time
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Retentive Feature for
Power Failure
ENCODER
Electronic
Counter
With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ① and ⑥.)
Input voltage
HMI
SENSOR
■Specifications
Count Input
PLC
10 years
Input gate response time
200 ms or less
when power failure occurs
Input gate response time
when the power returns
200 ms or less
Response time
0.5 ms or less
Latch Input
Input resistance
6 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V
Power Source for Sensor
12 V DC ±2 V 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower
0.1 ms or less
Supply Voltage
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC 50/60 Hz 5 VA
Use Ambient
Temperature
Power-on: 0 to +40˚C
Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Weight
Approx. 0.5 kg
0.1 ms or less
Withstand Voltage
2 kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)
Insulation Resistance
500 V DC 20MΩ or higher
Vibration Resistance
Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
KCV
KCX
KCM
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
513
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCX-□T
Operation
■Operation
- Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on.
- When the front manual reset button is pressed or a voltage of 4.5 to 30 V
is applied to external reset terminal ⑦, the previous memorized discrete
value is reset to 0. At this time, the zero suppression function works and
0s from the second digit and higher are not displayed.
- When using the KCX-□T at not more than 10 Hz (10 counts per second),
if a counting input signal of a width of 50 ms or more is applied, or when
using the KCX-□T at not more than 1 kHz (not more than 5 kHz for KCX6T, not more than 10 Hz for KCX-8T), if a counting input signal of a width
of 0.5 ms (0.1 ms for KCX-6T, 50 μs for KCX-8T) or more is applied, the
numerical display increases and the total number of input signals is
displayed. Input terminal ② is used for connections of not more than 10
Hz and input terminal ③ is used for connections of not more than 1 kHz (5
kHz and 10 kHz).
- If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ⑤
during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting.
- During counting, if an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to latch input terminal
⑩, the discrete value at that time is memorized and displayed. When the
latch input is removed, the current discrete value is displayed.
■Terminal Assignment
Terminal
Number
Symbol
Description
1
+12 V
Power source for sensor
2
IN (10 Hz)
Counting input for low speed
3
IN
(1 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz)
Counting input for high speed
4
E
Ground
5
INH
Disabled count input
6
RD
Manual reset prohibition terminal
7
R
External reset input
8
̶
(Not connected)
9
̶
(Not connected)
10
L
Latch input
11
̶
(Not connected)
12
180 to 264 V AC
13
90 to 132 V AC
14
0 V AC
AC power input
《Operation chart》
Power Source
Count Input
Discrete Value
Indicated Value
Disabled Count Input
Manual Reset
Manual Reset Prohibition
External Reset
Latch Input
KCV
KCX
KCM
514
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-□T
Connection
ConnectionCount
of Counting
Input 1
Input
Connection of a Latched Input
(ON: Count)
1. In the case of contact
input signals
Count Input
(ON: Count)
Count Input
(ON: Count)
Reset Input
(ON: Reset)
+12 V
2
IN (10 Hz)
+12 V
3
2
4
3
1
5
4
2
6
5
3
7
6
4
7
5
Reset Input
(ON: Reset)
IN (10 Hz)
(Counter)
+12 V
When using the latch for the contact signal, only low speed input can be used as the counting
接点入力信号
+12 V
Count Input
Count Input
R
9
IN (10 Hz)
+12 V
8
L 10
31接点入力信号
42
119
IN (10(Counter)
Hz)
L 12
10
53
6
7
2
64
R
Reset Input
(ON: Reset)
11
13
(Counter)
75
12
14
6
13
7
14
INFORMATION
Latch Input
ON: Latch
ON: Latch
Count Input
4.7 kΩ
Counting
or lower
Signal
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Count Input
(Low speed)
(High speed)
12 V
Counting
Signal
4.7 kΩ
or lower
12 V
Count Input
(High speed)
(Low speed)
4.7 kΩ
Counting
or lower
Signal
12 V
Reset4.7 kΩ
Signal
or lower
Reset Input
(High speed)
Reset Input
Reset
12 V
Signal
4.7 kΩ
or lower
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
1
+12 V
2
1
3
2
4
3
1
5
4
2
6
5
3
7
6
4
IN (10 Hz)
+12 V
IN (High Speed)
IN (10 Hz)
(Counter)
E
IN (High Speed)
+12 V
7
5
R
The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input.
IN (High Speed)
R
9
IN (10 Hz)
無接点入力信号
2
Count Input
Count Input
Reset Input
7
R
When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that flow through the contact
point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves
reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high
voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter.
31
IN (High Speed)
53
IN (High Speed)
1
2 mA
2
1
2
+12 V
(Counter)
IN (10 Hz)
+12 V
(Counter)
IN (10 Hz)
Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input
1. In the case of contact input signals2 mA
Count Input
Count Input
Disabled Count Input
(Counting is Prohibited)
Disabled Count Input
(Counting is Prohibited)
1
2
1
3
2
4
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
+12
+12 VV
(Counter)
IN
IN (10
(10 Hz)
Hz)
+12 V
IN (10 Hz)
(Counter)
INH
(Counter)
108
L
10
12
75
12
14
6
13
7
14
12 V
4.7 kΩ
or lower
12 V
無
4.7 kΩ
or lower
Transistor OFF:
Latch
無
Transistor OFF:
Latch
How to Prohibit Manual Reset
8
1
2 mA
L
Hz)
EIN (10
(Counter)
119
42無接点入力信号
E
(Counter)
11
13
64無接点入力信号
(Counter)
6
Reset
Signal
8
1
(Counter)
E
IN (10 Hz)
E
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
12 V
The counting
input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input.
(Low speed)
IN (10 Hz)
9
3
IN (High Speed)
10
4
E
2
Count Input
Manual Reset
Prohibition Input
ON: Prohibit
(Counter)
11
KCV
12
5
6
RD
13
7
R
14
KCX
KCM
接点入力信号
接点入力信号
INH
7
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input.
1
12 V
Count Input
4.7 kΩ
12 V
or lower
Count Input
4.7 kΩ
or lower
Transistor OFF:
Counting is Prohibited.
Transistor OFF:
2
1
3
2
4
3
5
4
6
5
7
6
IN (10 Hz)
IN (High Speed)
IN (10 Hz)
E
(Counter)
IN (High Speed)
INH
E
接
接
Latch Input
2. In the case of no-contact input signals
4.7 kΩ
12or
V lower
COUNTER
8
1
R
(Counter)
ENCODER
1. In the case of contact接点入力信号
input signals
input.
(Counter)
IN (10 Hz)
HMI
SENSOR
■Terminal Connections
1
PLC
(Counter)
無接点入力信号
無接点入力信号
INH
7
The specifications
and prices
described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
Counting
is Prohibited.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
515
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
KCX-B
Features
High Speed Increment-Decrement
Counter, Single, Double Preset
- Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz
- The 6-digit preset electronic counter with the green display can be used
for operations in both the increment mode and the decrement mode.
- In increment to the operation as a conventional preset counter,
the KCX-B has a comparative operation mode and can be used for counting and
identifying items. The KCX-B can switch between positive logic and negative
logic for input and output, and can be connected to source and sink input/output.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Features
Switchable to Count Up and Down
Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature
The operation mode can be switched between increment and decrement.
The KCX-B can be used for a wide range of applications including highprecision sizing cutters and winding machines.
All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the
setter can be operated from outside the dust cover.
High Speed Response of 20 kHz
Increment
The KCX-B has a miniature design of 72 x 72 mm but enables high-speed
counting of 20 kHz.
Since the counting speed can be changed to 10 Hz, the KCX-B can be also
used for contact input.
Decrement
P2
P1
Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Addsubtract Individual Input.
OUT1
Other than rotary encoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and
relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since
both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the
KCX-B can be used to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers and
the numbers of cars in parking lots.
OUT2
Increment
Wide -r anging Output Oper ation Mode Select
Function
Decrement
P2
The output operation mode can be switched using a rotary switch on the
back. In increment to conventional coincidence output operation, 6 kinds of
output operation modes for the single setting type and 10 kinds of output
operation modes for the double setting type can be selected, including
comparative output operation.
P1
KCV
OUT1
KCX
OUT2
KCM
516
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-B
Specifications
Standard
KCX-B6
KCX-B6W
Retentive Memory Type
KCX-B6M
KCX-B6WM
Available number of
Presets
Single
Double
Digit
6 digits
6 digits
Count Input
Disabled Count Input
Maximum counting speed
10 Hz
Changed by switch
20 kHz Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 25 μs or less
Off delay: 25 μs or less
Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 5 ms or less Off delay: 5 ms or less
External Reset Input
Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V
Automatic Reset
Reset time
50 μs or less
Non-contact Output
Contact Output
Input/Output Response
Time
Power Source Reset
KCX-B6
KCX-B6W
Number of circuits
1 circuit
During output of positive
logic
Voltage: 16 to 28 V (No-load voltage 28 V)
Current: 15 mA or lower
During output of negative
logic
Load voltage: 35 V or lower
Load current: 30 mA or lower
Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower
Number of circuits
1 transfer contact (1c)
Contact capacity
220 V AC 2A (Resistance load)
Electrical life
200,000 times or more (Resistance load)
Mechanical life
20 million times or more
Non-contact output
10 Hz: Approx. 30 ms
20 kHz: Approx. 30 μs
Contact output
10 Hz: Approx. 40 ms
20 kHz: Approx. 10 ms
Power supply shutdown
time
500 ms or more
Reset time*
500 ms or more
Storage time
10 years
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
2 circuit
2 N.O. contact
KCV
EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Power Failure Memory
Function
KCX-B6M
KCX-B6WM
KCX
KCM
Input gate response time
20 to 500 ms
when power failure occurs
Input gate response time
when the power returns
HMI
SENSOR
■Specifications
Model Number
PLC
50 to 500 ms
Power Source for Sensor
24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA
Withstand Voltage
2 kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal)
Vibration Resistance
Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV
Supply Voltage
90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V 14 VA
Use Ambient
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Weight
Approx. 0.5 kg
* Time until the counting is enabled after the power is turned on
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
517
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
KCX-B
Operation
■Operation
Various operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches and the
10-poistion rotary switch on the back of the case.
COUNTER
8
7
4
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
2
3
1
2
4
B
1
0
5
6
9
A
INFORMATION
3
SW5
Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4)
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter,
enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, add-subtract mode,
and logic.
Switch Number
1
Function
Position
Operation
A
Counting input speed
Programmable
Cam
2
10 Hz
B
20 kHz
A
Individual increment and
decrement input
B
2-phase phase difference
input
A
Decrement mode
B
Increment mode
A
Negative logic
B
Positive logic
Counting system
3
Counter operation mode
4
Input/Output logic
Output Operation Switching (SW5)
The 10-poisiton rotary switch is used for selecting the operation mode of the
counter. By the operation of this switch, 6 output operations can be selected
for the single preset type and 10 output operations can be selected for the
double preset type.
OUT1
Position
Counting
OUT2
Output
Counting
0
1
KCV
KCX
4
Holding
Continuous
100 ms
5
50 to
1,000 ms
Reset
6
C≧P2
C≦P1
7
KCM
50 to
1,000 ms
Reset
Continuous
3
Output
Holding
Continuous
Holding
2
P1≦C≦P2
8
C≧P2
C<0
9
P1≦C≦P2
C≧P2
C: Discrete value P1: First set value P2: Second set value
《Operation chart》
- Operation of the 0 position
Increment Mode
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
Decrement
Mode
Counting Maximum Value
Counting Maximum Value
(6 digits
digits 999999)
999999)
(6
Second Set
Set Value
Value
Second
First Set
Set Value
Value
First
Count
Count Value
Value 0
0
OUT1
OUT1
OUT2
OUT2
Reset
Reset
- Operation of the 1 position
Increment Mode
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
Decrement
Mode
Counting Maximum Value
Counting Maximum Value
(6
(6 digits
digits 999999)
999999)
Second Set
Set Value
Value
Second
First
First Set
Set Value
Value
Count
Count Value
Value 0
0
OUT1
OUT1
OUT2
OUT2
Reset
Reset
518
50 to
to 1000
1000 ms
ms
50
50 to
to 1000
1000 ms
ms
50
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Second Set Value
Count Value 0 Increment Mode
(6 digits 999999)
Decrement
Mode
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
Counting Maximum
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
First Set OUT1
Value
(6
digits 999999)
Counting
Maximum
Value
50
to
1000
ms
50
to
1000 ms
Second
SetValue
Value 0 Increment Mode
First
Set
Count
Decrement
Mode
(6
digits
999999)
Count
Value
Counting Maximum
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0 Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
(6
digits
999999)
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value 0
Counting
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50Maximum
to 1000 ms
Second
SetOUT1
Value
Reset
50 to 1000 ms
to 1000 ms
(6 digits50
999999)
First Set
Value
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
OUT1
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
OUT2
First
Set
Value
Count Value 0
Reset
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT1
Value 0
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT2
Value 0
OUT1
OUT2
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
OUT1
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
OUT2
Reset
Second Set
Value
OUT2
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
First Set Value
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Reset
Second Set
Value
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Second
Set
Value
Count Value 0
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
First Set OUT1
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to
1000 ms
Decrement
Mode
Second
SetValue
Value 0 Increment Mode
First
Set
Count
Count
Value
-Second
Operation
of the0 2Increment Mode
position
SetOUT2
Value
Decrement Mode
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value 0
50 to 1000 ms
50 Mode
to 1000 ms
Increment Mode
Decrement
Second
SetOUT1
Value
Reset
First Set
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
OUT1
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
OUT2
First
Set
Value
Count Value 0
Reset
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT1
Value 0
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT2
Value 0
OUT1
OUT2
50 to 1000 ms
50 to
1000 ms
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
Reset
OUT1
Counting
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50Maximum
to 1000 ms
OUT2
Reset
(6 digits 999999)
OUT2
Second Set
Value
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
Counting Maximum
Counting
Maximum
First SetReset
Value
(6
digits 999999)
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
(6
digits 999999)
Second Set Value
Counting
Maximum Value
Second
Set
Value
Count Value 0 Increment Mode
(6 digits 999999)
Decrement
Mode
100
ms
100 ms
SetValue
Value
First
Set
Counting Maximum
-Second
Operation
of the 3Increment Mode
position
Decrement
Mode Value
First
Set OUT1
Value
(6
digits 999999)
Counting
Maximum Value
Second
Set
Value
First
Set Value 0 Increment Mode
Count
Decrement
Mode
(6 digits 999999)
Count
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
Counting Maximum
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Decrement
Mode
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value 0 Increment Mode
(6
digits 999999)
Counting
Maximum
Value
100
ms
100 ms
Second
Set
Value
OUT1
First Set Reset
Value
(6 digits 999999)
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
OUT1
100 ms
100 ms
OUT2
First
Set
Value
Count Value 0
100 ms
100 ms
Reset
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
Reset
Count OUT1
Value 0
100 ms
100 ms
Reset
Count OUT2
Value 0
100 ms
100 ms
OUT1
OUT2
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Reset
OUT1
Counting Maximum Value
OUT2
Reset
(6 digits 999999)
Second Set
Value
OUT2
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
Counting Maximum
First SetReset
Value
Counting
Maximum
(6
digits 999999)
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
Second Set Value
(6
digits 999999)
Counting
Maximum Value
SetValue
Value
-Second
Operation
of the0 4Increment Mode
position
Count
(6 digits 999999)
Decrement
Mode
100
ms
100 ms
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
Counting Maximum
First Set OUT1
Value
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode Value
(6
digits50
999999)
50 to 1000 ms
to 1000 ms
Counting
Maximum
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0 Increment Mode
First
Set
Count
Decrement
Mode
(6 digits 999999)
Count
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
Counting Maximum
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Decrement
Mode
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value 0 Increment Mode
(6
digits
999999)
Counting50Maximum
Value
50 to 1000
ms
to 1000
Second
SetOUT1
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Reset
First Set
Value
50 to 1000 ms
to 1000 ms
(6 digits 50
999999)
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
OUT1
50 to 1000
ms
50 to 1000
100 ms
100 ms
First
Set OUT2
Value
Count
Value 0
Reset
100 ms
100 ms
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT1
Value 0
100 ms
50 to 100
1000ms
ms
50 to 1000
ms
Reset
Count OUT2
Value 0
100 ms
100 ms
OUT1
OUT2
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
50 to 1000 ms
50 to
1000 ms
Reset
OUT1
Second Set
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
OUT2
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
First SetOUT2
Value
Reset
Increment Mode
Decrement
Mode
Set
Value
Reset
Second
Set
Value
-Second
Operation
of the0 5Increment Mode
position
Decrement Mode
Count
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
First Set OUT1
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 Mode
to 1000 ms
Second
SetValue
Value 0 Increment Mode
Decrement
First
Set
Count
Count
Value
100 ms
100 ms
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
100 ms
100 ms
Decrement Mode
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value 0 Increment Mode
50 to 1000
ms
50 Mode
to 1000
Second
Set
Value
OUT1
100
ms
100 ms
Increment Mode
Decrement
Reset
First Set Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Count
Value
0
Second SetOUT2
Value
OUT1
50 to 1000
ms
50 to 1000
100 ms
100 ms
First
Set OUT2
Value
Count
Value 0
Reset
OUT1
100 ms
100 ms
First Set OUT2
Value
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
Count OUT1
Value 0
100 ms
50 to 100
1000ms
ms
50 to 1000
ms
Reset
Count OUT2
Value 0
OUT1
100 ms
100 ms
OUT2
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
Reset
OUT1
50 to 1000 ms
50 to 1000 ms
OUT2
Second Set
Value
Reset
OUT2
SetReset
Value
Operation
of the 6 position
-First
Reset
Second Set
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
Count
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
First Set OUT1
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
First
Set
Count
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value
0
Second
SetOUT1
Value
First Set
Value
OUT1
Count
Value
0
Second
SetOUT2
Value
First
Set OUT2
Value
Count
Value 0
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
Count OUT1
Value 0
OUT2
Count OUT1
Value 0
Second Set
Value
OUT2
OUT1
- Operation
of the 7 position
OUT2
First Set Value
OUT2
Second Set
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
Count
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
First Set OUT1
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
First
Set
Count
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value
0
OUT1
Second
Set
Value
First Set OUT2
Value
OUT1
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
First
Set Value
Count
Value 0
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
Count OUT1
Value 0
OUT2
Counting Maximum Value
Count OUT1
Value 0
(6 digits 999999)
OUT2
-Second
Operation
of the 8 position
OUT1
Set
Value
OUT2
Counting Maximum Value
Counting
Maximum Value
(6
digits 999999)
First SetOUT2
Value
(6
digits 999999)
Counting
Maximum Value
position
0
Second Set Value
position
0
Second
SetValue
Value 0
(6 digits 999999)
Count
Counting Maximum Value
Second
SetValue
Value
First Set
(6
digits
999999)
First Set OUT1
Value
Counting Maximum Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
(6 digits 999999)
First
Set
Count
Counting Maximum Value
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
(6
digits 999999)
First
Set OUT1
Counting
Maximum Value
Count
Value
0
Second
SetOUT1
Value
(6 digits 999999)
First Set
Value
OUT2
OUT1
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
First
Set Value
Count
Value 0
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
Count OUT1
Value 0
OUT2
- Operation
of the
Count OUT1
Value
0 9 position
OUT2
OUT1
Second Set
Value
OUT2
OUT2
First Set Value
position
Second Set Value
position 1
1
Second
SetValue
Value 0
Count
Second
Set
Value
First Set Value
First Set OUT1
Value
Second
SetValue
Value 0
First
Set
Count
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
First
Set OUT1
Count
Value
0
OUT1
Second
Set
Value
First Set OUT2
Value
OUT1
Count
Value
Second
SetOUT2
Value 0
Visit our website ▼
First
Set
Value
Count
Value
0
Latest catalog
(free)
is available
online.
OUT1
First Set OUT2
Value
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Count OUT1
Value 0
OUT2
Count OUT1
Value 0
OUT2
Increment Mode
Increment Mode
Decrement Mode
Mode
Decrement
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-B
Connection
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Terminal Assignment
■Terminal Connections
KCX-B6/B6M
Connection of Counting Input
ENCODER
1. In the case of a proximity sensor / photoelectronic sensor
《Negative logic》
COUNTER
Terminal
Number
Symbol
Description
1
+24 V 80 mA
Power source for sensor
2
IN A
Count input A
3
IN B
Count input B
4
E
Input/Output minus common
5
IN H
Disabled count input
6
̶
(Not connected)
7
R
External reset input
8
OUT
Non-contact output
9
COM
Contact output common
10
N.O.
Contact output normally open
11
N.C.
Contact output normally closed
12
180 to 264 V AC1
INA
For Decrement
INB
0 V AC
3
KCX-B6W/B6WM 4
Terminal
Number
1 2 source
3 4
Power
input
SW1: B
SW2: A
SW4: A
+24 V 80 mA
Power source for sensor
Count input A
3
IN B
Count input B
For Decrement
6 Decrement
OUT2
For
7
R
2
+24 V
V
+24
INA
INA
3
INB
INB
4
E
E
1 2 3 4
First
SW1:set
B
A non-contact output
SW2: A set
Second
SW4: A
non-contact output
External reset input
IN H
9
COM
Contact output common
10
N.O.1
First set contact output (N.O.)
N.O.2
Second set contact output (N.O.)
11
13
14
180 to 264 V AC
1
Red
90 to 132
V AC 1
For Increment
0 V AC
Green 2
2
White
For Decrement
Black
3
3
4
4
For Decrement
3
INB
4
E
+24 V
+24 V
INA
INA
INB
INB
INFORMATION
1 2 3 4
Fo
SW1: B
SW2: A
SW4: A
Fo
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
《Positive logic》
The sensor output is an PNP open collector.
For Increment
For Increment
2. Switch / relay
《Negative logic》
Red
For Increment
Input/Output minus common
8
12
INA
Description
IN A
For
5 Increment
OUT1
2
For Decrement
1
1
For Increment
E
Symbol
For
E Increment
+24 V
For Increment
For Decrement
For Decrement
2
4
1
+24 V
13
90 to 132 V AC 2
For Increment
14
The sensor output is an NPN open collector.
For Increment
Green
For Increment
For Increment
For Decrement
White
For Decrement
For Decrement
For Decrement
Black
Disabled count input
Digital Timer
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
+24 VV
+24
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
+24 V
V
+24
+24 V
+24 V
INA
INA
INA
INA
INB
INB
INB
INB
E
E
E
E
1
1
1
2
32
2
3
4
3
3
5
4
4
6
4
+24 V
+24 V
+24 V
INA
INA
Programmable
Cam
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
SW1:
B3
1 2 A
SW1:
SW2: A
SW2:
A
SW1: B
B
SW4:
SW4: A
SW2:
A
SW4: A
INA
INB
INB
INB
EE
4
Fo
Fo
E
1 2 3 4
4
4
4
1 2
2 3
1
B3
SW1:
A
1 2 3
SW1:
B
SW2:
SW1: A
B
SW1:
A
SW2:
A
SW4:
SW2: B
B
SW2: A
A
SW4:
SW4: A
Fo
Fo
《Positive logic》
Power source input
For Increment
Red
For Increment
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
SW1: A
SW1: B
SW2:
A
SW2:
B
SW4: A
For Decrement
Green
For Decrement
White
E
E
Black
+24
INA V
INA
INB
INA
INB
E
INB
INB
E
INH
E
1 2 3 4
4
1 2 3
SW1:
A
SW1:
SW2:
1 2 A
3
SW2:
A
SW4:
1 2 B
SW1:
B3
SW4: A
SW2:
B
SW4: A
KCV
4
4
KCX
KCM
E
NPN Open Collector
3. Rotary encoder
When the TRD-J□-RZ is used, SW4 can be in either position A or position B.
Red
Green
White
Black
1
+24 V
2
3
INA
INB
4
3
5
4
6
E
INB
INH
E
Red
1 2 3 4
SW1: B
SW2:
1 2 B
3
Green
White
4
SW4: A
NPN Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
Black
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
1
1
2
3
2
+24 V
3
4
3
1
5
4
4
2
+24 V
1 2 3 4
INA
INB
INA
SW1:
1 2 B
3 4
SW2: B
SW4:
INB
1 2 B3 4
E
INB
INH
+24 V
SW4: A
E
EINH
COM
INA
6
5
3
INH
INB
4
E
N.O.1
8
9
10
1 2 3 4
SW4: A
NPN Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
3
INB
4
E
1
5
+24
INH V
2
6
3
4
1 2 3 4
SW4:INH
A
8
INA
COM
9
INB
N.O.1
10
E
NPN Open Collector
PNP
PNP Open
Open Collector
Collector
NPN Open Collector
1 2 3 4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
SW4: A
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
NPN Open Collector or
Contact Point
1
3
2
4
3
1
5
1
4
2
6
2
5
3
4
3
+24 V
INB
INA
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
E
B
INB V SW4: INH
+24
SW4: A
INH V
INH
+24
E
COM
INA
5
4
6
EINH
8
8
9
INA
INB
INH
COM
N.O.1
9
10
E
INB
N.O.1
10
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES
1 2 3 4 CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG
2014
SW4:
B
1 2 3 4
SW4: A
519
INH
+24 VV
1R +24
7 5
1
4 E
For Increment
6
Green
INA
2
INHINA
5 2
1 2 3
Red
7
《Positive logic》
Tachometer
1
Digital Timer
3
INB
COM
NPN Open
4 E Collector
NPN Open Collector
PNP Open Collector
1
3
NPN Open Collector
4
1
PNP Open Collector 3
1
PNP Open Collector
2
4
3
E
4logic》
《Positive
NPN Open
Collector
Up to 30 mA
NPN Open Collector or
Contact Point
Load
5 N.O.1
Up to 35 V
Load
Up to 30 mA
6
N.O.2
PNP Open Collector 1
2
PNP Open Collector
KCV
KCX
KCM
Up to 30 mA
Load
NPN
Open
Up to
35 VCollector or
Contact Point
Load
3
4
1
5
2
6
1
1 2
2 3
3 4
4
4
SW1:
A
SW1: B
SW4: A SW2:
SW2: A
B
INB
INB
SW4: B
Contact Point
EE
INB
1 2V 3 Up
4 to 30 mA
+24
1 2 3Drive
4
E
Unusable
SW4: A Relay
INA
SW4:
1 2 A
3 4
INH
SW4: B
INB
Load
E
8 6
7
NPN Open Collector
COM or
9 1
Contact Point
R
《Positive logic》
3
Power Source for Load
Up to 35 V
N.O.
Power Source for Load
Up to 35 V
INH1 2 3 4
Up to 30 mA
+24 VSW4: B OUT 8
Relay Drive Unusable
9
COM
INA
3
6 INB
1 +24 V
16 to 28 V1 2 3 4
INA
SW4: B Up to 15 mA
R
7 E2
4
8
Power Source for Load
Up to 35 V
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
INB
E
94 6
+24 V 1 2 3 4 Power Source for Load
1
R
Load
5 7N.O.1
SW4: B
N.O. or
Load
10 2Output
ConnectionNPN
of Open
the Collector
Contact
8Contact Point
N.O.2
Load
6
1. KCX-B6/B6M
Up to 15 mA
N.C. 11 3
Load
16 to 28 V
COM 9
V
1 +24
Up to 15 mA
8 4
220 V AC 2 AOUT 8
Power Source for Load
N.O.1
N.O.2
10
LoadCOM
11
5
2
6
3
10 7
4
11
8
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
+24 V
COM
INA
2. KCX-B6W/B6WM
4
Load
220 V AC 2 A
N.O.1
10
N.O.2
11 1
1
2
2
N.O.2
Power Source forPower
Load Source for Load
Up to 35 V
4
Power
16 toSource
28 V for Load
8
Up to 15 mA
+24Load
V
OUT
INA
COM
Load
INB
220 V AC 2 A
E
Power Source for Load
Load
1 2 3 4
Up to 30 mA
Relay Drive Unusable
8
9
16 to 28 V
8
Load
9
Up to 15 mA Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Power Source for Load
Up to 15 mA
Up to 35 V
Load
9
Load
+24 V
OUT
220 V AC 2 A
COM
INA
16 to 28 V
8
9
Up to 15 mA
Load
COM
10 1
8 2
11
9 3
N.O.1
9
Power Source for Load
INB
1 2 3
R Load
E
SW4: B
COM 9
Power Source for Load
Up to 30 mA
OUT 816 to 28 V
Relay Drive Unusable
OUT 8
Up to 15 mA
COM 9
COM 9
+24Load
V
+24 V
INA
Load
INA
INB
220 V AC 2 A
INB
E
Load
E
9
Load
N.O.
NPN Open
220 VCollector
AC 2 A or
Contact Point N.C.
Load
520
Up to 30 mA
Relay Drive Unusable
Power Source for Load
Up to 35 V
SW4: A
7 R Load
SW4: B
1
1 +24 V
OUT
220 V AC 2 A
2
COM
2 INA
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES
CO., LTD.
3
3
+24 V 2014
1 INB
OUT
GENERAL CATALOG
4 EE
4
Up to 30 mA
COM
2 INA
Load
5 N.O.1
N.C. 11
NPN Open Collector or
Contact Point
Up to 30 mA
Relay Drive Unusable
E
5
R
Load
N.C.
COM
2
1
1
3
2
2
4
3
5
3
4
10 6
4
10
8
11
9
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
Load
Load
Up to 30 mA
Relay Drive Unusable
N.O.
4
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
Up to 15 mACOM
1 2 3 4
4
5
220 V AC 2 A
3
+24INB
V
Load
11
2
2
Load
N.C.
1 +24 V
6 +24 V
1
OUT 8
Power
2 Source for Load
R
7 INA
COM 9
2
3
INB
3
4
Load
1 2 3 Up
+24
V 4 to 30 mA
SW4: A Relay Drive Unusable
INA
1
9 3 INB
Up to 30 mA
1 +24 V
OUT 8
Relay Drive Unusable
4 E
INH 8
+24
2 INA
9 8
1 +24 V COMINH
E V
Power Source for Load
4 E
5 INH
Up to
35 V 9
COM 9
COM
2
2 INA
PNP Open Collector 3 INB
INH
5 INA
1
1 +24 V
INB
Power Source for Load
3
4 E3 INB
N.O.1 10
N.O.1 10
3 INB
Up to 35 V
PNP Open Collector
16 to 28 V
2
INA
2
1
2
3
4
E
4
1 2 3 4
Up to 30 mA
4
+24 V
1
OUT 8
+24EV
OUT 8
1 2 3 Relay
4
1
2
3 Up
4 to 15 mA
Drive Unusable
SW4: A
3
3 INB SW4: B
5
+24 V
SW4: B
1 INH
SW4: A
2. KCX-B6W/B6WM
COM 9
2 INA
COM 9
INA
4 E
4 E
《Negative
6
2 INA
Up
to 30 mA logic》
Up to 15
1 2 3 4
INB
3 INB
N.O.1
Load
5
5 INH
SW4:
B
16 to 28 V
3 INB
Power
Source
for
Load
1
E
PNP Open Collector 4 E
Up to 30 mA Up to 35 V
+24 V
1 1
8 8
OUTINH
Up to 15 mA
+24+24
V
Up
to 35
V Unusable
8 8
OUTINH
+24 V
Relay
Drive
Load
1
6 N.O.2
4 E V
2
Up to 15 mA
1 +24 V COMINH
8
Up to 30 mA
COM 9
INA
2
INA
9
COM 9
COM 9
2
2 INA
INH
5 INA
3
COM 9
2 INA
INB
INB
3 3
INB
INB
N.O.1 10
N.O.1 10
3
1PNP Open Collector 4 E
INB
Power Source for Load
N.O.1 10
3
Up to 30 mA
E
4
E
4 E
Up to 35 V
+24 V
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1 +24 V
Load
2
5 1N.O.1
1
SW4: B
1 2 A3 4
SW4:
Up to 35 V
4 E
2
2 INA
3
Load
6 N.O.2
SW4: B
1 2 3 4
2 3
INH
5 +24
INH 8
B
1
1 +24 V
8
E to 30 mA
3 INB V SW4:INH
4 Up
Up
to
15
mA
3 4
6
COM
COM
INA
INA
2
2
9
9
4 E
Load
5 N.O.1
R
E
7 INB
4 5
《Positive logic》Up to 30 mA
INB
N.O.1
N.O.1
10
10
3
3
INH
INH 8
5
1 +24 V
Open Collector
N.O.2
Load
6PNP
Up to 15 mA
Load
51 6N.O.1
E
4
1 2 3 4
2 INA 1 2 3 COM
4
9
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Up to 35 V
7 R
8NPN OpenLoad
62 N.O.2 SW4: B
SW4: B
SW4: A
SW4: A
Collector or
INB
N.O.1
10
3
Contact
Point
Up to 30
mA
3 1 +24 V
COM 9
+24
V
1 E
4
1 2 3 4
Power Source for Load
E
4 2E
SW4: B
1
N.O. 10 Up to 15
Load
mA
2 INH
5
3
N.O.1
Load
5 N.O.1
2
3
6
N.C. 11
Load
4
N.O.2
Load
4
86
3 5N.O.2
INH 8
R V
1 +24
7
220 V AC 2 A
Up to 15 mA
E INA
4 5
COM 9
2
6N.O.1 1 2 3 4
Load
5 3 INB 1 2 3N.O.1
10
4
E
4
Open Collector
Up to 35 PNP
V
7 R SW4: A
SW4: B
8NPN OpenLoad
Collector or
6 5N.O.2
INH
10
2
5
1 +24 V
OUT
NPN Open Collector or
Contact
Point
COM
INA
《Negative logic》
Up to 30 mA
N.O.
OUT
《Positive logic》
3
Connection
of the Reset
Input
Up to 30 mA
Contact Point
Up to 30 mA
COM
9 Collector or
NPN
Open
Contact Point
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
Load
2
SW4: B
Load
NPN Open Collector
SW4: A
+24 V
NPN Open Co
Contact Point
1 2 3 4
Load
2
SW4: A
Load
2. KCX-B6W/B6WM
《Negative logic》
SW4: B
INH 8
Load
INA
2
8
3
COM 9
2 INA
4
1
3 INB
5
2
4 E
6
3
7
Open
Collector
NPNPNP
Open
Collector
or 1
4
1
Load
2
OUT
Contact Point
R
4
4
3
1
8 4
2
9 5
3
6
1
4
3 INB
V V
1 +24
1 +24
For Increment
Load
Programmable
Cam
+24 V
3
3
R
Load
White
NPN
Open
Collector
For
Decrement
6
NPN Open Collector or
Contact Point
Black
Electronic
Counter
7
COM
INA E
2 4
1 2 3 94
2 INA
SW1: A
E
4
1 Decrement
2 3 4
N.O.1 10
For
3 INB
SW2: A
PNP Open Collector
INB
SW4: A
SW4: B
INH
5 3
INH 8
1 +24 V
6 4 E
NPN Open Collector or
+24
V
COM 9
2 INA
1
Contact Point
7 R
1 +24 V N.O.1 10
2
3 INB
PNP Open Collector
For Increment
3
1 2 3 41 2 3 4
E INA
4 2
SW4: A SW1: A
4
For Decrement
SW2: A
5 INH
3 INB SW4: B
5
Connection
of
a
Non-contact
Output
6
NPN Open Collector or
6
Contact Point
4 E
1. KCX-B6/B6M
7 R
1 2 3 4
7 R
《Negative logic》
1 +24 V
SW4: B
NPN Open Collector or
KCX-B
Contact Point
6 Decrement
For
NPN Open Collector or
Contact Point
Load
1 +24 V
SW4: A
3 INB
INH 8
V V
1 +24
1 +24
1 2 3 4
NPN
Open
Electronic
Counter
ForCollector
Increment
+24/V Controller
2
1 INA
For Increment
SW1:
B
E
4
COM
INA
2
1 2 394
2 INA
For Increment
SW2: A
Red
1 2 A
3 4
SW1:
+24
V
For Decrement
1
INB
INA
2
SW4:
3
N.O.1 B10
For Decrement3 INB
SW2: AA
SW1:
For Decrement
SW4:
A
Green 3 INB
SW2:
1 2 A
3 4
4 E2
PLC
E
INB
4
3 INA
1 2 3 4
INH B8
V
1 +24
SW4:
White
SW1: B
NPN Open Collector
4 E
SW4: A
SW2: B
COM 9
2 INA
3
E
4 INB
Black
HMI
4 E
V
1 +24
Connection
3 INB
+24 V N.O.1 10
1
E
5 INH For Increment 4
1 2 3 4
4 E2 INA
1 2 3 4
SENSOR
1 2 3 4
For Increment
2 INA SW1: A
6
NPN Open Collector or
SW1: B
For Decrement
SW4: A
SW2: A
A
1 +24 V SW2:
Contact Point
3 INB
R
SW4: B
A
7 Decrement
For
3 INB SW4:
Red
ENCODER
Connection For
of Increment
a Counting
Prohibit
V
1 2 3 4input
1
INA
2 +24
4 E
SW1: A
1. KCX-B6/B6M For
1 Decrement
2 3 4 Green 4 E
1 2 A
3 4
SW2:
2 INA
COUNTER
《Negative logic》
SW4: A
SW4:
White 3 INB
SW1: B
B
4 E
SW2: B
3
E
INB
4 INB
Black5 3
INFORMATION
INH
1 2 3 4
E
6 4 E
NPN Open Collector or
For Decrement
3
3 INB Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
4 EE
4
5
N.O.1
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCV
KCX
KCM
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
521
Limit Switch
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
Press
Press
KCX-B6T
Display the Number of Press
Rotary Encoder
Features
Limit Switch
Display the Number of Press
High Speed Increment-Decrement
Total Counter
Table Position Display
Limit Switch
Tachometer
- Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz
Rotary Encoder
- The KCX-B6T is an increment-decrement type counter that enables
counting from positive range to the negative range. The total
Rotary Encoder
counter with green display can be used for displaying the current
Table Position Display
position for positioning devices.
Minus Zone
- The KCX-B6T is equipped with counting inhibit input and reset
Table Position Display
−999999
button function inhibit input, and supports the input of both positive
logic and negative logic.
Digital Timer
■Features
Programmable
Cam
High Speed Increment-Decrement Total Counter of
20 kHz Response
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
The KCX-B6T has high speed response, which is exceptional as a total
counter. Since the counting speed can be switched to a low speed of 10 Hz,
the counter can be used for a wide range of applications.
Minus Zone 0
Plus Zone
+999999
Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature
All models are equipped with the dust cover as a standard feature, and the
reset button can be operated
the dust
Minus from
Zoneoutside
0 Plus
Zonecover.
+999999
−999999
Dust Cover
Plus Zone
Press
−999999
Press
0
+999999
Display the Number of Press
Display the Number of Press
Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Addsubtract Individual Input
Dustrotary
Coverencoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and
Other than
relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since
both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the
KCX-B6T can be applied to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers
and the numbers of cars in parking lots.
Limit Switch
Limit Switch
Dust Cover
Positive Logic
Rotary Encoder
Rotary Encoder
Inputlogic can be switched between
E
Since the input
positive logic and negativeE
logic (only negative logic operation for low speed reset input), the KCX-B6T
can use both PNP open collector output and+24
NPNVopen collector output.
+24 V
Table Position Display
KCV
Non-contact
Input
Table Position Display
KCX
IN
E
PNP Open
Collector
Positive
Logic
IN
E
NPN Open
Collector
Negative
Logic
IN
IN
E
E
KCM
Positive Logic
Negative Logic
Counting Across from Positive Range to Negative
IN
IN
Range is Possible
Contact
Since
the KCX-B6T enables counting in the minus zone, it can display a
Input
E
E
range twice as large as counters that can count only in the plus zone.
Minus Zone 0 Plus Zone
+24 V
Minus
Zone +24
0 VPlus Zone
+999999
−999999
Non-contact
IN
IN
Input
+999999
−999999
E
E
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
Equipped with High Speed and Low Speed Reset
Input
The two reset inputs operate in AND conditions. Therefore, for example, the
counter does not require an external circuit even when performing origin
correctionDust
at high
speed by combining the origin pulse of a rotary encoder
Cover
and the origin limit switch of a machine.
Dust Cover
A-phase
Count Input B-phase
Contact
Input
+24 V
+24 V
IN
IN
E
E
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
A-phase
Rotary
Count Input B-phase
Encoder
Non-contact
Input
Z-phase
High Speed Reset Input
Origin Limit
Low Speed Reset Input
A-phase
Count Input B-phase
Proximity Sensor
Proximity Sensor
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Proximity Sensor
Rotary
Encoder
Z-phase
High Speed Reset Input
Origin Limit
Low Speed Reset Input
Rotary
Encoder
Z-phase
High Speed Reset Input
Origin Limit
Low Speed Reset Input
522
Negative Logic
Input Logic Switching Functions
IN that Operate for All
IN
SensorsContact
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCX-B6T
Specifications
Model Number
KCX-B6T
6 digits
Counting Range
-999,999 to +999,999
Count Input
Disabled Count Input
High Speed Reset Input
Low Speed Reset Input
Manual Reset
HMI
SENSOR
■Specifications
Digit
PLC
ENCODER
COUNTER
Maximum counting speed
10 Hz
20 kHz Changed by switch
Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 25 μs or less
Off delay: 25 μs or less
Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 25 μs or less
Off delay: 25 μs or less
Input resistance
Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ
Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V
Response time
On delay: 50 ms or less
Off delay: 50 ms or less
Input resistance
Only negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ
Input voltage
"L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ④ and ⑥.)
EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Storage time
Retentive Feature for
Power Failure
Input gate response time
20 to 500 ms
when power failure occurs
Input gate response time
when the power returns
Power Source for Sensor
10 years
50 to 500 ms
24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA
Withstand Voltage
2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal and E terminal)
Vibration Resistance
Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV
Supply Voltage
90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V 14 VA
Use Ambient
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
KCV
Storage Temperature
-20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport)
KCX
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
KCM
Weight (g)
Approx. 350 g
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
523
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
KCX-B6T
Operation
■Operation
COUNTER
INFORMATION
■Terminal Assignment
Various operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches on the
back of the case.
Programmable
Cam
Description
1
24 V DC 80 mA
Power source for sensor
IN A
Count input A
3
IN B
Count input B
4
E
Input common
5
IN H
Disabled count input
6
RD
Manual reset prohibition input
Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4)
7
RH
External reset input: High speed
The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter,
enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, and logic.
8
RL
External reset input: Low speed
9
̶
(Not connected)
B
1
2
3
4
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Symbol
2
A
SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4
Electronic
Counter
Terminal
Number
10
̶
(Not connected)
11
̶
(Not connected)
Switch
Number
Function
Position
Operation
12
180 to 264 V AC
1
Counting input speed
IN A
A
10 Hz
13
90 to 132 V AC
B
20 kHz
14
0 V AC
2
Counting input speed
IN B
A
10 Hz
B
20 kHz
A
Add-subtract individual
input
B
2-phase phase difference
input
A
Negative logic
B
Positive logic
3
4
Counting system
Input logic
Power source input
KCV
KCX
KCM
524
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Adding
Subtracting
Adding
Subtracting
1
+24 V
2
1
INA
+24 V
3
2
INB
INA
4
3
E
INB
4
E
Electronic
+24VV Counter / Controller
1 +24
Red
Adding
1 2 3 4
SW1: A
SW2: A
1 2 A
3
SW3:
SW4: B
A
SW1:
SW2: B
SW3: A
SW4: A
Green
Subtracting
White
4
Adding
Black
Subtracting
1
2
21
3
32
4
43
4
+24 V
1 2 3
INA
INA
+24 V SW1:
1 2 A
3
INA
SW2:
A
SW1: B
INB
INB
1 2 A
3
SW3:
SW2: B
INA
INB
SW4:
A
SW1:
SW3: B
B
SW2: B
EE
SW3: A
EINB
SW4: B
4
4
KCX-B6T
4
Connection
E
Connection of Counting Input
Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input
Red
1
+24 V
INA collector.
2 open
The sensor outputWhite
is an NPN
2
3
INA
INB
Adding
3
4
INB
E
SW2: A
SW3:
A
2 INA
SW4: A
Subtracting
4
E
Black
Subtracting
1
+24 V
Green
21
3
+24 V
INA
INB
4
32
EINA
INB
53
4
6
Subtracting 4
INH
EINB
1 2 3 4
SW1: B
1 2 B
3 4
SW2:
SW3:
B V
1 +24
SW1:
A
Adding
Red
《Negative logic》
3
INB
4
E
White
Adding
Black
Subtracting
1 2 3 4
SW1: B
SW2: B
SW3: A
SW4: A
Adding
E
NPN Open Collector
INFORMATION
4
PNP
Electronic
Counter
E
《Positive logic》
Tachometer
31
The sensor outputRed
is an PNP
collector.
INB V
3 open
+24
1
1 2 3 4
+24
V
1 2+24
3 4V
11 +24
SW4:
A V
SW1: B
SW2:
B
INA
INA
22 INA
SW3:
B
33
INB
INB
INB
44
E
EE
1 2 3 4
11 22 33 44
SW1: B
SW1: BA
SW1:
SW2: B
SW2: BA
SW2:
SW3: A
SW3: AA
SW3:
SW4: B
SW4: AA
SW4:
Digital Timer
11 22 33 44
PNP O
+24 VV
11 +24
SW4:
A
SW4:
B
1 2 INA
3 4
INA
22
SW4: A
33
INB
INB
Programmable
Cam
11 22 33 44
SW1: BA
SW1:
SW2: BA
SW2:
SW3: AA
SW3:
SW4: BB
SW4:
PNP
8
Connection of the Reset
Input
Low Speed Reset Input
NPN O
《Negative logic》
1 +24 V
+24VV
+24
ERed 1
V
11 +24
INB
1 +24 V 1 2 3
Adding
Adding Adding
NPN Open Collector
2 INA
11 22 B
33
SW1:
1 2INA
3 4
Adding
3 4
1 2 3
4
5 EGreen 2221 2INA
INA
SW2:
SW1:
1 2B
SW1:
A3
2 INA
SW4:
A
SW1:
A
SW4:
A
Subtracting
Subtracting
SW3: B
A
SW2:
White 3 INB
SW2:
A
Subtracting
SW1: A
B
SW2:
Subtracting 5 INH
INB
SW4: B
SW3:
333 INB
SW3:
A
INB
SW2: A
6
SW3:
AB
INB
SW4:
A
3
SW4:
B
SW3: AB
6 Black 4 E
SW4:
444 EEE
Reset
Input
7 High Speed
E
4
NPN Open Collector
8
4
44
4
4
Subtracting
4 EGreen
Subtracting
White
5
Black
6
1 +24 V
1 +24 V
12 +24
INAV
2 INA
INB
23
INB
3 INA
31 2INB3 4
E
4 INB
34 EA
SW4:
45 EINH
4 E
6
NPN Open Collector
1 2 3 4
1 2 A
3
SW1:
SW2:
SW1:
1 2 A
3
SW3: A
SW2:
SW1: B
SW4:
B
SW3:
A
1 2 B3
SW2:
SW4: A
SW3:
SW4: BA
PNP Open Collector
1 +24 V
41 E+24
1 +24 VV 1 +24 V
NPN Open Collector
Adding
11 22 33 44
2 INA
Adding
2
3 4
54
INA
21 2INA
E
SW4: AB
SW4:
3 INB SW4: B
Subtracting
Subtracting
INB
3
6
3 INB
4 E
PNP Open Collector
Low Speed Reset Input
AddingRed
Adding
3. Rotary
42 EINA
4 E
INB
53 INH
Adding
54 E
6
EE
44 Reset
Input
7 High Speed
4
3
NPN Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
Adding
+24 V
INB
Subtracting
Subtracting 5 INH
NPN
Open
Collector
PNP Open Collector 6
2. Switch / relay
《Negative logic》
《Positive logic》
ENCODER
COUNTER
1 2 3 4
SW1: B
1 2 B
3 4
SW2:
1 2 3 4
SW3:
B V
1 +24
SW1:
A
SW4: A
SW2: A
1 2 3
SW3:
A
2 INA
SW1: B
SW4: B
SW2: B
3 INB SW3: A
SW4: B
4
《Positive logic》
Green 4 E
2 INA
White
5 INH
Adding
Adding
Adding
3 INB
Black 6
Subtracting
Subtracting
Subtracting
NPN Open Collector 4 E
HMI
SENSOR
■Terminal Connections
V
1 +24sensor
1. In the case of a proximity
/ photoelectronic sensor
《Negative logic》
Green
PLC
4
4
4
Black
NPN Open Collector
PNP Open
Open Collector
Collector
NPN
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
E
1
+24 V
21
3
2
34
4
3
5
4
5
4
6
5
6
+24 V 1 2 3
INA
INB
SW1: B
INA
SW2:
B
1 2 3
INB
1 2 3
EE
SW3:
B
SW4:
B
INB
SW4: A
INH
E
1 2 3
E
SW4: A
NPN Open Collector
8
4
4
4
PNP Open Collector
4
PNP Open Collector
7
High Speed Reset Input
8
1
3
2
4
3
41
5
4
54
6
5
66
Low Speed Reset Input
+24 V
NPN Open Collector
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
E
SW4:
B
INB
E+24
V SW4: A
INH
E
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
E
SW4: B
SW4: A
INH
PNP Open Collector
PNP Open Collector
NPN Open Collector
4
KCV
4
KCX
KCM
E
Low Speed Reset Input
Low Speed Reset Input
1
+24 V
2
1
3
INA
1 2 3
+24 V
SW4: B
INB
44
EE
56
INH
7
High Speed Reset Input
4
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
8
Low Speed Reset Input
1
+24 V
2
INA
1
3
+24
INB V SW4: B
4
4
5
6
E
E
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
SW4: B
INH
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
High Speed
Resetcatalog
Input
The specifications and prices7described
in Reset
this
Input were valid when the catalog was issued.
7 High Speed
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
88
1 2 3
INA
+24 V SW1: A
SW2: A
321 2INB
INA
3 4 SW3: A
1 2 3
SW4: B
SW4: B
SW4: B
INB
43 E
Low Speed Reset Input
INH
INB
INA
+24 V
2
1
4
NPN O
INH Input
5 Reset
7 High Speed
PNP Open Collector
8
White
Low Speed
Speed Reset
Reset Input
Input
Low
6
When the TRD-J□-RZ is used,
SW4 can be in either position A or position B.
Low Speed Reset Input
Green
8
1 +24 V
Subtracting
4
7 High Speed Reset Input
NPN Open Collector
encoder
Red
E
4
E
4 Reset
High
Speed
Reset Input
Input
INH Speed
High
Adding
PNP Open Collector
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
SW1: B
SW1:
SW2: A
B
SW2:
SW3: A
A
SW3:
A
SW4: B
SW4: B
75
1
《Positive logic》
PNP O
High Speed Reset
Input
7 GENERAL
CATALOG
2014
NPN Open Collector
8
Low Speed Reset Input
525
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Commonly Used in KCX Series
The correct way to use
■ How to Change and Extend the
Output Time (For the Operation of
the A-type)
■Connection of the Power Supply
In the operation of the A-type (specific time output type), the output time can
be changed in the range from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on
the front of the counter (on the back for the KCX-□W/□WM).
The power transformer of the KCX series has a central voltage designed at
110/220 V. Therefore, do not make the connection as shown in the figure
180 to 264 V AC
below.
90 to 132 V AC
KCX
《Wrong connection》
0V
180 to 264 V AC
200/220 V AC
90 to 132 V AC
100 V AC
0V
0V
200/220 V AC
Turning the volume fully counterclockwise sets
the minimum output time (approx. 50 ms).
Conversely, turning the volume fully clockwise
sets the maximum output time (Approx. 1,000
ms).
100 V AC
50 ms
1000 ms
50 ms
1000 ms
《Correct connection》
90 to 132 V AC
Moreover, in the case of the KCX single preset
counter, if a capacitor is added between terminal
④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1), the output time can
be extended as shown in the table below.
180 to 264 V AC
KCX
−
+
−
+
4
E
5
4
6
5
CH1
E
6
CH2
CH2
CH1
(Counter)
(Counter)
Programmable
Cam
*
0V
Tachometer
Digital Timer
KCX
*
0V
180 to 264 V AC
200/220 V AC
0V
0V
KCX
*
Applied Electrolytic
Condenser
Variable Resistor
Minimum
Variable Resistor
Maximum
No Capacitor
50 ms
to
1s
2.2 μF 16 V
100 ms
to
2s
4.7 μF 16 V
150 ms
to
3s
10 μF 16 V
250 ms
to
5s
22 μF 16 V
500 ms
to
10 s
■Changing the Operation Mode
■Changing the Set Value
KCX
KCM
KCX
*
200/220 V AC
*
0V
*
■Noise Measures
* Counter except KCX
Before changing the operation mode, turn the power off. And, after the
power is turned off, add the reset input once. If the reset input is not
added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached
or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the
change or at a value irrelevant to the set value.
KCV
0V
0V
* Counter except KCX 100 V AC
0V
Output Time
KCX
0V
90 to 132 V AC
100 V AC
The output may be produced if the set value is changed during counting.
Therefore, before changing the set value, turn the power off and add the
reset input. If the setting is changed during operation, the output may not be
produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the
set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set
value.
In the case of the KCX-□DM, KCX-□WM, KCX-B6M, and KCX-B6WM
(equipped with a power failure memory function), the discrete values are
memorized even if the set value is changed after the power is turned off. In
this case, after the power is turned on, add the reset input once. If the reset
input is not added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is
reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the
change or at a value irrelevant to the set value.
"0" (zero) setting
In the case of a "0" setting (for example, "000" is set for 3 digits), because
the counting operation and the output operation become stable, note the
following points.
- Although the output is not produced if the counting input is "L" or the reset
input is "H," the output may be produced in other cases.
- If the reset input is "L" and the counting input is consecutively input, 0, 1,
2, and 3 appear as the counting (indicated value) in the B-type operation.
This same operation may take place in A-type operation.
Reflecting studies into various noises based on proprietary test methods,
Koyo Electronics' counters deliver performance that sufficiently withstands
noise in normal operation. However, to enhance the reliability further, observe
the following precautions when using the counters.
1. When using a solenoid valve, clutch, or brake near the counter, in order
to prevent the occurrence of noise, connect a surge absorption element
of the series circuit that consists of a capacitor (film capacitor of 0.1 to
0.5 μF) and resistance (100 Ω 1/2 W) parallel to the driving coil.
R=100 Ω 1/2 W
C=0.1 to 0.5 µF Capacitor
C
R
2. When using the counter in places where a lot of noise is generated, in
order to prevent malfunction, as, do not bundle the wire for the power
sourceR=100
line Ω(AC)
1/2 and
W the input/output signal line of the counter with wire
C=0.1 to 0.5
Capacitor
C
R use shielded wire for the input/
that contains
theµFhigh
current wire,
and
output signal line. Moreover, the shield jackets
Counterof all shielded wire should
Sensor
Shielded Cable
be connected
to the
E terminal of the counter.
+12 V
+12 V
OUT
E
IN
E
When a sensor and the counter are mounted(G)to separate frames, connect
the frames with a thick conducting wire (0.5 mm2 or thicker).
(Connect Using Thick
Conducting Wire.)
Frame
A
Sensor
+12 V
OUT
E
Frame Earth
Counter
Frame
B
+12 V
IN
E
(G)
Shielded Cable
(Connect Using Thick
Conducting Wire.)
Frame A
Counter
Frame Earth
Other Device (1)
Frame B
Other Device (2)
E
E
E
Frame Earth
Counter
Other Device (1)
Other Device (2)
Other Ground for Large Current
E
Frame
E
E
Frame Earth
Other Ground for Large Current
526
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Frame
Latest catalog (free) is available online. +12 V
Electromagnetic
Contactor
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
R=100 Ω 1/2 W
C=0.1 to 0.5 µF Capacitor
Sensor
+12 V
OUT
Sensor
+12EV
OUT
E
C
R
Electronic Counter / Controller
Commonly Used in KCX Series
Shielded Cable
+12 V
INCounter
E+12 V
(G)
IN
E
(G)
Frame Earth
Shielded Cable
(Connect Using Thick
Conducting Wire.)
3. Connect the E terminal
of the counter to the frame over the shortest
Frame A
FrameEarth
B
(Connect Using Thick
Frame
distance.
Conducting Wire.)
Frame
A
Frame
B devices, make the
When the
counter
uses a common ground with
other
ground line as short and thick as possible, and connect the only one
ground to the frame. Also, separate the ground line of the counter from
other ground lines in which high current flows.
Other Device (1)
Counter
Other Device (1)
E
Other Device (2)
Other Device (2)
E
E
Frame Earth
E
E
E
Frame Earth
Other Ground for Large Current
Other Ground for Large Current
Frame
Frame
4. When adding a contact signal such as an electromagnetic relay to the
counting input terminal for low speed, inserting a resistor (470Ω1/2W)
between the counting input and ground prevents malfunctions by contact
failure, and enhances reliability further.
Precautions
HMI
SENSOR
Mechanical
Life
Meanwhile, when carbide
is generated
on the surface of the contact point
1000discharge that occurs when the inductive load is opened/closed, the
by glow
250 V AC: Resistance Load
contact
point produces adverse
effects such as higher contact resistance.
500
When the current that flows through
point
24 V the
DC: contact
Resistance
Loadis large, the electric
discharge becomes the arc discharge and blows off the carbide that occurs
when the contact point is opened/closed. As a result, clean metal is always
100 on the surface of the contact point and the contact resistance is
exposed
maintained
at a stable low value. However, when little current flow through
50
the contact point and, in particular, the working voltage is low, the discharge
250 V the
AC: contact
Coil Loadpoint is opened/closed becomes only glow
to be generated when
discharge. In this case, 24
carbide
is generated
and adheres to the surface of
V DC: Coil
Load
10
the contact
point, and the surface cleaning effect is lost. As a result, contact
failure occurs at a number of opening/closing cycles that is much lower than
the number0 estimated from
the life curve
in the figure
1
2
3 above. Therefore, if an
LoadatCurrent
(A)
inductive load is used
low voltage
and low current, unless the occurrence
of glow discharge
is prevented,
the contact
a contact failure at
(Note) Under
load conditions
specifiedpoint
in JEMincurs
1230 (1976)
one-tenth to one-hundredth of the life estimated from the figure above.
As glow discharge preventive measures, as shown in the figure below, surge
voltage should be absorbed by using a CR-type surge absorption element or
varistor in parallel with the load or a diode in the case of a DC load.
Life (10,000 Cycles)
Counter
PLC
Counter
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
- Surge absorption circuit
Counter Contact Point
Counter Contact Point
+12 V
+12 V
470 Ω 1/2 W
R
Load
R
IN
Load
Electromagnetic
Contactor
Electromagnetic
Contactor
IN
E
470 Ω 1/2 W
264 V AC or lower
264 V AC or lower
E
Z : ZNR (Panasonic) ERZC05DK391
TNR (Marukon) TNR9G431K
Counter Contact Point
W06C (Hitachi)
R
Load
10E-2(IR)
■Precautions
Cautions Concerning the Output Relay Contact
As the load of the counter, inductive loads such as electromagnetic switches,
control relays, AC solenoids, and solenoid valves are normally connected.
The higher the current and the working voltage that flow through the output
contact point of the counterworking voltage, the shorter the life of the output
contact point built into the counter. The trend is as shown in the figure below.
The curves in the figure below show the degree of erosion of the contact
point, indicating that if the current and voltage become lower, the life
becomes longer. Namely, if the working voltage and current become lower,
the erosion of the contact point becomes smaller and the life of the contact
point becomes longer.
- Note that a non-contact output when the power is supplied (within
200 ms) or the power is shut down is unstable (neither 1 nor 0) for both
the power failure memory type and the normal type.
- Life curve of relay (Equivalent to the NT type made by Matsushita)
- Some models with numerical displays partially show numbers in different
shapes as shown below, but this is not trouble.
- The indication of a relay contact capacity of 3 A and 5 A, etc. is for the
case of a resistance load. In the case of an inductive load, the capacity
increases by 10 to 20%. Moreover, if the load is reduced, the life of the
contact point becomes longer accordingly.
KCX-1D/2D/3D/4D
KCX-B/KCX-B□T
Mechanical Life
1000
KCV
KCX
KCM
Models with a Numerical Display Except
Those on the Left
250 V AC: Resistance Load
500
24 V DC: Resistance Load
Life (10,000 Cycles)
100
50
250 V AC: Coil Load
24 V DC: Coil Load
10
0
1
2
3
Load Current (A)
(Note) Under load conditions specified in JEM 1230 (1976)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
527
Electronic Counter / Controller
Commonly Used in KCX Series
PLC
HMI
Dimensions
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
- Bore Drilling Dimensions for Stationary
Installation Using a Dedicated Socket
(Stand F)
Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions
for Embedded Installation
ENCODER
Dust Cover
COUNTER
1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation
F Stand, B Stand
(Stand F)
Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions
for Embedded Installation
1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation
Electronic
Counter
60 ± 0.2
F Stand, B Stand
75*
75*
Digital Timer
9
Mounting
Bracket 94.5
2-M4
(118.5)
(Screw Tightening Torque
of 0.4 Nm or less)
15*
* Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached
60 ± 0.2
72
84
72
Tachometer
72
2-M4
84
Cover
Mounting
Bracket
- Bore Drilling
Dimensions
for Stationary
(Screw
Torque
of 0.4 Nm or less)
Installation
UsingTightening
a Dedicated
Socket
75*
72
INFORMATION
Programmable
Cam
18
Hole 2−φ4.5
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
72
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
72
68 +0.7
−0
1.5
60±0.2
- Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded
Installation
20
22
68 +0.7
−0
68 +0.7
−0
10±0.2
1.5
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
- Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation)
(The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.)
- The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately
21
38
60±0.2
38
- Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation)
18
61
57±0.2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
- Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded
Installation
21
- KA-01 Dedicated Connector
61
57±0.2
10±0.2
* Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached
- Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation)
72
84
- KA-01 Dedicated Connector
Hole 2−φ4.5
15*
94.5
(118.5)
84
9
20
22
68 +0.7
−0
■Cautions for -Installation
Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation)
KCV
KCX
(The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.)
- The dedicated stand F (KF-03)
and stand B (KB-03) are provided with screws required for mounting.
- The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately
- In the case of the KA-01 dedicated connector kit and KB-03 stand B, if using screws other than those provided, use screws of the length shown below.
For connector (KA-01) … 12 mm or less
75 or less
For stand B (KB-03) …… 30 mm or less
If screws of a length longer than the that mentioned above are used, they may damage the element in the counter.
Attachment Panel-cut Dimensions
Square Hole
68 +0.7
−0
KCM
94 or less
75 or less
68 +0.7
−0
94 or less
528
68 +0.7
−0
Square Hole
68 +0.7
−0
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCV
KCX
KCM
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
529
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KCM-50/51 Series
Features
Consolidated Counter
(Maintenance Counter)
- The KCM-50 series consolidates nine counters into one unit and the
KCM-51 series consolidates eight counters (timers) into one unit.
- These counters notify the maintenance period of several tools, as needed
for tool replacement with machining centers and NC machine tools.
- Tool management: Replacement prediction / warning
- Whetstone for polishing: Maintenance prediction
- Quantity management: Total counter / Preset counter
- Time management: Integrating timer
■Features
KCM-50 Series
KCM-51 Series
The counter features 9 counting inputs, a preset function and independent
prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the
counters reaches the equipment stop set value.
The counter features 8 counting inputs, a preset function and independent
prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the
counters (Timers) reaches the equipment stop set value.
□Open collector output:
KCM-50
KCM-50-1
(Japanese surface sheet)
(English surface sheet)
□Open collector output:
□Voltage output:
KCM-50P
KCM-50P-1
(Japanese surface sheet)
(English surface sheet)
- Nine 5-digit preset counters (timers) are
consolidated into one unit.
- Battery-less
The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free
EEPROM.
- Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 9 circuits
KCV
KCX
KCM
- Indications of the previous prediction (green)
- prediction (orange) - facility stop (red) are
distinguished by color.
A previous prediction display function that notifies that the value is close
to the prediction set value is built-in.
- Equipment stop output
An over-value is set for the prediction set value of each counter, and when
any one of the counters reaches the over-value, the equipment stop is
output (red display).
- 9 preset counters can be used as a total counter
Each counter can independently preset value s(prediction setting) and
individually count the inputs and outputs against the preset value (orange
display).
- Oilproof front operation panel
KCM-51 (Japanese surface sheet)
KCM-51-1 (English surface sheet)
- Eight 5-digit preset counters (timers) are
consolidated into one unit.
- Battery-less
The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free
EEPROM.
- Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 8 circuits
- Each counter (timer) displays a different color
when the set value is reached.
Setting 1 (green) - Setting 2 (orange) - Setting 3 (red)
- OR output
When any one of the counters (timers) reaches the value of setting 1 or
setting 3, the output is produced.
- 8 preset counters can be used as a total counter
or a integrating timer.
The counter / timer functions can be mixed in use.
- Any counter / timer can be reset by external signal.
- Oilproof front operation panel
- Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm)
The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin.
- Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm)
The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin.
530
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCM-50
KCM-50/51 Series
KCM-51
KCM-50
Features
1
2
9
KCM-51 Series
Tool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools
Tool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools
1
2
8
1
2
9
1
2
3
8
8
Prediction Output 9
Setting 2 Output 1
Setting 2 Output 2
Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc.
Prediction Output 2
Output 8
Setting 2
Electronic
Counter
Setting 2 Output 1
Tachometer
Setting 2 Output 2
Digital Timer
Output 8
Programmable
Cam
Setting 2
Note 1) Counters 2 to 9 perform similar operation.
2) The equipment stop output and the equipment stop display turn on when any one of the
counters, 1 to 9, reaches the equipment stop set value.
Note 1) Counters / Timers 2 to 8 perform similar operation.
2) The OR output turns on when any one of the counters (timers), 1 to 8, reaches the value of
setting 1 (setting 3).
■Basic Operation
KCM-50
KCM-50 Series
KCM-51 Series
KCM-50
Time Chart
KCM-51
Current Values Current Values
(Count Values/Timing
(CountValue)
Values/Timing
Value)
Counter/Timer
No.1
Counter/Timer No.1
Setting 1 or 3 Setting 1 or 3
Counter No.1
Prediction Set Value
Prediction Set Value
Setting 2
Setting 2
Previous Prediction
Set Value
Previous
Prediction Set Value
Setting 1
Setting 1
Facility Stop Output
Facility Stop Output
Reset
Reset
(External or Key Input)
(External or Key Input)
KCM-51
Time Chart
Current Values Current Values
(Count Values) (Count Values)
Counter No.1
Equipment Stop Equipment
Set Value Stop Set Value
Equipment Stop Equipment
Display
Stop Display
Prediction Output
Prediction Output
COUNTER
INFORMATION
OR Output
Prediction Output 1
Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc.
Prediction Output 9
Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc.
Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc.
Prediction Output 2
1
2
3 8
OR Output
Facility Stop OutputFacility Stop Output
Prediction Output 1
ENCODER
Processing Count Input
Processing Count Input
Timekeeping Input Timekeeping Input
Processing Count Input
Processing Count Input
1
1
2
2
3 9
3
1 2
Green Orange
Previous Prediction/Alarm
Display
Previous Prediction/Alarm
Display
HMI
SENSOR
■Application
KCM-50 Series
9
PLC
KCM-51
Count Input 1
GreenOrange
Orange RedGreen Orange Red Count Input 1
Green
H (OFF)
L (ON)
H (OFF)
L (ON)
Green Orange
Setting 1/SettingSetting
2 Display
1/Setting 2 Display
Setting 2 OutputSetting 2 Output
OR Output
OR Output
Reset
Reset
(External or Key Input)
(External or Key Input)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Count/Timer Input 1
Orange RedGreen Orange Red Count/Timer Input 1
GreenOrange
Green
H (OFF)
L (ON)
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
KCV
H (OFF)
L (ON)
KCX
KCM
531
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KCM-50/51 Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
KCM-50 Series
①Reset key
- Resets the displayed current value.
- When several counters are counting up
and the reset operation is performed,
the counter display switches to the next
counter.
②Mode display
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
- Either previous prediction, prediction, or
equipment stop is displayed in the setting
mode. When all the lights are turned off,
the device is the operation run mode.
③Counter No. display
- Displays the selected counter No.
- Ever y time the counter count s up
(prediction set value), the counter No.
switches to the No. of the counter that
overflowed.
Equipment Stop
Current Value
①
②
③
⑥
Reset
Counter
No.
Previous
Prediction
④
⑤
Set Value
⑦
Prediction
Equipment
Stop
Counter Setting
No.
Mode
Selection Selection
Set
④Count-up display
(Green→Orange→Red)
- Green: Shows that the value reached the
previous prediction set value.
- Orange: Shows that the value reached
the prediction set value.
- Red: Shows that the value reached the
equipment stop set value.
⑤Equipment stop display
(Red)
- Shows that one of the counters reached
the equipment stop set value.
⑧
⑧Setting key
[Counter No. selection key]
- Switches the display between the current
value and the set value of the counter.
- Counters that are not used in the run
mode are not displayed.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the counter No. automatically
changes.
⑥Current value display
- Displays the current value of the counter
by counter No. Zeros of high-order digits
are out in the run mode.
⑦Set value display
- Displays the set value of the counter
(prediction, previous prediction, and
equipment stop) by counter No. Zeros of
high-order digits are out in the run mode.
[Setting mode selection key]
- Switches between the run mode and the
setting mode.
If there is no key entry for 1 minute or
longer, the mode automatically switches
to the run mode.
[→Key (Digit selection key)]
- Selects the digit for inputting the set
value.
- The selected digit flickers.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the digit automatically changes.
[+ Key (Numeric value changing
key)]
KCV
- Changes the numeric value of the digit
selected by the → key.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the digit automatically changes.
KCX
KCM
[Set key]
- Enters the set value in memory in the
setting mode. When the set value is
entered, the set value display flickers
three times, indicating the input.
532
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KCM-50/51 Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
KCM-51 Series
①Reset key
- Resets the displayed current value.
- When several counters are counting up
and the reset operation is performed,
the counter display switches to the next
counter.
②Mode display
- Either setting 1, setting 2, or setting 3 is
displayed in the setting mode. When all
the lights are turned off, the device is the
operation run mode.
③C/T No. display
- Displays the selected counter / timer No.
- Every time the counter / timer counts
up (setting 2), the counter / timer No.
switches to the No. of the counter that
overflowed.
Red Orange Green
h min s
Current Value
①
②
③
⑥
Reset
C/T No.
④
⑤
Set Value
Setting 1
⑦
Setting 2
Setting 3
C/T No. Mode
Selection
Set
⑧
⑧Setting key
[C/T No. selection key]
- Switches the display between the current
value and the set value of the counter.
- Counters/timers that are not used in the
run mode are not displayed.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the counter No. automatically
changes.
[Mode key]
HMI
SENSOR
Setting 1 [Green] Setting 3 [Orange] Setting 3 [Red]
PLC
④Count-up display
(Green→Orange→Red)
ENCODER
- Green…Shows that the value reached
the Setting 1.
- Orange…Shows that the value reached
the Setting 2.
- Red…Shows that the value reached the
Setting 3.
COUNTER
INFORMATION
⑤Timing unit display
- Displays the timing unit by color during
timer operation.
- Green: The time unit is in seconds.
- Orange: The time unit is in minutes.
- Red: The time unit is in hours.
⑥Current value display
- Displays the current value of the counter/
timer by C/ T No. Zeros of high-order
digits are out in the run mode.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
⑦Set value display
- Displays the set value of the counter/
timer (Setting 1, setting 2, and setting 3)
by C/T No. Zeros of high-order digits are
out in the run mode.
- Switches between the run mode and the
setting mode.
- If there is no key entry for 1 minute or
longer, the mode automatically switches
to the run mode.
[→Key (Digit selection key)]
- Selects the digit for inputting the set
value.
- The selected digit flickers.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the digit automatically changes.
[+ Key (Numeric value changing
key)]
KCV
- Changes the numeric value of the digit
selected by the → key.
- If pressed and held for 1 second or
longer, the digit automatically changes.
KCX
KCM
[Set key]
- Enters the set value in memory in the
setting mode. When the set value is
entered, the set value display flickers
three times, indicating the input.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
533
Electronic Counter / Controller
IN COM
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
Count Input
0 V COM
KCM-50
■Block Diagram
KCM-50
KCM-50
Tachometer
KCM-50
KCM-50
KCM-50P
KCM-50P
Programmable
Cam
■Function*
Terminal Number
1 −
or
+
*2
5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19, *1
20, 21
or 1 to 9
18
26*1
−
*1 −
or
*or
2 +
*2 +
KCV
25
KCX
1, 2, 3,
17
4
11
KCM-50P
Negative Logic Input
Positive Logic Inpu
Negative Logic Input
KCM-50P
Positive Logic InpuKCM-50P
+ 24 V DC±15%
Input/Output
−
C/T Input
Count input
− + 24 V DC±15%
IN COM
Description ofTimer
Functions
Display
Count/Time-up Display
1
The
+5 V
(+1)
Power
Supply
regardless
Circuit
+24 V
current value of the relevant counter is added
of the
2
2
operation
mode /1 setting
mode. The current value changes by H→L and
3
L→H
(positive logic).
CurrentDisplay
Value Display
IN COM
Count/Time-up
Timer Display
24 V DC±15%
+ −
0 V COM
Specifications
Counting speed 30/500
OR Output KCM-50
Input voltage
Hz 24 V DC±15%
Setting 2 Output 1
ON: 0 to 3 V
*2 + −
+ −
+24 V
Power
2
4
OFF: 16 V or higher
C/T No.
+5
V
Supply
1
0
V
COM
C/T
Input
Counting speed OFF:
Switched
by
the
ON
edge
3
5 30 Hz
Circuit
Input resistance: 3.3 kΩ
Set Value Display
1 2
OR Output switching input ON26 : 500 Hz Display
of the4power supply
KCM-50P
Setting 2 Output 1
3
Current Value Display
5
7
Input voltage
2
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C/T
No.
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
→
OR
6
8
Counter
selection input
(Negative logic)
3
5
On delay:
30 ms
Counter
No.
Display
Set
Value
Display
5
digits
3-stage
7
B0
C/T No. Selection
The
counter No. changes by the counter selection input H→L and L→H
ON: 0 to 6 V
+ 24 V DC±15%
4
6
Off delay:
30 ms
selection input
+ 24 V DC±15%
8
B1
24selected.
V DC±15%
mode,
operation
(positive
logic). In thePreset
Counter
× 8 unused counters are not
OFF: Input is open
5
7
24 V DC±15%
−
+ −
IN COM
+24 V
Count/Time-up
Timer Display
(timer)
B2 Display
(Positive logic)
−
+ −
IN COM
+24 V
Count/Time-up
Display
Timer Display
Power
OR
6
8
Power
+5 V
Supply
1
0 V COM
C/T Input
BA
RUN Output
ON: 16 to 27.6 V
5 digits
3-stage
+5 Vdesignated
The
counter
Supply
1
0 CPU Normal
V COMNo. is reset. If
C/T Input
7
B0current value of the
C/T No. Selection
Circuit by the counter
On delay:
1 2
2
OR Output Circuit
− 0.1
+ s
Reset Input
OFF:
0 toInput
6V
*1 Negative
Logic
and× the
are simultaneously
2 Reset Input 1 2 the
OR Output 8
B1counter No. selection
Presetinput
Counter
8 input reset input
Off
delay:
0.1
s
OUT
COM
Setting 2 Output
1
3
*2 Positive
Inpu 2.2 kΩ
Current
Value
Display
24 V DC±15%
InputLogic
resistance:
(timer)
input
approx.
5 seconds,
all counters are reset. Setting 2 Output 1
3
B2 forValue
Current
Display
2
4
C/T No. BA
2
4
RUN Output
KCM-51
No.
3
output is output if the individual outputCPU Normal
of counters
Nos. 1 to
8, 9, 10, 15, 16, 55 Prediction C/T
prediction
KCM-51
Display TheSet
Value Display
3
− +
Reset Input
Negative Logic Input
Display
Set Value Display
4
6 output 1 to 9
Input/Output response*1time
9 reaches the prediction set value.
4
6
OUT COM 24 V DC±15%
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
5
7
30
ms
(30
Hz)
5
7
OR if one of the counters Nos.
1 to 9
6
8 Equipment stop The equipment stop set value is output
10 ms (500 Hz)
OR
6
8
5reaches
digits 3-stage
the
equipment
stop
set
value.
7
C/T No. Selection B0output
5 digits 3-stage
7
C/T No. Selection B0
8
B1
Preset Counter × 8
8
B1
Preset (timer)
Counter × 8
B2
Response time
(timer)the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate
B2
ON when
BARUN output
RUN Output
ON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or less
BA
RUN Output
CPU Normal
normally.
CPU Normal
OFF:
After an
abnormality
is detected 10 ms or less
− +
Reset Input
*1 Negative
Logic
Input
− +
Reset Input
*1 Negative Logic Input
OUT COM 24 V DC±15%
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
OUT COM 24 V DC±15%
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
Counter No.
display
̶
KCM-50
Input Circuit
■CircuitIN COM
KCM-50
KCM-50
Input Circuit
Input
IN COM
Input
24 V
24 V
24 V
5V
5V
Output Circuit
Prediction Output
Equipment Stop Output
RUN Output
3.3 kΩ
OUT COM
0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A
5V
Output Circuit
Output Circuit
IN COM
5V
KOYO ELECTRONICS
CO., LTD.
2.2INDUSTRIES
kΩ
Input
GENERAL
CATALOG 2014
5V
Output Circuit
Prediction
OUT COM Output
Equipment
Output A
0 V COM
Up to Stop
45 V DC/0.1
RUN Output
5V
5V
KCM-50P24 Input
Circuit
V
Input Circuit
KCM-50P
Input Circuit
IN COM
IN COM
The counter No. selected with the counter No. selection key or by the
external counter No. selection input is displayed. Every time the counter
counts up, the counted counter No. switches to the counted up No. (ranked
by priority). Priority: Equipment stop > Prediction > Previous prediction
3.3 kΩ
Input Circuit 2.2 kΩ
KCM-50P
Input
Input
Input
3.3 kΩIN COM
3.3 kΩ
534
24 V DC±10%
+ −
+24 V
Connection
Electronic
Counter
KCM-50
KCM-50
Power
Supply
Circuit
1 2
2
Equipment Stop Output
24 V DC±10%
3
Prediction Output1
Display Stop Display
+ −
+24 V
IN COM
Count-upCurrent
Display Value
Equipment
Power
4
2
Counter No.
+5 V
Supply
0 V COM
Count Input
1
5
3
Circuit
Display
Set Value Display
1 2
2
Equipment Stop Output
6
4
3
Prediction Output1
Current Value Display
7
5
4
2
Counter No.
OR
8
6
5
3
Display5 digits
Set 3-stage
Value Display
9
7
6
4
8
Counting Speed Switching Input
24 V DC±10%
Preset Counter
7
5
24 V DC±10%
+ −
+24 V
IN COM CounterCount-up
Display
× 9Display
No. Selection
Input Equipment Stop
9
+ −
+24
IN COM
Count-up Display
Equipment Stop Display
Power
OR V
8
6
Power
+5 V
Supply
0 V COM
Count Input
1
Reset Input
RUN Output
5 digits
+5 3-stage
V
Supply
0
V
COM
Count Input
1
CPU Normal
9
7
Circuit
1 2
2
Equipment Stop Output
Circuit
− +
1 2SwitchingCH
2
Equipment Stop Output
8
Counting Speed
Input
Preset Counter
0 V 3COM
OUT
COM
Prediction
Output1
Current Value Display × 9
24 V DC±10%
3
Prediction Output1
Counter No. Selection
Input Value Display
9
Current
4
2
Counter
4
2
Reset
Input No.
RUN Output
Counter No.
CPU Normal
5
3
Display
Set Value Display
5
3
− +
Display
Set
CHValue Display
6
4
0*V
1 6COM 24 V DC±15%
4
OUT COM
24 V DC±10%
5
24 V DC±10%
or7
7
5
+ −
IN COM
Count-up Display
+24 V
*2 8
OR Equipment Stop Display
6
Power
OR
8
6
Supply
+5 V
Count Input 5 digits
1 3-stage
0 V COM
9
7
5 digits 3-stage
9
7
Circuit
*1 Input24 V DC±15%
1 2
2 Counter
Equipment Stop Output
8
Counting Speed Switching
Preset
8
Counting Speed Switching
24 V DC±10%
or Input
Preset
Prediction Output1
×
9 3 Counter
Counter No. Selection Input
9
Display Stop Display
+ −
Count-upCurrent
Display Value
Equipment
+24 V
×IN
9 COM
*2 Input
Counter No. Selection
9
Power
4
2
Reset Input
RUN Output
Counter No.
Supply
+5RUN
V Output
Count Input
1
0 V COM
Reset Input
CPU Normal
CPU Normal
5
3
Circuit
− +
Display
Set Value Display
1 2
CH
2
− + Equipment Stop Output
0 V COM
CH
6
4
OUT COM
24 V DC±10%
0 V COM
3
Prediction Output1
OUT COM
Current Value Display
24 V DC±10%
7
5
4
2
Counter No.
OR
8
6
5
3
Display5 digits
Set 3-stage
Value Display
9
7
*1
24 V DC±15%
6
4
*1
24 V DC±15%
8
Counting
Speed
Switching
Input
24
V
DC±10%
or
Preset Counter
7
5
24 V DC±10%
or
+ −
IN COM CounterCount-up
Display
+24 V
× 9Display
*2
No. Selection
Input Equipment Stop
9
+ −
IN COM
Count-up Display
Equipment Stop Display
+24
Power
OR V
*2
8
6
Power
Supply
+5 V
Count Input
1
0 V COM
Reset Input
RUN Output
Supply
5 digits
+5 3-stage
V
Count Input
1
0 CPU Normal
V COM
9
7
Circuit
*1
1 2
Circuit
2
Equipment Stop Output
1 2SwitchingCH
2
Equipment Stop Output
OUT COM 8
Counting Speed
Input
*2
Preset Counter
3
Prediction Output1
Current
Value
Display
3
Prediction Output1
Counter No. Selection
Input Value Display × 9
9
Current
4
2
Counter
4
2
Reset
Input No.
RUN Output
Counter No.
CPU Normal
5
3
*1
Display
Set Value Display
5
3
Display
Set
CHValue Display
OUT COM
*2
6
4
6
4
7
5
7
5
OR
8
6
OR
8
6
5 digits 3-stage
9
7
5 digits 3-stage
9
7
8
Counting Speed Switching Input
Preset
Counter
8
Counting Speed Switching Input
Preset
Counter
×9
Counter No. Selection Input
9
×9
Counter No. Selection Input
9
Reset Input
RUN Output
Reset Input
RUN Output
CPU Normal
*1 Negative Logic Input
CPU Normal
*1 Negative Logic Input
CH
OUT COM
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
CH
OUT COM
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
INFORMATION
KCM
+5 V
KCM-50/51 Series
COUNTER
Digital Timer
Count-up Display Equipment Stop Display
1
Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.
Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.
Notes 1) IN COM and Note)
24 V are
connected
counter. inside the counter.
24 V
IN COM
and 24inside
V arethe
connected
Output
Circuit
Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are
connected
inside
the
counter.
Prediction
Output
2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.
Prediction Output
2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.
Equipment Stop Output
OUT
COM
Equipment Stop Output
RUN Output
RUN Output
24 V
Note) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
Output Circuit
Prediction
Output
OUT COM
Equipment Stop Output
OUT COM
OUT
COM
0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1
A
RUN Output
0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1
A
Prediction Output
Equipment
Stop Output
Latest catalog
(free) is available online.
RUN Output
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
KCM-51
KCM-51
×9
Counter No. Selection Input
9
3
Reset Input
Current Value Display
CPU Normal
Counter No.
4
CH
5
Display
6
Set Value Display
Prediction Output1
RUN Output
*1 2Negative Logic Input
Electronic
Counter / Controller
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
OUT COM
3
KCM-50P
4
7
5
OR
8
6
KCM-50/51 Series
5 digits 3-stage
9
Counting Speed Switching Input
7
Counter No. Selection Input
9
Reset Input
Connection
RUN Output
CPU Normal
CH
OUT COM
SENSOR
KCM-51
or
*2
+
ENCODER
+ 24 V DC±15%
−
IN COM
Count/Time-up Display
Timer Display
+5 V
1
C/T Input
1
2
2
3
Power
Supply
Circuit
+24 V
Display
6
*1 7 −
+ 24 V DC±15%
or8
*2
+
C/T No. Selection B0
−
C/T Input
B1
B2
BA
Reset Input
COUNTER
0 V COM
OR Output INFORMATION
2
C/T No.
5
24 V DC±15%
+ −
Setting 2 Output 1
Current Value Display
4
KCM-51
3
Set Value Display
4
5
24 V DC±15%
OR
6
+ −
IN
COM
+24 V
Count/Time-up
Display
Timer
Display
5 digits 3-stage
7
Power
+5 V
Supply
1
0
V
COM
8
Preset Counter × 8
Circuit
1 2
2 (timer)
OR Output Setting 2 Output 1
3
Current Value Display
RUN Output
CPU Normal
2
4
− +
C/T No.
*1 Negative Logic Input
3
5
OUT COM 24 V DC±15%
Display
Set Value Display
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
4
6
C/T No. Selection B0
B1
Terminal Number
Input/Output
Reset Input
5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19,
20
Input Circuit
24 V
IN COM
21, 26, 27
Input
3.3 kΩ
KCM-50P
All C/T No.
selection input
Input Circuit
Reset
1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 15, 16
IN COM
4
Input
2.2 kΩ
IN COM
Input
IN COM
7
Preset Counter × 8
(timer)
8
Description of Functions
BA
Specifications
RUN Output
CPU Normal
+
The counting (timing) of the relevant counter (timer) is performed regardless Counting −speed
OUT30
COM
of the operation mode / setting mode.
Hz/500
24 V Hz
DC±15%
- When the KCM-50/51 is used as a counter:
Minimum pulse width
The current value changes when "OFF"→"ON".
16.6 ms/1 ms
- When the KCM-50/51 is used as a timer:
The timing starts when "OFF"→"ON".
The timing continues while "ON".
The timing stops when "OFF"→"ON".
*1 Negative Logic Input
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
Timing range
Hour 1 to 99,999 h
Minute 1 to 99,999 m
Second 1 to 99,999 s
0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A
When you want to designate all counters / timers at the time of a reset
input, this input should be ON.
5V
The current valueOutput
of theCircuit
selected counter
/ timer No.
becomes 0 (zero). Notes
Prediction
Output
Equipment Stop Output
ON when the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate
normally.
5V
Input Circuit
̶
Input
Circuitsetting:
- Default
B2
5 digits 3-stage
On
delay:
1) IN
COM30ms
and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
Off
delay:
30ms
2) OUT
COM
and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.
RUN Output
V
COM1and
Circuit
to 824 V are connected inside the counter.
Setting 2 OutputThis
is output if the24individual
output of counters
/Note)
timersINNos.
Input/Output response time
reaches the setting
2
value.
output 1 to 8
OUT COM
OUT COM
30 ms (30 Hz timer)
3.3 kΩ
0
V
COM
Up
to
45
V
DC/0.1
A
This is output if one of the counters / timers Nos. 1 to 8 reaches the setting 10 ms (500 Hz)
OR output
Prediction Output
1 (setting 3) value.
RUN output
KCM-50P
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
6
Equipment Stop Output
RUN Output
11
KCM-51
24 V
IN COM
5V
Input Circuit
Input
C/T input
1 to 8
Tachometer
KCM-51
Input voltage
(Negative logic)
ON: 0 to 6 V
5V
Output Circuit
Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
OFF: Input is open
Prediction Output
2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the
counter.logic)
(Positive
Equipment
Stop
Output
C/T No.
ON: 16 to 27.6 V
The counter / timer
you want to reset is designated by three inputs (B0, B1,
RUN Output
selection input
OFF: 0 to 6 V
and B2).
1 to 3
Input resistance: 2.2 kΩ
OUT COM
18
25KCM-50
OR
8
■Function
Electronic
Counter
5
7
KCM-50
HMI
*1 Negative Logic Input
*2 Positive Logic Inpu
■Block Diagram
*1 −
PLC
8
Preset Counter
×9
24 V
Output Circuit
Response time
ON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or less
OFF: After an abnormality is detected 10 ms or less
Note) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter.
OUT COM
Counter /
The counter No. selected with the counter / timer No. selection key or by
Timer No.
the external C/T No. selection input is displayed.
display
2.2 kΩfunction
Prediction Output
KCV
KCX
KCM
Equipment Stop Output
RUN Output
Notesto initialize
1) Inputthe
Common
0 V: Positive Logic
If the "mode"
"+" key Circuit
are simultaneously pressed, the default setting
mode starts
following data.
5 Vkey and theOutput
Setting 2 Output
24 V:
(1) Selection of the counter and timer, (2) Setting of the
counting speed and timing unit, (3) Prohibition/Permit selection
of Negative Logic
the reset key, and (4) Selection of the set value concerning the OR
OR Output, RUN Output
output (Setting 1 or setting 3)
Open Collector
2) Output Common
KCM-51: 0 V and Internally Short�circuited
Input
■Circuit
2.2 kΩ
OUT COM
0 V COM
KCM-51
KCM-51
Input Circuit
5V
Output Circuit
Setting 2 Output
OR Output, RUN Output
Open Collector
IN COM
Input
Notes 1) Input Common 0 V: Positive Logic
24 V: Negative Logic
2) Output Common
KCM-51: 0 V and Internally Short�circuited
OUT COM
2.2 kΩ
0 V COM
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
535
Electronic Counter / Controller
■General Specifications (Commonly
Used in KCM-50/51 Series)
Items
COUNTER
INFORMATION
1
2Series
3 Equipment
KCM-50
Prediction Output
Specifications
Supply Voltage
KCM-50 series: 24 V DC±10% (21.6 to 26.4 V)
KCM-51 series: 24 V DC±15% (20.4 to 27.6 V)
Power Consumption
5W
-20 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Electronic
Counter
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
45 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Tachometer
Insulation Resistance
100 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply
terminal and input-output terminal)
Dielectric Voltage
500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 min
(Between live parts and externally-exposed non-charged
metal part)
Noise Resistance
Between power supply terminals: ±1 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Between input terminals: ±500 V
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Impact Resistance
2
36
9
10
15
16
17
1
2
3
Count Input
18
19
20
KCM-50
21
4
5
6 RUN 4
5
6
7
8
9 Operational 7
8
9
8 9 Output
10 Speed
11 12Count
13 Input
14
Prediction
Storage Temperature
Vibration Resistance
25
8
Stop
4 54
65
76
RUN
3 Equipment 1
2
3
11
12
13
14
Stop
Prediction Output
Count Input
-10 to +55˚C
Digital Timer
14
1
Use Ambient
Temperature
KCM-50
15 0V
16 OUT
17 18 19 CH
20 IN
21
COM
COM
COM
+24V
7
8
9 Operational 7
8
9
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Prediction Output Speed
Count Input
0V
OUT
+24V COM COM
22
23
24
2
1
2
Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm
10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.75 mm
10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
14
25
2
36
8
9
10
98 m/s2, 3 axial directions
15
16
17
Case Exterior
Munsell N-4 (dark gray) ABS material
350 g
25
26
27
28
4
5
6
7
KCM-51 Series
1
Weight
IN
CH COM
3
3 OR Output 1
2
3
Setting 1/3
Setting 2 Output
C/T Input
4 54
65
76
RUN
3 OR Output 1
2
3
11
12
13
14
Setting 1/3
Setting 2 Output
C/T Input
1
18
19
20
KCM-51
21
4
5
6 RUN 4
5
6
7
8
N.C BA
7
8
B0
8 9 10 11 C/T
12 Input
13 14
Setting 2 Output
C/T No. Selection Input
0V
OUT
15
16
17
18
19 B2
20 IN
21
COM
COM
COM
+24V
B1
7
8
N.C BA
7
8
B0
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
C/T Input
Setting 2 Output
C/T No. Selection Input
0V
OUT
IN
+24V COM COM
B1 B2 COM
Reset
Programmable
Cam
■Terminal
1 2 3 Assignment
4 5 6 7
Counter
No.
ENCODER
General Specifications/Dimensions
Counter
No.
SENSOR
KCM-50/51 Series
Reset
HMI
Reset
PLC
Model Number
Reset
■Price
Price
KCM-50
KCM-50-1
22
Open
KCM-50P
KCM-51
23
24
25
26
27
28
KCM-50P-1
KCM-51
Open
KCM-51-1
KCV
(Accessories) Mounting bracket
KCX
KCM
■ Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Thickness of Mounting Plate 1 to 5
Mounting Bracket
75
68
Equipment Stop
+0.5
−0
Current Value
Prediction
68
67.4
72
Set Value
■Prediction
+0.5
−0
Reset
Counter
No.
Equipment
Stop
Counter Setting
No.
Mode
Display Selection
75
Set
Square Hole
72
536
9
65
17.5
67.4
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
Electronic Counters Related Products
Socket
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
Appearance
Applicable Counter
Dimensions
4
3 2 1
60±0.2
KCX
KCX-B
KF-03
ENCODER
COUNTER
84
Open
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
20
72
INFORMATION
22
105 g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Electronic
Counter
32
Tachometer
84
Socket for Surface-Mount Installation
(Terminal Block)
6 5
Price
2–φ4.5 Hole
Model Number
KCX
KCX-B
KB-03
Open
Hole for 2-M3
Socket for Embedded Installation
Programmable
Cam
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
4.5
22
Digital Timer
72
105 g
5
6
7
8
47
4
KB-04
TC-4L
3
31
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
9
2
Open
1 11 10
45
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
537
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
TC-V Series
Features
Digital Tachometers
- The TC-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see
large display.
- With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 10 mm
high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle.
- The green LED is used for the preset value to differentiate it from
the measured values.
- The preset value can be easily set to 0 using the setting key
corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch.
- The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses
DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting.
CE Marking Compliant
■Features
Protection Functions for Each Key
Prescale Functions
Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.
The TC-V series features built-in prescale functions that can convert rotating
speed into speed, flow rate, and work load per unit time.
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
Stable Display
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
The measuring time can be set to stabilize the display at high speed.
Measuring time can be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s.
Removable Terminal Block
This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the
terminal block cover enhances safety.
High Speed Response
Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type
High Accuracy
The AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for
any power source.
As the measuring method, the period measurement method is used, which
can realize high accuracy at low speed.
Protection Fulfilling IP65
"0" Display Immediately After Rotation Stops
Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate
the device even with wet or unclean hands.
The stop judgment time that immediately displays "0" after rotation stops can
be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0/6.0 s.
Conformity to CE and UL
With-output Model is Also Available.
CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product.
The single preset type is available, which supports rotation control.
The measuring input is 20 kHz.
Zero Suppression Function
Unnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed.
TC-V
TC-4
■Model Number List
Classification
Digital Tachometer with Single Preset
Digital Tachometer Only for Display
Power Source
Power Source for
Sensors
24 V DC, 60 mA
TC-V6S
AC
●
TC-V6S-C
DC
Model Number
TC-V6
TC-V6-C
Digit
6
AC
DC
Price
Open
Open
●
Open
Open
(Accessories) Mounting frame
TC- V 6
-
- Series classification
- Number of digits to display
- Preset
Blank : For display
S
: 1-stage preset
- Power source type
Blank : AC power
C
: DC power
538
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-V Series
Specifications
ENCODER
Rating
Items
AC Power
DC Power
Supply Voltage
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
Allowable Power Range
85 to 264 V AC
10 to 26.4 V DC
Power Consumption
Approx. 11 VA
Approx. 4 W
Power Source for
Sensors
24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise:10%p-p or lower)
̶
EEPROM
Storage Temperature
-20 to 70˚C (No freezing)
Ambient Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Impact Resistance
Noise Resistance
2 kV AC 1 min
Tachometer
(AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts)
(DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts)
Digital Timer
Endurance
Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance
490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Protective Structure
IP65 (Only the front panel part)
Weight
Approx. 150 g
Conforming cable
Terminal Block
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
-10 to 50˚C
Vibration Resistance
COUNTER
Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Storage time: 10 years
Ambient Temperature
Withstand Voltage
HMI
SENSOR
■General Specifications
Power Failure Memory
PLC
Programmable
Cam
Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Approx. 110 g
0.25 to 1.66 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal
R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque
0.5 Nm
■Performance Specifications
Items
Type
Rating
Tachometer
Setting
Single setting with prediction output/No prediction output (Different model No.)
Digit
6 digits
Display
Measured value display: Red LED, height of characters 10 mm. Preset value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm
Counting System
Period measurement system
Measurement Item
Speed of revolution only
Basic Measurement
Range
10 to 999,999 rpm (When prescale is 1)
TC-V
Prescale Functions
M x 10 -n = 10 -9 to 999,999 1 ≦ M ≦ 999,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9
±0.013% Excluding when low speed input (10 Hz) is selected (±0.1% for low-speed input)
TC-4
Measurement Accuracy
Measuring Time
0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s
Input
Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ
Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input )
Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V
Measurement Input
Response
10 Hz/20 kHz
External Reset
Minimum signal width: 5 ms
*Output
Non-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower
Contact output: 1 transfer contact point (1c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)
*Output Mode
Comparative output/Holding output
Key Protection
Any key setting is enabled.
Installation Method
Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection)
- Items with an * mark do not apply to display dedicated models.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
539
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
TC-V Series
Operation
■Measurement Operation
■Input Single Pulse Width
(1) Rotating speed display for 1 pulse per revolution
1
COUNTER
INFORMATION
The reciprocal (ー)
T of the input period (T sec) of IN is multiplied by 60
and displayed as the rotating speed.
* Counting range input: At the time of 1P/R and prescale 1, the range is 10 to
99,999 rpm.
IN
Display
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
1
1
1
×60 rpm
×60 rpm
×60 rpm
T3
T2
T1
Previous
Measured Value
1
1
1
×60 rpm
×60 rpm
×60 rpm
T3
T2
T1
T1
IN
T2
T3
High Speed (20 kHz)
H
L
L
50 ms or more 50 ms or more
Previous
Measured Value
Display
Electronic
Counter
Low speed (10 Hz)
H
25 µs or more 25 µs or more
1
×60 rpm
T4
1
×60 rpm
T4
T4
(2) Measuring time
T1
T2 display
T3 when the
T4 device rotates at high
This is used for stabilizing
the
speed. The average pulse
that
is
input
during
the measuring
time is
Pulse Average
Pulse Average
1
×60 rpm
Display
in T1
in T2
displayed
and, if it is larger
than the measuring
time, theT3display
is
updated every time the pulse is input.
IN
Display
Pulse Average
in T1
Measuring
Time
IN
T1
Measuring Time
Measuring
Time
Pulse Average
in T2
T2
Measuring Time
T1
Measuring Time
T3
Measuring Time
T2
Measuring Time
1
×60 rpm
T3
T3
Measuring Time
■Output Operation Chart
保持出力
* Only models that produce output
比較出力
Holding Output
Preset Value
Preset Value
Predicted Value
Predicted Value
0
ON
ON
Reset
Contact Output
TC-V
Reset
OFF
ON
Contact Output
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
比較出力
Non-contact Output
Non-contact Output 保持出力
TC-4
OFF
OFF
OFF
比較出力
Comparative
Preset ValueOutput
Predicted
Preset Value
Value
Prediction
:
Set Value
Predicted Value
0
Preset Value
When the prediction set value is "0,"
non-contact output becomes the same
as the output operation of contact output.
The prediction set value should be smaller than the preset value.
If the prediction
ON setting exceeds the preset value, the measured
Reset
value becomes
0 and the prediction output (non-contact output)
OFF
turns ON. ON
ON
Contact Output
Reset
Contact Output
Output
Non-contact
Non-contact Output
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Predicted Value
ON
Reset
Contact Output
Non-contact Output
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
:
ction set value is "0,"
utput becomes the same
peration of contact output.
ler than the preset value.
set value, the measured
put (non-contact output)
540
Prediction
Set Value
When the prediction set value is "0,"
non-contact output becomes the same
as the output operation of contact output.
The prediction set value should be smaller than the preset value.
If the prediction setting exceeds the preset value, the measured
value becomes 0 and the prediction output (non-contact output)
turns ON.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
24 V DC, 60 mA IN
Non-contact Output
OUT
1
7
8
9
COM N.C
TC-V6S
TC-V6S
TC-V6
Input
Power Source for Sensor
24 V DC,
2 60 mA
3 IN4
1 2
OUT
Non-contact Output
1
OUT
8
10 11 12
10 11 12
Contact Output
N.O
Measurement
IN
Measurement
Power Source for Sensor
Input Input
IN
24 V DC, 60 mA 3
12
OUT
Non-contact Output
OUT
8
IN
3
8
9
100 to 240 V AC Power
TC-V-6-C
TC-V6-C
3
5
3
Programmable
Cam
0V
57
R Reset Input
7
R Reset Input
11 12
11− 12
+
12 to 24 V DC Powert Output
+
Tachometer
IN
5 57 R Reset Input
7 7
R Reset
R Input
Reset Input
N.O
to 24
V DC
Powert Output
100 to12240
V AC
Power
Input
10 11 12
N.O 10
12
9
+11 11
− 12
Contact Output
COM N.C
Electronic
Counter
IN
Measurement 0 V
9
COM 8
N.C
N.O
Measurement
Input
05V 0 V
1
INFORMATION
※予報出力はNon-contact
Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。
100 to 240 V AC Power
Digital Timer
TC-V6-C
無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。
0V
3 3
5 05V
57 7R ResetR Reset
Input Input
7 R Reset Input
10
11 11
12 12
+11 12
−
Contact Output
COM N.C
Measurement
Input
Non-contact Output
12
100 to 240 V AC Power
Contact Output
TC-V6S-C
TC-V6
TC-V6
TC-V6S-C
OUT
9N.O
COM N.C
Input
24 V DC,
2 60 mA
3 3IN
Non-contact Output
9
COM 8
N.C
COUNTER
IN
24 V DC, 60 mA IN
0V 0V
Measurement
Power Source for Sensor
5 0 V6
4 57 R6Reset Input
7 R Reset Input
3
Non-contact Output
HMI
ENCODER
TC-V6-C
Measurement
Measurement
Power Source for Sensor
Input Input
24 V DC, 60 mA IN
Measurement 0 V
PLC
SENSOR
100 to 240 V AC Power
TC-V-6S-C
TC-V6S-C
TC-V6
Measurement
Input
Power Source for Sensor
TC-V6S
Connection
N.O
2
R Reset Input
TC-V Series
10 11 12
Contact Output
■Terminal Connection Diagrams
put
put
24 V DC, 60
0V
Electronic
2 3 4 Counter
5 6 / Controller
12 to 24 V DC Powert Output
−
+
Contact Output
※予報出力はNon-contact
Output
(OUT端子)
と兼用です。
to 24
V DC
Powert
Output
100 to12240
V AC
Power
−
12 to 24 V DC Powert Output
※予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。
無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。
* Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output.
TC-V6-C
無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。
* Do not connect anything to unconnected
terminals.
Measurement
Input
IN
0V
3
5
■Input/Output Circuit
AC電源形 Diagrams
AC電源形
7
AC power
DC電源形 DC電源形
R Reset Input
DC power
Power Source
Power Source
Internal 24 VInternal 24 V
2 Sensor 2
for Sensor for
24 V D C 24 V D C
11 Logic
12
9 N.C.
ON During Negative
ON During
Negative
Input Logic Input
+
utput
5V
ut(OUT端子)と兼用です。
3.3 k
IN 3
47 k
IN 3
22 k
8
24 V D C
11 +
−
12 −
9 N.C.
ON During Negative
ON During
Logic
Negative
Input Logic Input
3.3 k
5V
1.8 k
47 k
IN 3
IN 3
22 k
Reset
Input 7
1
OUT
1
OUT
5
0V
5
0V
N.C.
8
COM
TC-V
Reset 47 k
Input 7
22 k
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
8
COM
TC-4
47 k
10 N.O.
10 N.O.
22 k
1.8 k
3.3 k
22 k
5V
1.8 k
5V
5V
47 k
9
12
COM
10 N.O.
Internal 24 VInternal 24 V
11
N.C.
47 k
10 N.O.
+
22 k
Reset 47 k
Input 7
22 k
9
−
12 to 524V V DC Powert Output
8 COM
3.3 k
5V
Reset
Input 7
24 V D C
5V
1.8 k
47 k
22 k
1
OUT
1
OUT
5
0V
5
0V
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
541
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
TC-V Series
Connection
■Input Connection Examples
NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor
Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output
Proximity Sensor
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
《Recommended
proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)
《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》
Brown
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Brown
Brown
Brown
Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2 Power Source for
2 Sensor
2 Power Source for
2 Sensor
Brown
Brown
Brown
Brown
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2 Sensor
2 Sensor
Brown 2 Power Source
Brown for
Brown 2 Power Source
Brown for
(24 V DC)*
(24
V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
(24
V DC)*
Source for
Power
Source for SensorFor Measurement For Measurement
Source for
Power
Source for Sensor
2 Power
2 Sensor
2 Power
2 Sensor
For Measurement For Measurement
Black
Black
(24 V DC)*Black
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*Black
(24 V DC)*
3 IN
3 IN
3 IN
3 IN
For Measurement For Measurement
For Measurement For Measurement
Black
Black
Black
Black
For Measurement For Measurement
For Measurement For Measurement
Black 3 IN
Black 3 IN
Black 3 IN
Black 3 IN
3
3
3
3 IN
IN
IN
IN
For Reset
For Reset
For Reset
For Reset
Black
Black
Black
Black
7 Reset
7 Reset
For Reset
For Reset 7 Reset
For Reset
For Reset 7 Reset
Black
Black
Black
Black
For Reset
For Reset
For Reset
For Reset
Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset
Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset
7 Reset
7 Reset
7 Reset
7 Reset
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue 5 0 V
Blue 5 0 V
Blue 5 0 V
Blue 5 0 V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor
Rotary Encoder
DC2線式近接センサの場合
DC2線式近接センサの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
DC2線式近接センサの場合
DC2線式近接センサの場合
《Recommended
proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》
DC2線式近接センサの場合
DC2線式近接センサの場合
- Input logic: Positive logic and negative logic are set in accordance with the
ロータリエンコーダの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
output of the encoder.
ロータリエンコーダの場合
ロータリエンコーダの場合
《Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-J□-S , TRD-N□-S 》
* In the case of the DC power source type, the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V.
For Measurement For Measurement
White
3 IN
For Measurement For Measurement
White
For Measurement For Measurement
3 IN
White
3 IN
For Reset
For Reset
White
Reset
7
For Reset
For Reset
White
For Reset
For Reset 7 Reset
White
7 Reset
Black
5 0V
Black
5 0V
Black
5 0V
White
3
White
3
White
3
White
7
White
7
White
7
Black
5
Black
5
Black
5
Red (Brown)
Red (Brown)
Power Source for2 Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
(Brown)
(24Red
V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Power
Power Source for Sensor
2 Sensor
Red Source
(Brown)for
(24 V DC)*
(24
V DC)*
Power
Source for
Power
Source for Sensor
2 Sensor
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Green (Black)
Green (Black)
3 IN
3 IN
Green (Black)
Green (Black)
3 IN
3 IN
Green (Black)
Green (Black)
3 IN
3 IN
2
Red (Brown)
Red (Brown) 2
2
IN
IN
IN
Reset
Reset
Reset
Black (Blue)
Black (Blue)
7 0V
7 0V
Black (Blue)
Black (Blue)
0
V
7
Black (Blue)
Black (Blue) 7 0 V
7 0V
7 0V
0V
0V
0V
Switch Relay
スイッチ・リレーの場合
スイッチ・リレーの場合
- Input logic: Negative
logic (No-voltage
スイッチ・リレーの場合
- Measurementスイッチ・リレーの場合
input response: 10 Hz
スイッチ・リレーの場合
スイッチ・リレーの場合
input) (neg)
(DIP switch 1 is ON.)
Measurement
Measurement
TC-V
Measurement
Measurement
Reset
TC-4
Reset
Reset
3 IN
Measurement
Measurement
3Reset
IN
3 Reset
IN
7Reset
Reset
7 Reset
- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)
- Measurement input response: 10 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.)
Measurement
3 IN
Measurement
Measurement
Reset
3 IN
37 IN
Reset
V
57 0Reset
7 Reset
75 Reset
0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
Reset
Reset
2 Power Source for
2 Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Measurement
2 Power Source for
2 Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
(24 V DC)*
(24
23 Sensor
Power
Source for
Power
Source for Sensor
32 IN
IN V DC)*
Measurement
(24 V DC)*
(24 V DC)*
Measurement
3Reset
3 IN
IN
3 Reset
37 IN
IN
Reset
7Reset
Reset
7Reset
7 Reset
V
57 0Reset
75 Reset
0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
5 0V
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
* There is no power
source for sensors
in the case of the DC power source type.
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
Use a separate
external power source.
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
別途外部電源を使用してください。
■Output Connection Examples
NPN Open Collector
Output
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
接点出力の場合
接点出力の場合
Contact Output
Relay Drive Possible Relay Drive Possible
OUT 1
0V 5
Load
OUT 1
−
+
0V 5
COM 8
Load
−
Power Source for LoadPower Source for Load
Rated 24 V DC
542
COM 8
+
Power Source
Power Source
for Load
for Load
N.C. 9
Load
N.C. 9
Load
N.O. 10
N.O. 10
Load
Load
Rated 24 V DC
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
- Operation mode
Lights up when the output is ON.
Blinks when the prediction output is ON.
③
② Protection display (Red)
①
- Operation mode
Blinks when the key is protected.
- Setup mode
D i s p l ay s t h e s e t c o n t e n t s o f ke y
protection.
ENCODER
- Operation mode
Displays the discrete value.
- Setup mode
Displays the set contents.
COUNTER
- Operation mode
Displays the preset value.
- Setup mode
Displays the setting item.
⑤
⑥
⑤ Digit key
⑥ RST key
- Operation mode
Turns output off.
- Setup mode
Selects the setting item.
③ Discrete value display (Red)
INFORMATION
④ Preset value display (Green)
④
②
(Only when the key is ON)
HMI
SENSOR
Equipped with 1-stage Preset
① Output display (Red)
PLC
- Operation mode
Changes the preset value.
- Setup mode
Selects the set contents.
* Compared with panels equipped with a 1-stage
preset, models dedicated to display have
the following different points.
①Output display
: None
②Protection display : None
④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode.
⑤Digit key
: Ineffective in the operation mode.
⑥RST key
: Ineffective in the operation mode.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Key Operation
1. Changes the preset value
Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the
corresponding digit.
Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered.
Example: When the counter is “123”
1
Press the 1 key and the
2
Press the 2 key and the
3
124
134
Press the 3 key and the 234
2. Turns output off * Only for models equipped with single preset
TC-4
If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1s), output turns OFF.
If the [RST] key is pressed while output is ON, output turns OFF.
Whenequipped
the counter
“123
Only for models
with issingle
preset
”
3. Key protection * Example:
1
Press theset
1 key
the operation
The key protection can be individually
forandeach
key. If a key
124
2 isPress
thepressed
2 key and in
thethe
134
for which the key protection
set is
run mode, the LED
3
Press
the 3 keytoand
the 234
corresponding to the pressed
key blinks
notify
that the operation is
prohibited.
Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is
supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited.
6
RST
4
5
TC-V
6
RST
4
5
2
3
1
2
3
1
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
543
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
TC-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
■DIP Switch Setting
- Use the DIP switches at the top of tachometer for setting.
- Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.
The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on.
Input
Frequency
Input frequency
Select the input frequency with the DIP switch 1.
ON
Input Frequency
Input frequency
INFORMATION
Dip Switch
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
Input frequency
OFF
1
2
3
4
Measuring
Time
ON
ON
kHz
Input20
Frequency
OFF
SW1
10 Hz
ON
20 kHz
Input Frequency
OFF
SW1
Select
the measuring
Measuring
time time with the DIP switches 2 and 3.
Electronic
Counter
- In the period measurement mode, the display may fluctuate when
at high
10 the
Hz device rotatesON
Input
frequency
speed1because
2 the
3 display
4 is5updated
6 every
7 time
8 the pulse is input.
OFF
ON
Input frequency
20 kHz
OFF
Measuring
Time SW2
- If the measuring time is set, the average pulse input during
the measuring
time can beSW3
displayed
Measuring time
and the display becomes stable when the device rotates at high speed.
ON
Tachometer
Digital Timer
ON
OFF
ON
4
5
6
7
8
Programmable
Cam
OFF 1 2 3 4
Measuring
1 2 time
3 4
OFF
OFF 1 2 3 4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
* The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment.
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Selects the operation mode.
Selects the key protection.
Selects the stop judgment time.
Selects the measuring time.
Selects the input frequency.
1
2
3
ON
1 2 time
3 time
4 5
Measuring
Stop judgment
OFF
Measuring time
6
7
8
Stop judgment time
Stop judgment
1 2 3 time
4 5
OFF
Key protection
1 2 3
6
7
8
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
1 2 3 4
OFF
ON Protection
Key
5
6
7
8
OFF
OFF
1
2
3
ON protection
Key
TC-V
0.2 sFrequency
OFF
Input
Input Frequency
0.5 s10
OFF
Measuring
Time HzSW2
10 Hz
1.0 20
s kHzOFF
ON
0.2
20 kHz
2.0 s
ON
0.5
OFF
OFF
SW1
SW1
ON
SW3
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Measuring
1.0 sTime
0.2
2.0 ss
SW2
ON
OFF
ON
SW3
OFF
OFF
ON
0.5 s
OFF
ON
1.0 s
ON
OFF
ON
SW3
Measuring Time SW2
ON
ON judgment
SW2
SW3
Measuring
Time
Stop
time Time
Stop
Judgment
Stop 2.0
Judgments Time SW4
SW6
ON SW5 ON
0.2 s
OFF
OFF
0.2s 4,
s 5, and
OFF
OFF
Select
the stop judgment time with the DIP switches
6.
6.0
(10) OFF OFF OFF
OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0.5time
s elapses,
OFF
ONmakes
1 measurement
2 3 4input5turns6OFF7and the
8 stop judgment
- After the
this function
OFF
OFF
0.5s (30)
s
OFF OFF ON
ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
ON
the display "0."
Stop2.0
Judgment Time SW4
SW5 SW6
1.0
s
ON
OFF
-Stop
Note judgment
that, if the stoptime
judgment time is set to 0.2 s in 1P/R,1.0
the minimum
number of revolutions
s
ON
ON OFF
1.0
OFF
6.0 s (60)
(10) OFF OFF
2.0 s
ON
ON
becomes 300 rpm.
2.0 s
ON ON ON
OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0.5
ON
2.0 ss (120)
(30) OFF OFF
ON
Stop
Judgment
Ti
m
e
SW4
SW5
SW6
ON
OFF
OFF
0.2
s
(300)
1.0 s (60) OFF ON
ON
ON
OFF
6.0parenthesis
(10) OFF
The
OFFrepresents
ON OFF
ON
0.5
ss (120)
the minimum number of
OFF
OFF
ON
2.0
s
(30)
OFFof 1OFF
0.2 s (300) inON
revolutions
the case
P/R.
1.0 parenthesis
s (60) OFF ON OFF
The
Stop
Judgment Time SW4represents
SW5 SW6
theJudgment
number
of SW6
Stop
Time SW4
SW5
OFF
ON
ON
0.5minimum
s (120)
revolutions
the case
P/R.
OFFof 1OFF
6.0 s (10) inOFF
6.0
s
(10) OFF OFF OFF
0.2 s (300) ON OFF OFF
2.0 s (30) OFF OFF ON
OFF ON
2.0 parenthesis
s (30) OFFrepresents
The
ON
1.0minimum
s (60) OFF
the
number
of OFF
1.0
s
(60) OFF ON OFF
Key Protection
revolutions
the case ofSW7
P/R.
ON 1ON
0.5 s (120) inOFF
0.5 s (120) OFF ON ON
Setup
modeON
setting
OFF OFF
0.2 s (300)
ON OFF ON
OFF
0.2 sis(300)
enabled.
Key
Protection
SW7
The
parenthesis
represents
Key protection
The
parenthesis
represents
Select
whether "not to use key protection" or "to
use
keyNot
protection"
for the
the minimum
number
of OFF
Do
TC-4
Setup mode setting
the
minimum
number
ofof 1 P/R.
revolutions
the case
keys
7. The
keys forin
key
protection
ONcan
2 setup
3 4mode
5 with
6 DIP
7 switch
8
OFF set1in the
revolutions
in the case of 1 P/R.
is enabled.
be
set
in
the
setup
mode.
ON
Key Protection
SW7
OFF
Do Not
"Not to use key protection" is set before shipment.
Operation
mode
This
isprotection
for setting
protection
Key
Setup mode setting
Key protection
ON
1 2 dedicated
3 4 to
5 display
6 7should
8 remain OFF.
*OFF
The models
is enabled.
ON
Operation
mode
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Operation
Mode
Operation
1 2 mode
3 4 5
OFF
6
7
8
Operation mode
ON
Operation mode
Operation Mode
Do Not
Key Protection
Key
Protection
Setup
mode
Setup mode setting
mode
Operation
Setup
mode Mode
setting
is enabled.
is enabled.
Setup
mode
Do Not
Do Not
Operation
mode
Operation Mode
Setup mode
Operation
mode
Select the setup mode and the operation mode with
DIP switch
8.
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
544
SW1
10 Hz
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
7
7
8
8
Operation Mode
Operation Mode
Setup mode
Setup mode
Operation mode
Operation mode
SW8
OFF
SW7
SW7
ON
OFF
SW8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW8
ON
OFF
SW8
SW8
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
HMI
SENSOR
■Setup Mode
Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup
mode.
Setup Mode Setting Items
(1) Prescaling ………………
(2) Input logic ……………
(3) Output mode ……………
(4) Decimal point …………
(5) Prediction output ………
Set the prescale value (10-9 to 999,999).
Positive logic, Negative logic
Comparison / Holding
Set the decimal marker to any digit.
Set the offset value for the preset value.
0 to 999,999
(6) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key.
(7) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys.
* For tachometers dedicated to display, items (3), (5), (6), and (7) are skipped.
Switching Between the Setup Mode and
the Operation Mode
①
Operation Mode
① Prescale setting 1 (scL1)
To the next
menu by
pressing
the reset key
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Initial value: 0
③ Input logic setting (si g)
Initial value: □
2
1 : pos Positive logic
2 : neg Negative logic
RST
④ Output mode setting (c-op)
Initial value: □
2
1 : 1 Select the holding output
2 : 2 Select the comparative output
RST
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
⑤ Decimal point setting (d.p)
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Initial value: No decimal point
The decimal point appears after the digit number
corresponding to the digit key number.
Digit key 1 is used for the setting for no decimal point.
Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
RST
⑥ Prediction output setting (set )
a
- For tachometers dedicated to display, the setting items with an * mark are
skipped.
- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the
[RST] key.
- The key protection setting becomes active in AND conditions with the DIP
switch 7. If you want to activate the protection, set DIP switch 7 in the ON
position.
ENCODER
1 : The exponent is -1.
0 to -9 can be set.
RST
Operation of the Setup Mode
Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.
(Use the digit keys for all settings.)
1
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 to 999,999 can be set.
② Prescale setting 2 (scL2)
Setup Mode
① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the
setup mode starts.
② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on,
the operation mode starts.
Initial value:
� 1
Discrete value display part
RST
②
Digit key
1 : Not use
1 : Use
PLC
Initial value: 0
Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0
RST
Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1
⑦ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked
Select whether to lock the reset key or not.
Digit key: K/P display part
1 : ■□□□□□□ (Lock)
2 : □□□□□□□ (Unlock)
RST
⑧ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked
Select the whether to lock each digit key or not.
Digit key: K/P display part
K/P display part
: Lit when disabled
: Enabled when out
To the first menu
by pressing
the reset key
RST
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
1
2
3
4
5
6
: □□□□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□■□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □■□□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
TC-V
TC-4
545
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
TC-V Series
Example of Operation
■Operation Mode
4. Change the set contents
ENCODER
Changes the Preset Value
COUNTER
Change the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes
effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.
Before Changing
To the next ①
menu by
pressing
the reset key
RST
Change Complete
INFORMATION
OUT
OUT
OUT
K/P
K/P
K/P
K/P
6
4
5
6
2
3
1
RST
4
5
6
2
3
1
RST
4
5
6
2
3
1
RST
4
5
2
3
1
RST
Electronic
Counter
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Change to the initial value.
② Prescale
Exponent Setting screen
OUT
RST
Tachometer
Prescale
Mantissa Setting screen
Press the digit key 2 twice.
RST
key twice to set it
Change to the initial value.
③ Output
Mode Setting screen
Displays the rotating speed when the rotary encoder of 100 pulses per
revolution is used.
Sets the measuring time to 1.0 s to stabilize the display when the encoder
rotates at high speed. Moreover, displays the stop judgment time for 1.0 s to
1 decimal place.
TC-V
1
② Input
Setting
Logic
screen
Press the digit key 3 Once.
■Example of Setting the Rotating
Speed Display
RST
Change to the initial value.
⑧ Decimal
Point Setting screen
Press
the reset
key to end
setup.
Measurement Axis
METER
Press the
to "-2."
RST
Press the 2 key to light up the decimal
point between 1st digit and 2nd digit.
This setting is complete.
OUT
K/P
6
RST
4
5
2
3
1
5. Switching to the operation mode
Rotary Encoder
100 P/R
When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP
switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the
power.
Setting item
Setting Item
6. Start the operation mode
Contents
Measuring Time
1.0 s
Stop Judgment Time
1.0 s
Prescale Mantissa
1
Prescale Exponent
-2
When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]
key to reset the count value after the power is turned on.
1. Prescale calculation
TC-V
TC-4
The tachometer has the prescale "1" at 1 pulse per revolution.
Therefore, in the case of 100 P/R,
1
100
= 0.01
Since the prescale setting is set by the mantissa and exponent,
0.01 = 1×10-2
2. Setting DIP switches
Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches.
① Selecting the 1.0 s measuring time
ON
- Set DIP switch 2 is in the ON position.
- Set DIP switch 3 is in the OFF position.
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
② Selecting the 1.0 s stop judgment time
ON
- Set DIP switch 4 is in the OFF position.
- Set DIP switch 5 is in the ON position.
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
- Set DIP switch 6 is in the OFF position.
3. Switching to the setup mode
Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on.
546
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-V Series
Error Code Display/Option
Error Name
Overflow error
Error details
ENCODER
Corrective Action
The data that should be displayed is
larger than the display range.
COUNTER
The error indication will be automatically reset when the measured value
enters the normal range. (Review the prescale and decimal point setting.)
Underflow error
The digit of the data that should be
displayed is lower than the display
range.
Over input frequency
Input frequency exceeds 20 kHz.
Lower the input frequency.
Preset value / Set value and the
contents of the setup mode changed.
Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication.
The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value
and the set value become "5,000", and the contents of the setup mode
revert back to the preshipment defaults.
Memory data error
HMI
SENSOR
■Common Errors
Error Code
PLC
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Option
Option
Model Number
Contents
Price
Rubber Packing
KC-48P
If installed between the installation panel and TC-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the
control panel.
Front Cover
KC-48C
If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc.
Material:
Soft silicon rubber
Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed.
Open
Open
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
547
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
TC-V Series
Precautions
■Precautions in Use
■Cautions in wiring
(1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal
⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.
(2) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated
voltage at once using a switch or relay.
(3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic
to negative logic.
(4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing,
the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input.
(The tachometer performs output operation after measurement.)
(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the
data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.
(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.
- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to
-10˚C or lower.
- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation
occurs due to rapid temperature change.
- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.
- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.
- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.
(7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test,
separate the main body from the control circuit.
(8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written.
Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than
100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source
operations.
- Wire cables separately from power lines.
- When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,
separate the main body of the TC-V and the wiring from the noise sources
as far as possible.
- Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal.
- It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections.
- When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal
has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use
a round crimp terminal.
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal
If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact
with the terminal becomes insufficient.
Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally
from the side as shown in the figure above.
In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.
How to mount
the terminal
block
andtightening
the terminal
- Make
sure that the
allowable
torque is 0.3 Nm.
block cover - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.
only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.
- Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.
- Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.
- Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
- Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body
How to mount the main body
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
TC-V
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
TC-4
Body
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
Body
Terminal Block
Body
Fixing Screw
Mounting Frame:
The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
and transverse directions.
Terminal Block
Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover
Fixing Screw
Mounting Frame:
Mounting Frame:The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
The frame can beand
mounted
both directions.
in the longitudinal
transverse
and transverse directions.
Fixing Screw
Terminal Block Cover
Terminal Block Cover
How to remove the main body
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
① Pinch the levers
to spread
2 while
to 3 mm
② Pull
out thethem
frame
the outwards.
levers are spread.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
548
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-V Series
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Main Body of the TC-V
63
100 (AC Power)
48
COUNTER
60 (DC Power)
Mounting Frame
48
44.5
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
1 to 5:
Mounting Panel Thickness
6
1. When the mounting handle direction is
in the transverse direction
AC Power
106 mm
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
2. When the mounting handle direction
is in the longitudinal direction
70 or more
0
48 +0.2
Square Hole
45 +0.3
0
(Tight Mounting is Possible)
70 or more
Mounting
Frame
55 or more
6.5
66 mm
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
9.5
4×7.62=30.48
7.62
Terminal Screw 6.5
1.12
M3
10
0
45 +0.3
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
50
Overall Depth
DC Power
Conforming cable size
: 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
549
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
TC-4 Series Tachometers
Common Features
Digital Tachometer
- Prescale functions (Except TC-4L)
The TC-4 series features built-in prescale functions that can
convert the number of revolutions into speed, flow rate, and
the amount of production per unit time.
- High accuracy
Owing to the period measurement method, the TC-4 series
offers high measurement accuracy in low speed rotation.
The sampling function guarantees sufficient accuracy even in
high speed rotation.
- Immediate zero display when rotation stops (TC-41)
The display becomes zero 1 or 6 seconds after rotation stops.
■TC-4 Series Tachometers Lineup
Classification
TC-V
Model
Number
Appearance
Digit
Input
Power Source
Power Source for
Sensors
Price
Models Dedicated
to Display
TC-4
4
Open collector
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
12 V DC, 50 mA
Open
Digital Output
TC-4B
4
Open collector
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
12 V DC, 50 mA
Open
Single Preset
TC-4S
4
Open collector
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
12 V DC, 50 mA
Open
Double Preset
TC-4W
4
Open collector
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
12 V DC, 50 mA
Open
Models Dedicated
to Display
TC-41
4
Voltage, current and
electromagnetic detector
90 to 132 V AC
180 to 264 V AC
12 V DC, 50 mA
Open
Models Dedicated
to Display
TC-4L-G
4
Open collector
85 to 115 V AC
12 V DC, 30 mA
Open
Models Dedicated
to Display
TC-4L-H
4
Open collector
180 to 240 V AC
12 V DC, 30 mA
Open
TC-4
550
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4 Series Tachometers
Common Specifications
Examples of Measurement in Each Mode (8 Modes)
Mode 1
INA
Speed
INA
INA
INA
INA
INA
INA
INA
INA
Mode 1
Passage speed
Mode 2
INA
INB
INB
INA
INA
INB
INB
INB
INA
INA
INA
Length
measurement
Mode 6
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
Interval
Mode 7
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
Prescale counter
Mode 8
Tachometer
If the interval of the detector is not 1 m or if you want to make the
mode to the speed-per-second display, the prescale should be
used.
1
1m
m
1m
Sec.
Period
Sec.
Sec.
Period
Period
A
A
A
Passage
Passage Speed
Speed
The repetition period and passage time can be measured.
Period measurement: 10 ms to 140 s
Passage time: Unlimited
INA
The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing
time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is
displayed.
Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s
B
A
A
A
B
B
Press
B
B
B
Press
Press
Sec.
INA
INA
Sec.
Sec.
INA
INA
INA Sec.
Sec.
Sec.
Press
Press
Object Being Pressed
Press
Object
Object Being
Being Pressed
Pressed
Object
Object Being
Being Pressed
Pressed
Object Being Pressed
The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing
time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is
displayed.
Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s
Length
Length
cm
Length
Length
Length
INBcm
cm
cm
INB
INB
INA
INA
INA
Rotary Encoder
INB
INB
INB
Rotary Encoder
Encoder
Rotary
Rotary
Rotary Encoder
Encoder
Rotary Encoder
Interval
cm
Interval
Interval
cm
cm
Interval
Interval INB
INA
Interval
cm
cm
INA
INB
INA
INBcm
INA
INA
INA
INB
INB
INB
Interval
Interval
Interval
Interval
Interval
Interval
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
INA
Integrating
INA
INA
INA
INA
INA
TC-V
TC-4
Length
Length
cm
cm
Length
Length
INA
Length
INA
INA
Programmable
Cam
Rotary
Rotary
Parts
Parts Feeder
FeederEncoder
Encoder
Rotary
Parts Feeder
FeederEncoder
Parts
Parts Feeder
Sec.
INA
INA
Sec.
Sec.
INA
INA
INA
Sec.
Sec.
Sec.
Length
Length
Digital Timer
Passage Speed
Passage Speed
Speed
Rotary Passage
Period
Period Encoder Passage Speed
Period Rotary
Parts FeederRotary
Encoder
Encoder
INA
Mode 5
Electronic
Counter
1
1m
m
m/Min.
m/Min.
m/Min.
INFORMATION
If the prescale is performed in mode 1, mode 1 displays the speed.
The number of revolutions x 2 πr = speed (r = radius of roller: m)
Motor
Motor
Motor
INB
INB
Operating time
COUNTER
Mode 1 displays the number of revolutions.
If the signal of the rotating detector is applied, the number of
revolutions (rpm) is displayed.
Motor
Motor
INB
INB
INB
INB
Speed
Speed
Speed
Motor
m/Min.
m/Min.
INA
INA
INA
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
Speed
Number
Number of
of Revolutions
Revolutions
Number of Revolutions
Speed
Speed
Sec.
Sec.
INA Sec.
INA
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
Mode 4
Detector
rpm
rpm
rpm
Detector
Detector
m/Min.
INA
Mode 3
Time difference
Number
Number of
of Revolutions
Revolutions
1m
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
Period
Number of Revolutions
rpm
rpm
m/Min.
m/Min.
m/Min.
INB
ENCODER
rpm
m/Min.
Detector
Detector
Detector
m/Min.
m/Min.
INA
INA
INA
TC-4 series all support
HMI
SENSOR
■Measurement Examples
Number of revolutions
PLC
Proximity Sensor
Rotary Encoder
Rotary
Rotary Encoder
Encoder
The pulse of the rotary encoder while the photoelectronic sensor
for detecting objects is turned on is counted, and displayed as the
length of the object after the passage of the object.
A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale
functions.
The pitch (interval) of the processing hole is measured and
displayed.
A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale
functions.
Rotary
Rotary Encoder
Encoder
Rotary Encoder
Proximity
Proximity Sensor
Sensor
Proximity
Proximity Sensor
Sensor
Proximity Sensor
The input pulse is counted and the accumulated value is displayed.
For the functions with preset, the device operates as a preset
counter.
Using the prescale functions, a discrete value multiplied by any
number can be displayed and preset.
TC-4, 4B, 4S, 4W support
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
551
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4 Series Tachometers
Common Specifications
Rotary Switch
23
23
23
23
23
23
901
901
23
456
SetFunction
in Units of Period
Sampling
901
23
X1
456
78
X10
456
78
X100
78
456
78
78
456
78
Prescale Functions
78
901
901
23
X1
901
X10
78
78
78
ENCODER
X100
901
X1,000
56
■Description
of 4Functions
456
456
456
456
Rotary Switch
M
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 1.
-n
X10
X1,000
901
M
SENSORX10 -n
23
HMI
901
PLC
901
In this function, the measured data is multiplied by a 4-digit numeric value
(Effective only for mode 1)
of prescale
valueare
5,555
set in advance, andExample
the results
of calculation
displayed or output to the
The measurement
of TC series
tachometers
is the period
of prescale
value 5,555
- Sampling Frequency
is Set to 10. principle Example
display and the output terminal.
in
the
0 measurement
1
2
3 method
4
5 which
6
7 time
8 required
9
10 for the measured axle
The multiplication value is set by the five miniature rotary switches on the
to rotate one revolution is measured and the revolutions per minute are
back of case.
calculated based on the time.
Set in 10 Units of Period
The numeric value that can be set is expressed in M x 10 -n where M
In this method, if the axle rotates at high speed, the time required for one
represents a 4-digit integer and n represents any numeric value from 0 to 9.
revolution becomes shorter, deteriorating the measurement accuracy.
The maximum numeric value that can be set becomes 9,999 in the case- of
Therefore,is in
TC series, other than the regular period measurement
Sampling Frequency
Setthe
to 100.
M = 9,999 and n = 0, and the minimum numeric value becomes 1 x 10-9 in
calculated from the
0 for every one revolution, the number of revolutions is100
the case of M = 0001 and n = 9. The TC -4L does not have this function.
time required for 10 revolutions or 100 revolutions in order to prevent the
deterioration of measurement accuracy in high speed rotation. This is called
Set in 100 Units of Period
Dip Switch
the "sampling function" and the number of samplings can be set from the
DIP switch (miniature switch) to either 1, 10, or 100 revolutions (only 1 time
for the TC-4L).
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 1.
Programmable
Cam
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 1.
Set in Units of Period
Set in Units of Period
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 10.
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 10.
4
5
8
23
10
0
1
2
Rotary Switch
X10
X1
456
456
3No decimal
4
5 point6
7
8
9
10
1 decimal place
Set in 10 Units of Period
2 decimal place
78
23
9
78
456
78
456
78
78
456
901
901
23
7
Set in 10 Units of PeriodM
X1,000
X100
-n
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 100.
901
0
6
23
X10
3
23
2
901
1
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 100.
901
0
100
0
100
3 decimal place
Example of prescale value 5,555
Set in 100 Units of Period
Set in 100 Units of Period
Decimal Point Switching Function
It is possible to make the decimal point light up in any position of a 4-digit
numerical value on the display.
Since the correct data is always displayed according to the position of the
decimal point, the placement of the decimal point is not necessary.
The decimal point lighting position can be set from the DIP switches on the
back of the case.
The error code is displayed when the measurement data exceeds the
effective range or the prescale value is set outside the prescribed range.
No decimal point
TC-V
TC-4
Error Code Display Function
No decimal point
1 decimal place
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 1.
1 decimal place
2 decimal place
2 decimal place
Set in Units of Period
3 decimal place
3 decimal place
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 10.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Set in 10 Units of Period
■Common Errors
Error Code
- Sampling Frequency is Set to 100.
0
Error Name
Error details
100
Overflow error
The data that should be displayed is larger than the display range.
Set in 100 Units of Period
Underflow error
The digit of the data that should be displayed by prescale and decimal point setting is lower than the display range.
Prescale setting error
The integer part setting of the prescale set value is zero.
Over input frequency
The input frequency in the mode 1 exceeds 10 kHz.
(Note) The error indications of E01, E02, and E04 will automatically reset when the measured value enters the normal range.
No decimal point
552
1 decimal place
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
2 decimal place
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
10 ms and 6 sec. Until the1start of the next measurements,
IN AThe measuring range T should be between
1
1
Display downtime
Previous
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
Ta measurement
of 30 ms is required.
T2
T3
T1
T2
T3
T1
IN B
IN A
The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1.
T1the period (T)Tashould be 300T2ms or more, and Ta
In the case above,
if the period isT3below 300 ms,
IN B the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more.
The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops.
should be between T2
10 ms and 6 sec. T3
Until the start of Retains
the next T3
measurements,
T4
Display The
Previousmeasuring
Measurement range TT1
downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
PLC
IN A
Display
Display
IN B
HMI
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4 Series Tachometers
■Explanation of the Run Mode
* Excluding the TC-41 (See individual specifications).
* The TC-4L does not have IN B.
- The reciprocal (1/T) of the input period (T) of IN A is multiplied by 60 and
displayed as the number of revolutions (rpm).
- IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is
prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the
previous state.
Previous measurement
1
T1
× 60 rpm
1
T2
× 60 rpm
1
×
T3
60 rpm
1
T3
Retains
× 60 rpm
× 60 m/min
1
1
T3
T4T3 × 60 m/min
IN A Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
IN A Previous Measurement
T2 T2
T3
Retains
T4
Display
Ta
Ta
T3 T3
T1 T1
T2
T3
T1
IN B
IN
B
IN A
The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements,
The
measuring
range
to
= 1.
Tams is
T29,999 rpm
Ta when the
T3 input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale
T1 Ta of 30
T4
downtime
is 10
required.
IN B In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms,
the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more.
Until
the start
of the nextvalue
measurements,
of 30 ms
is required.
previous
measured
is displayeddowntime
6 secT1
afterTarotation
stops.
Previous
measurement
Display The
T2
T2
T1
ENCODER
-IN AThe time (T) when IN A is ON is measured and displayed. The time that
can be measured is from 10
to 140 T2
s . T3 1
Ta ms
1 T2
Retains T3 1 × 60 m/min
T4
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
T2
T3
- IN B is prohibited from input T1and the internal measurement
operation
is
IN A Downtime Ta≧30 ms
prohibited measurement
when IN B is ON and theT1display data continuesT2holding the
IN A
Display Previous
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
T1
T4
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
state.T1
IN previous
B
IN B
IN
A
- If Until
IN Btheturns
ONnext
during
measurement,
operation is
start of the
measurements,
downtime Tathe
of 30measurement
ms is required.
The measuring range T should be between
10 ms andT26 sec. Until the start of the next measurements,
Ta
canceled. T1
IN B downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
COUNTER
T1
T1
Display Previous
Measurementmeasurement
Display
Previous
IN B
Display Downtime
ms
Previous Ta≧30
measurement
T1
Display Previous measurement
IN B Previous Measurement
T1
Display
T3
IN B
The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1.
In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms,
the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more.
1 is displayed 6 1sec after rotation
1 stops.
1
Display The previous
Previousmeasured
measurement value ×
60 rpm
× 60 rpm
× 60 rpm Retains
× 60 rpm
T1
T2
T3
T3
IN A
1
1
1
T2
T3
T1
Previous
measurement
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
Mode
2: Measurement
(m/minute)
T2
T3
T1of Passage Speed
Display
IN B
- The reciprocal of the time (T) from ON of IN A to ON of IN B is multiplied
by 60 and displayed as the passage speed between point A and point B.
- When the interval of the sensor for IN A and the sensor for IN B is 1 m, the
The measuring
range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements,
units
are m/min.
downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
IN A The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1.
In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms,
Ta
T2
T3
T1
the number of revolutions
is measured
at the interval
of one periodTaof more.
IN B
The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops.
1
1
Previousmeasurement
measurement
× 60 rpm1 × T2
60 rpm
Previous
60 ×m/min
T1
Display
T1
1
×
T3
1
T3
1
60 rpm
Retains
× 60
m/min
T2
1 rpm
× 60
× 60 m/min
T3
T1
Ta
T2
T2
T2
T3
Display
IN B Previous Measurement
T1T1
T2
Ta
T1
T2
T3
T2
T3
Ta
T3
Retains T3
T4
1 the input is 11P/R, sampling = 1, and 1prescale = 1.
The
measuring
rangeTisshould
10 to1 9,999
rpm when
Display
Previous measurement
× 60
rpm
60 rpm
× 60
× 60 rpm
The measuring
range
be
between
10T2ms×
and
6 sec. T3
Until
therpm
start ofRetains
the next T3
measurements,
T1 (T) should be 300
IN A In
the caseTaabove,
theisperiod
ms or more,
and if the period is below
300 ms,
downtime
of 30 ms
required.
the number
isT2
measured
Ta
Taat the interval
T3 of one period of more.
T1 of revolutions
T4
INBAThe previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops.
IN
T2
T3 Ta of 30 ms is required.
T1the next measurements,
Until the start of
downtime
IN B
Mode
3: Period (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s)
The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm
= 1, and prescale
= 1.
1
1
1 when the input is 1 P/R, sampling
Display
Previous measurement
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
T1 be
theMeasurement
case above, theT1period (T) should
is below
T2300 ms or more,
T3 and ifT2the period
Retains
T3 T3300 ms,
T4
Display In
Previous
the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more.
IN A The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops.
IN A
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
T1
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
T1
T4
IN B Previous measurement
Display
T1
T2
IN B
1
1
1 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements,
measuring
range
T should
be between
DisplayThe
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
× 60 m/min
UntilPrevious
the startmeasurement
of
the next
measurements,
downtime
Ta
of
30
ms
is
required.
T2
T3
T1
IN A downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
Ta
T1
T2
INBA
IN
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
T1
IN BDowntime Ta≧30 ms
- The input period of IN A is measured and displayed as is.
However, the period that can be measured is from 10 ms to 140 s, and
measurement is performed every two periods.
- IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is
prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the
previous state.
If IN B turns ON during measurement, the measurement operation is
canceled.
The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements,
T2 T1
T3
Retains
T4
Display
Previous
Measurement
Tameasurement
of 30 msT1
is required.
Previous
Display downtime
T2T3
IN
IN A
A
T2 Ta Ta
T3 T2
T1
T4
T1Ta
Display
Previous measurement
T1
T2
T3
IN
IN B
B
Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
Ta≧30 ms T1
T2
T3
Retains T3
T4
Display
Previous Measurement
IN A Downtime
T1
Ta
T2
T3
Previousmeasurement
measurement
Display Previous
T1
T4
Mode 6 Mode 6: Length Measurement
(Measurement
of Length) *Discrete
IN A responsivity:
Previous
msCount
Value 11 10 kHz
DisplayDowntime Ta≧30
T Counting at This Interval
T2
IN A
IN B
T1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T1
Ta
Ta
T2
Counting at This Interval
T2
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
T4
T3
Tachometer
Digital Timer
T4
Programmable
Cam
T3
Discrete Value 8 Zero
- The1number
2 3 4 of
5 pulses
6 7 8 that
9 10are
11 input to1 IN2 A3 while
4 5 IN
6 7B is
8 ON is counted,
IN A
and the number of pulses counted when IN B is OFF is displayed.
T Counting
Counting at ThisT2
Interval
This Interval
Ta
Display Previous
measurement
ms T3
- When the
reset atinput
is ON, theT1 indicated
value returns
zero.T≧1
Display Previous measurement
T1
T2
IN B
IN A
Previous Count
Display
IN A
Ta
T1
Reset
Ta 11
IN B 1 2 3 4 T15 6 7 8 9 10
IN
IN B
A Downtime Ta≧30 ms
IN B
Display
Reset
T2
Ta
Previous Count
1 2 3 4 5
Ta≧20 ms
Discrete Value 11
1T2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Counting at This Interval
Discrete Value 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5
IN A
Previous
Count
Display
Counting
at This
Interval
Display Previous measurement
1 2 3 (20
4 ms
5 or
6 more)
7 8 9 10
IN B
IN A
IN A
Previous Count
Display
T Counting at This Interval
Reset
T15 6 7 8 Ta9 10
1 2 3 410
* IN A responsivity:
kHz
IN
IN B
B
IN A
Downtime Ta≧30 ms
Counting at This Interval
Reset
(20 ms or more)
IN B
Display 0 1 2 3 4
5
6
Reset
Discrete Value 8 Zero
T3
T≧1 ms
Ta≧20 ms
Discrete Value 9 Zero Display
6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8
Discrete
11
Discrete Value 8 Zero
Counting
at ThisValue
Interval
T1
T2
T3
(20 ms
11
1 or
2 more)
3 4 5 6 7 8
Mode 7 Mode 7: Interval Discrete
(Measurement
Discreteof
ValueInterval)
9 Zero Display
Value 11
Counting at This Interval
Ta
T≧1 ms
11 1T2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 Ta≧20
3T34 5ms6 7 8
- The number of pulses that have been input in IN A since IN B turned ON is
Counting at This Interval
counted, and the number of impulses
(20 that
ms orhave
more) been input in IN A until IN
B turns ON next is displayed. 7 8 9 10 11
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
- When the reset input is ON, the indicated value returns zero.
IN A
Display
Display
IN B
Inhibit
PreviousInput
Count
Discrete Value 9 Zero Display
Discrete Value 11
Previous Count
Discrete Value 11
Discrete Value 8 Zero
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IN A
IN A
Reset
Display
0 1 2Counting
3 4 at This5 Interval 6 7 8Counting
9 10 11at This 0
Interval 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T Counting
at This Interval
Interval
Ta (20 msCounting
T≧1 ms
(20 msatorThis
more)
or more)
IN B
Ta≧20 ms
A
IN B
Input Inhibit
Reset
Reset
IN B
TC-V
TC-4
Reset
Mode 8 Mode 8: Prescale
Counter
6 7 8 9Discrete
10
11 Value011
(Integrating
of
1 2 3 4 5Display
6 7 8 9 10
11Pulse)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IN A
1 Discrete
2 3 Value
4 59 Zero
6 7Display
8 9
9 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8
*ININAA responsivity: 1 kHz Input
(150Inhibit
Hz in the one-shot output mode of the TC-4S, 4W)
T2
T3
- The time (T) from ON of IN A T1to ON of IN B is measured
and displayed
as
IN Ais.
T1can
T2
T1
Ta Ta
T2 from
T3 Value 8 Zero
be measured
is
10 ms
to 11
140 s. Discrete
Previous
Count
Discrete
Value
DisplayThe time that
IN B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Downtime
DowntimeTa≧30
Ta≧30ms
ms
Previous measurement
Display
IN A
T3
T2
Retains T3
T3
Display 0 1 2 3Previous
4
5
Count
Display
INBA
IN
Ta Difference
T2
Ta
T3
T1Ta≧30
Downtime
ms
Mode
4:
Time
IN B
(Measuring
Range:
10 msdowntime
to 140
s)ms is required.
Until the start of the
next measurements,
Ta of 30
T1
IN ADowntime Ta≧30 ms
IN A Previous measurement
Display
T2
Ta T1
T1
T2
Ta
T2
Ta
T3
T1
IN B
IN
IN B
A
Downtime Ta≧30 ms
Until the start of
downtime Ta of 30 ms is required.
T1the next measurements,
Ta
T2
IN B
T Counting
at This Interval
Downtime
Ta≧30 ms
IN A
SENSOR
Mode 5: Operating Time
(Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s)
IN A
IN A
T≧1 ms
Ta≧20 ms
IN B
Reset
Counting at This Interval
Counting at This Interval
- The number
A ms
is orcounted
and a discrete value is
(20 of
ms pulses
or more) applied to IN(20
more)
displayed.
Reset
- IN B is the prohibition input for IN A and ignores the input of IN A while IN
B is ON.
- When the reset input is ON, the indicated value returns zero.
IN B
IN B
Reset
Display 0 1 2 3 4
5
6 7 8 9 10 11
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
IN A
Downtime Ta≧30 ms
Previous Count
Display Previous measurement
IN
IN A
A
1
T2
1
T3
60 rpm Retains
× 60 rpm
Common ×Specifications
Mode 1: Measurement of the Number of Revolutions
(rpm)
Display
1
Previous
m/min
Ta
T2
TaT1 × 60
T3
T1 measurement
1
1
Previous measurement
× 60 rpm
× 60 rpm
T1
T2
Input Inhibit
T1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Discrete Value 11 T2
Discrete Value 8T3Zero
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IN B
Reset
T1 at This Interval
Ta
T2
T3
T Counting
Counting
at This Interval
Ta Discrete
Previous
Count
T≧19 ms
Discrete Value
Zero Display
Value 11
Display
IN B
Ta≧20 ms
IN BDowntime
1 2 Ta≧30
3 4 5ms6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Display Previous measurement
T1
T2
T3
IN A
Reset
Counting at This Interval
Counting at This Interval
IN A
(20 ms or more)
(20 ms or more)
IN B
T1
Ta
T2
T3
IN B
Reset
Downtime Ta≧30 ms
Previous Count
Discrete Value 11
Discrete Value 8 Zero
Display
Previous Count
Discrete Value 9 Zero Display
Discrete Value 11
Display
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IN A
IN A
T Counting at This Interval
Counting at This Interval
Ta
T≧1 ms
Counting at This Interval
Counting at This Interval
Display 0The
this
1 specifications
2 3 (20
4 ms or more)
5 and prices
6 7 described
8 9 (20
10 ms
11 orinmore)
0 catalog
1 2 were
3 Ta≧20
4 valid
5 ms
6 when
7 8 9the
IN
IN B
B For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Previous Count
Discrete Value 11
Discrete Value 8 Zero
Display
IN A
Reset
1 2 3 4 5 Input
6 7Inhibit
8 9 10 11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Reset
catalog was issued.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
553
Electronic Counter / Controller
05V
R
0V
6
7
8
9
10 11
Sensor
INA
1m
Brown (Red)
Brown(White)
(Red)
Black
Black(Black)
(White)
Blue
Blue (Black)
Brown (Red)
Brown (Red)(White)
Black
Blue
Black(Black)
(White)
Blue (Black)
m/min.
100 V AC
100 V AC
TC-4
200 V AC
200 V AC
Sensor
《Design 1》Selection of a model
INA
INB
Display the TC-4 for the speed indication.
Reset 1
Reset 1
Programmable
Cam
1m
m/min.
Rotary encoder
0V
《Design 3》Setting DIP switches
Set theX1000
8 DIP switches
back of theX1TC-4.
X10 -n
X100 on theX10
56
high speed input
0
0
Decimal point
4 X10 -n
X1000
ON
X1
ON
456
OFF
0
1
OFF
78
0
901
samplings
78
X10
456
78
78
78
23
OFF
1
X100
6
2
4 5Mode
0 Number of0
8
0
1 digit after decimal point (000.0)
6
5 4 5 6 Operation
4 5mode
6
7
Setting
78
APSシリーズ:出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種
接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類
〈例〉APS3-16F-E
APSシリーズ:出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種
56
78
0
56
Sensor
4
4
Design
Condition
78
2
Input frequency
3
接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類
〈例〉APS3-16F-E
1
456
78
Shield
Shield
56
4
Purpose
78
Switch4
23
R
23
+12 V IN A IN B
《Design 2》Input sensor
Use the photoelectronic sensor for IN A and IN B.
TC-4
5
23
05V
23
3
23
4
R
4
Red
Red
Green
Black
Green
Black
2
23
+12
1 V IN2A IN3B
23
1
+12 V
+12 V
OUT
0
V
OUT
0V
TRD-J□-S
TRD-J□-RZ
TRD-J□-S
TRD-J□-RZ
INB
23
Sensor
Proximity
Sensor
+12 V
+12
OUTV
0OUT
V
0V
+12 V
+12 V
OUT
0
V
OUT
0V
R
4
+12 V IN A IN B
23
For IN A
For
IN A
Proximity
Sensor
Proximity
Sensor
For IN B
For
IN B
Proximity
+12
1 V IN2A IN3B
901
Digital Timer
As shown in the figure
m/min.below, the travel speed of an object that passes below
the sensors installed at the interval of 1 meter is detected and displayed as
the
travel speed per minute (m/minute).
TC-4
The type of proximity sensors that can be connected are the APS series
models with an N or E and Z attached to the output symbol.
Example: APS3-16F-E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
901
Tachometer
Proximity Sensor
901
Electronic
Counter
E xample 1: Measurement of the Travel Speed
INA
INB
Between the Two Points
1m
OFF
901
INFORMATION
■Example Applications
901
COUNTER
■ Example of Connection of the
Terminal
901
ENCODER
Use Example
901
SENSOR
TC-4 Series Tachometers
901
HMI
901
PLC
OFF
1
OFF
《Design 4》Setting the prescale
Set to x 1. (The prescale is set to x 1 before shipment.)
23
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
0
901
0
X1
456
78
901
0
X10
456
78
X100
456
78
TC-V
X1000
456
78
78
X10 -n
456
0
1
TC-4
《Design 5》Connection
1
2
3
4
5
+12V
IN A
IN B
R
0V
1
2
3
4
5
+12V
IN A
IN B
R
0V
6
7
8
9
10
6
7
8
9
10
11
100V AC
Photoelectric
Sensor
For IN A
Photoelectric
Sensor
For IN A
Photoelectric
Sensor
Reset
For IN B
(Reset the display.)
Photoelectric
1
2
Sensor
+12V
For IN B
IN A
11
3
IN B
4
5
6
100V AC
7
8
9
10
11
R
0V
Reset
(Reset the display.)
100V AC
554
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Photoelectric
Photoelectric
Sensor
Sensor
Visit our website ▼
Reset
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
For IN A
For IN B
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
(Reset the display.)
Electronic Counter / Controller
Detection
Target
TC-4 Series Tachometers
Detection
Target
Proximity Sensor
SENSOR
ENCODER
《Design 4》Setting the prescale
Set the prescale value the speed indication.
Proximity Sensor <Speed = Circumference of pulley x Number of pulley
COUNTER
revolutions>
Since the data measured in mode 1 is revolutions per minute
INFORMATION
(rmp), if the data is multiplied by the circumference of the pulley,
the speed per minute will be displayed.
Calculation of circumference: The diameter of the pulley is 200
mm. The thickness of the belt should be ignored. Circumference
= 6283 ×10 -4
0.6283 = 6283
= 200 x 3.1416 = 628.32
10000
-4
To make the displayed value the movement per minute
6 2 (m/
8 3 X 1 0Electronic
Counter
minute), the unit of circumference should be metric unit.
901
10
11
901
901
100 V AC
Common
APS3-16F-E
OUT2 (Upper Limit)
Reset
(Reset the output)
OUT1 (Lower Limit)
Control
《Design
Output
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
23
901
23
901
23
901
9
901
Red
(Brown)
White (Black)
Black (Blue)
8
901
7
901
6
X1
901
5
0V
901
4
R
901
3
IN B
901
2
IN A
901
Proximity
Sensor
1
901
R
X10
X1
1
2
3
4
5
+12 V
IN A
IN B
R
0V
6
7
8
6
7
9
10
8
9
10
11
100 V AC
4
5
R
0V
11 Common
OUT2 (Upper Limit)
OUT1 (Lower Limit)
Reset
Control
Output
(Reset the output)
100 V AC
8
9
10
11
Common
OUT2 (Upper Limit)
0V
OUT1 (Lower Limit)
Reset
Control
Output
TC-V
(Reset the output)
100 V AC
TC-4
Note 1: Unused terminals Common
should be open.
Note 2: The optimal timing for supplying ACControl
power is the same as the timing of
OUT2 (Upper Limit)
Output
the motor power source for the conveyer.
Thus, output can be prohibited
(Lower Limit)
until the speed of OUT1
the conveyer
reaches a constant speed using the built-in
Reset starting timer. However, the output prohibition time by the built-in timer is
(Reset the output)
up to 10 seconds.
Note 3: If the AC power is supplied before the power supply to the conveyer, since
the conveyer is stopped, the lower limit output of the TC-4W is produced.
To prevent this, with the increment of a reset input, make the reset OFF a
certain period of time after the power is supplied to the conveyer.
6》Adjustment of the starting timer
In accordance with the starting characteristics of the conveyer,
adjust the time of the starting timer.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
555
78
IN B
456
78
IN A
78
+12 V
78
1
OFF
78
OFF
APS3-16F-E
OFF
+12 V
X10
Proximity
Sensor
(Brown)
Comparative output
78
Red
(Brown)
White (Black)
Black (Blue)
2
3
4
5
6
7
APS3-16F-E
IN B
Digital Timer
X10
X1
Programmable
Cam
78
Output mode
IN A
X100
78
9
78
+12 V
X1
OFF
Proximity White (Black)
Sensor
OFF Black (Blue)
1 due to low speed
X100
Red
(Brown)
White (Black)
Black (Blue)
1
2
3
APS3-16F-E
Tachometer
456
456
456
456
78
8
Proximity
Sensor
456
78
X10
OFF Red
Number of
samplings
78
Mode 1
78
X100
456
78
ON
OFF
6
7
456
78
Operation mode
《Design 5》Connection
-4
ON
1 digit after decimal point (000.0)
4
5
456
456
X1000
= 6283 ×10 -4
78
3
Decimal point
456
X10 -n
Setting
456
The number of revolutions of the
pulley axle is not more than
-n 10 X1000
turns per second. X10
Input frequency
456
6283X10
78
2
456
78
1
D
Design Condition
D=φ200
= 6283 ×10 -4
0.6283 = 6283
10000 -n
X10
X1000
-4
6283X10
《Design 2》Input sensor
Regarding input sensors, a detection target attached to the
D=φ200
pulley axle is detected by the proximity sensor, as shown
in the
D
figure.
The APS3-16F-E is used as the proximity sensor.
Purpose
78
D=φ200
D
78
《Design 1》Selection of a model
Since the setting of the upper limit and the lower limit is
required, the model with double preset, TC-4W, should be used.
Switch
456
= 6283 ×10 -4
0.6283 = 6283
10000
X10 -n
X1000 - 4 X100
6283X10
Circumference = 0.62832 m (There are 4 effective digits.)
To make this circumference the prescale value, the decimal
point is expressed in index.4 5 6
456
456
456
Proximity Sensor
0.6283 = 6283
10000
456
D=φ200
D
901
Detection
Target
901
Proximity Sensor
901
The speed of the conveyer, as shown in the figure below, is monitored and
the speed is always displayed. After determining the Detection
upper limit and the lower
Target
limit of the conveyer speed, a warning will be issued if the speed exceeds the
upper limit or falls below the lower limit.
901
Example 2: Monitoring the Conveyer Speed
《Design 3》Setting DIP switches
Set the 9 DIP switches on the back of the TC-4W.
HMI
Use Example
901
PLC
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
TC-4
Features
Display-dedicated Type Tachometer
- Multifunctional high-performance model for display
- The large LED numeric indicators that emit red light display bright, easy-tosee characters with the height of 14.2 mm.
- The 8 operation modes enable measurement of the number of revolutions,
speed, period, time difference, duration, length and interval, and integration.
- The TC-4 has a prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions.
- Display period: When the period of the input pulse is within 0.4 sec,
the displayed data changes every 0.4 sec.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Electrical Specifications
Items
■ Function/Performance
Specifications
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V
Rated Frequency
50/60 Hz
Items
Power Consumption
14 VA
Withstand Voltage
2,000 V AC
1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher
500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)
■Environmental Specifications
Items
Specifications
Ambient Operating
Temperature
Specifications
Counting System
Period measurement system
Function
Only display
Display
Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit,
height of characters 14.2 mm
Basic Measurement
Range
10 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count
Measurement Accuracy
±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5)
Measurement Item
8 mode*
Prescale Functions
M x 10 -n = 10 -9 to 9,999
1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers)
-10 to +50˚C
Sampling Function
1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1)
Backside screw terminal block
Storage Temperature
-25 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Connection Method
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 90% RH (No condensation)
Power Source for
Sensors
12 V DC 50 mA
Power Source Reset
Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.6 s
Vibration Resistance
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Impact Resistance
Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
TC-V
Noise Resistance
■Input Specifications
Specifications
Count Input
10 Hz
10 kHz
Switching
Reset Input*
Approx. 450 g
Accessories
Mounting brackets, unit label
* 8 mode
1 kV 1 μs Between power supply terminals
Responsivity
96 W x 48 H x 105 D
Weight
Price
TC-4
Name
Dimensions (mm)
Input Voltage
Input
Resistance
ON Voltage
OFF Voltage
1 kΩ
0 to 4 V
10 to 30 V
Open
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
Number of revolutions
Passage speed
Period
Time difference
Operating time
Length measurement
Interval
Prescale counter
rpm
m/minute
Second
Second
Second
30 ms
* The display cannot be reset in modes 1 to 5.
Input Single Pulse Width
INA・INB Low Speed
H
L
50 ms or more 50 ms or more
INA・INB High Speed
H
L
Configuration of the Input Circuit
INA・INB・Reset
+12 V
Each Input 1 kΩ
Input
Single
Internal
Circuit
Up to 12 mA
0V
When each input terminal
is short-circuited to the 0 V
terminal, input turns ON.
50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher
556
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4
Each Part Name and Function
■ Explanation of the Back Panel
The connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the
back panel of the case.
8 DIP Switches
Rotary Switch
■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches
2
2
1
Prescaling
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3
3
2
OFF
Terminal Block
■Setting the Prescale
The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value
multiplied by a certain constant.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
X10
X1
901
MeasuredThe
Value
x Prescale Value = Indicated Value
Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
23 23
23 23
23 23
901
901
23 23
901
901
901
901
23 23
4
901
901
4
78 78
4
78 78
4
78 78
78 78
78 78
As the prescale value, any 4-digit numeric value from a minimum
56
56
-0
456
456
456
1 x 104-95 6to a maximum
9,999
can4be
56
5 6x 10 = 9,999
56
5 6 set.
4
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
901
901
[Note]X10-n
X1000
X100
X10
X1
0 -n) can be
0 set in the0range of 01to 9.
- The0exponent (10
- If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to
1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
0
456
78
0
456
78
0
456
78
901
0
456
78
78
456
1
6
6
7
7
8
8
INFORMATION
Switching the Number of Samplings
Switching
Number
of Samplings
(1 time, 10 the
times,
100 times)
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
(8 Modes)
4 Operation
5
6 Mode
7 Switching
8
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
Electronic
Counter
Decimal Point Switching
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed)
1
2
3
4
5
6 Switching
7
8the Number of Samplings
ON
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
ON
スイッチ2,3
OFF
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) スイッチ2,3
Switch
2・3 Decimal
Point Switching
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 Decimal
2
3 Point
4 Switching
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
456
78
X100
456
78
X1000
456
78
78
78
X10 -n
456
5
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switch
1 Input
Frequency Switching
Input
Frequency Switching
ON
Switching the Number of Samplings
ON
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times) スイッチ1
スイッチ1
OFF
ON
OFF
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Decimal Point Switching
ON
スイッチ1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON/Position
10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed)
OFF Input Frequency Switching
OFF/Position
The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
456
3
4
4
Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings
Decimal Point Switching
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
Input Frequency Switching
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
ON Input Frequency Switching
10 11
SENSOR
COUNTER
1
1
OFF
12345678
HMI
ENCODER
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Back
PLC
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
スイッチ1
スイッチ2,3
OFF
OFF Input Frequency Switching
1
1
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Switch
1
ON
1
ON
ON
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ4,5,6
2
2
2
OFF
OFF
OFF 3
3
3
OFF
4
4
5
5
OFF
6
6
ON
7
7
8
8
OFF
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
OFF
Switch
4・5・6 Operation Mode Switching
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
1
1
Switch
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
8
スイッチ1
ON
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4,5,6
ON
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ7.8
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8
4
ON
ON
5
OFF
6
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
スイッチ4,5,6
ONスイッチ7.8
ON
OFF
1
1
2
2
OFF
3
3
OFF
4
4
5
5
OFF
6
6
7
7
ON
TC-V
TC-4
8
8
Switch 7・8 Switching the Number of Samplings
ON
スイッチ7.8
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switch
1 Time
10 Times
7
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
8
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
100 Times
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
557
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
TC-4
Connection
■Connecting the Terminal Block
1
2
3
+12 V IN A IN B
4
5
R
0V
6
7
8
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
11
200 V AC
Terminal
Number
Tachometer
10
100 V AC
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
9
Symbol
Description
1
+12 V
DC power output for supplying to the sensor
2
IN A
Input
3
IN B
Input
4
R
Reset input
(Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.)
5
0V
Common of input and sensor power supply
6
Empty
(Not connected)
7
Empty
(Not connected)
8
Empty
(Not connected)
9
200 V AC
10
100 V AC
11
0 V AC
Power source input
TC-V
TC-4
558
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Digital Switch (Only for the TC-4S/-4W)
Dust Cover (Provided Only with the TC-4S/-4W)
Multi-connector
(Provided Only Thickness the TC-4B)
1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness
COUNTER
�1
48
INFORMATION
Anchoring Metal (Provided)
�2
96
6
(9.5)
99
104
Electronic
Counter
*1 Only for the TC-4B
*2 Only for the TC-4A/-4W
114
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
92 +0.8
0
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
7.62 7.62
Digital Timer
45 +0.6
0
12.5
7
1.3
4.47
Tachometer
Programmable
Cam
6.3
If the dust cover (provided) is used, the dimensions should be 47 x 94.
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
559
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
TC-4B
Features
Display-dedicated Type Tachometer
with Digital Output
- Having the basic configuration of the TC-4, the TC-4B model features
additional digital output (BCD code) functions.
- Other functions except the digital output are the same as the TC-4.
- Display period: Although the display data and BCD output are the same,
the digital output is output earlier than the display data
when the input period is not longer than 0.4 sec.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Electrical Specifications
Items
■Function/Performance Specifications
Items
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V
50/60 Hz
Function
Digital output (BCD output 4-digit)
Power Consumption
14 VA
Display
Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm
Withstand Voltage
2,000 V AC
1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)
Basic Measurement
Range
0 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher
500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)
Measurement Accuracy
±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5)
Items
TC-4
Period measurement system
Rated Frequency
■Environmental Specifications
TC-V
Specifications
Counting System
Specifications
Measurement Item
8 mode*
Prescale Functions
M x 10 -n = 10 -9 to 9,999
1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers)
Sampling Function
1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1)
Connection Method
Backside screw terminal block
Ambient Operating
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 50 mA
Storage Temperature
-25 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Power Source Reset
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 90%RH (No condensation)
Dimensions (mm)
96 W x 48 H x 110 D
Approx. 450 g
Vibration Resistance
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Weight
Impact Resistance
Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
1kV 1μs Between power supply terminals
Accessories
Mounting brackets, card edge connector, unit label
Price
Open
* 8 mode
■Input Specifications
Responsivity
Count Input
10 Hz
10 kHz
Switching
Reset Input
Hold Input
Input Voltage
Input
Resistance
ON Voltage
1 kΩ
0 to 4 V
OFF Voltage
10 to 30 V
30 ms
50 ms or more 50 ms or more
INA・INB High Speed
H
L
Number of revolutions
Passage speed
Period
Time difference
Operating time
Length measurement
Interval
Prescale counter
rpm
m/minute
Second
Second
Second
Circuit Configuration
Open collector
Operation
ON for data 1
Working Voltage
24 V or lower
Working Current
30 mA or lower
Residual Voltage
2 V or lower
BCD Output and BUSY/ HOLD Timing (Example of Mode 1)
Input Single Pulse Width Configuration of the Input Circuit
INA・INB Low Speed
H
L
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
■Output Specifications
Specifications
Name
Power supply shutdown time 0.5 second/
Reset time 0.5 second
Each Input 1 kΩ
50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher
30 ms or less
BCD Output
Internal
Circuit
OFF
BUSY Output ON
OFF
HOLD Input ON
Up to 12 mA
0V
OFF
ON
Internal Operation
INA・INB・Reset・Hold
+12 V
Input
Single
IN A
When each input terminal
is short-circuited to the 0 V
terminal, input turns ON.
5 to 15 ms
Configuration of BCD Output and BUSY Output
1, 2, 3, ........... 9
30 mA, Withstand Voltage: Up to 30 V
11 (12)
560
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4B
Each Part Name and Function
■ Explanation of the Back Panel
The connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the
back panel of the case.
Printed Board (Card Edge Terminals)
Rotary Switch
Dip Switch
■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches
ON
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
7
8
Switching the Number of Samplings
(1
time,
10
times,
100 times)
Switching the
Number
of Samplings
time,Switching
10 times,(8
100
times)
Operation (1
Mode
Modes)
5
6
7
8
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
Decimal Point Switching
Switching the Number of Samplings
Decimal Point Switching(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
ON
Input Frequency Switching
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
OFF Input Frequency Switching
12345678
8
9
2
1
10 11
3
2
3 Point
4 Switching
5
6
Decimal
ON
ON
7
8
■Setting the Prescale
ON
The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value
multiplied by a certain constant.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
X10
X1
901
23 23
23 23
23 23
901
901
23 23
901
901
901
901
23 23
4
901
901
4
78 78
4
78 78
78 78
78 78
78 78
As the5 prescale5 value, any
4-digit5 numeric 5value from a minimum
4 6
4 6
4 6
4 6
456
1 x 10-95 6to a maximum
9,9995 6x 10 -0 = 9,999
can be
set.
56
56
56
4
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
901
901
X1000
X100
X10
X1
[Note]X10-n
0 -n) can be
0 set in the0range of 01to 9.
- The0exponent (10
- If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to
1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
0
456
78
0
456
78
0
456
78
901
0
456
78
78
456
1
2
3
4
5
6
Decimal
2
3 Point
4 Switching
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
Input Frequency Switching
6
7
7
OFF/Position
ON
1
Operation Mode
Switching (8 Modes)
10
2 kHz3for both
4 IN5A and
6 IN B7(High8 speed)
Decimal Point Switching
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
6
7
8
6
7
8
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ1
スイッチ4,5,6
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
OFF
5
6ON 7
8
OFF
スイッチ2,3
ON
OFF 3
1
2
OFF
3
4
5
6OFF 7
8
ON
スイッチ4,5,6
ON
ON
1
2
3
5
6
8
7
Switch
4・5・6 Operation Mode Switching
ON
OFF
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ7.8
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
スイッチ4,5,6
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
スイッチ7.8
Switch
1Mode21 Mode
3 24 Mode
5 3 6Mode74 Mode
8
5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
スイッチ4,5,6
ON
ON
6 OFF7
8ON
ON
ONスイッチ7.8
ON
5
6
7
8
5
6
7
8
OFF
5
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
6
OFF
1 OFF2
3OFF 4
OFF
5
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Programmable
Cam
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ2,3
OFF
ON 2
OFF
Digital Timer
スイッチ1
Switch
OFF
ON
1
ON
4
Tachometer
スイッチ1
ON
OFF
4
Electronic
Counter
7
8
Switching the Number of Samplings
times, 100 times)
10 Hz for both IN A and IN(1 Btime,
(Low10speed)
1
2
3
4
5
Input Frequency Switching
1
2
3
4
5
スイッチ1
スイッチ1
8
8
ON/Position
OFF
OFF
ON
MeasuredThe
Value
x Prescale Value = Indicated Value
Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
4
1
1
Switch
2・3 Decimal Point Switching
OFF
ON
456
78
X100
456
78
X1000
456
78
78
78
X10 -n
456
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
ON
OFF
The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
456
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
INFORMATION
4
Switch
1 Input Frequency
Switching
Switching
the Number of Samplings
Input Frequency Switching
Terminal Block
SENSOR
COUNTER
OFF
1
Prescaling
HMI
ENCODER
ON
OFF
Back
PLC
ON
ON
OFF
ON
TC-V
TC-4
Switch 7・8 Switching the Number of Samplings
ON
スイッチ7.8
OFF
Switch
1 Time
10 Times
7
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
8
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
100 Times
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
561
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
TC-4B
Connection
■ Connecting the Terminal Block
1
2
3
+12 V IN A IN B
4
5
R
0V
6
7
8
9
Programmable
Cam
If No.11 (input common) of the card edge terminal is connected to No.13 (CH),
the input common is separated from the output common.
When taking in BCD data from two or more TC-4B units for the PLC
(programmable controller), the TC-4B units can have a common BCD output
and BUSY output, and, therefore, the PLC can configure 17 input points. In
this case, however, all BCD outputs and BUSY outputs require a diode.
Symbol
Description
TC-4B 1
1
+12 V
DC power output for supplying to the sensor
2
IN A
Input
3
IN B
Input
4
R
Reset input
(Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.)
5
0V
Common of input and sensor power supply
6
Empty
(Not connected)
1 digit 1
2
1 digit 1
∼
2
7
Empty
(Not connected)
8
Empty
(Not connected)
9
200 V AC
10
100 V AC
11
0 V AC
11
13
4 digit 8
13
Power source input
1B
PLC (Example: SU-6B)
Input
BCD Input
4D
BUSY
BUSY Input
CH
O・C
1 Selection
TC-4B 2
11
1A
0V
∼
Digital Timer
11
200 V AC
Terminal
Number
Tachometer
10
100 V AC
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
■ Example of BCD Output Connection
4 digit 8
0V
BUSY
CH
O・C
1A
1B
2 Selection
Output
4D
■Connection of a Card Edge Terminal
The TC-4B outputs 4-digit decimal numbers by BCD signal to the card edge
terminal (connector is provided).
Symbol of the Terminal B
Nameplate
A
Symbol of the Terminal B
Nameplate
A
Upper B
Meaning of
Bottom
A
the Signal
Upper B
Meaning of Digit and Others
Bottom A
the Signal
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
9
10
11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
13
1A
1
1C
1A
1B
2
1D
1B
2A
3
2C
2A
2B
4
2D
2B
3A
5
3C
3A
3B
6
3D
3B
4A
7
4C
4A
4B
8
4D
4B
BUSY HOLD 0 V
9
10
11
BUSY HOLD 0 V
BUSY HOLD 0 V
O・C
12
O・C
O・C
CH
13
CH
CH
1C
1
1D
2
2C
1
2D
2
3C
1
3D
2
4C
1
4D
2
BUSY HOLD 0 V
BUSY HOLD 0 V
O・C
O・C
CH
CH Empty
BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C
BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C
OUT
Output Input Common Common
BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C
O・C
Switching
CH Empty
4
8
1
2
1 digit
4
8
4
8
1
2
2 digit
4
8
4
1
8
2
3 digit
4
8
4
8
1
2
4 digit
4
8
OUT
14
14
CH Empty
CH Empty
O・C
digitterminal2No.
digit
3 digit block4are
digit
Output
Input Common Common Switching
Digitterminal
and Others
Note: Card edge
No. 111 and
5 of the terminal
internally
connected.
TC-V
TC-4
Note: Card edge terminal No. 11 and terminal No. 5 of the terminal block are internally connected.
Switching the OUT Common
Terminal No. 11 and terminal No.12 are internally connected. If the No.13
CH and terminal No.11 are short-circuited, terminal No.11 is separated to
the input common and terminal No.12 is separated to the output common
respectively.
0V
11
0V
11
562
OUT Common
12
OUT Common
12
Input Common
Output Common
Input Common
Output Common
CH
13
CH
13
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4B
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Multi-connector (Provided)
1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness
48
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Anchoring Metal (Provided)
96
6
(9.5)
99
104
114
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
92 +0.8
0
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
Tachometer
7.62 7.62
1.3
4.47
Electronic
Counter
45 +0.6
0
12.5
7
Digital Timer
6.3
Programmable
Cam
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
563
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
TC-4S/W
Features
Tachometer with Single/ Double
Presets
- Having the basic configuration of the TC-4 model, the TC-4S/W
additionally features a comparator function. When the indicated
value exceeds the comparator value set in advance, it issues an
output signal.
- Other functions except the preset feature are the same as the
TC-4.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Electrical Specifications
Items
■ Function/Performance
Specifications
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V
Rated Frequency
50/60 Hz
Items
Power Consumption
14 VA
Withstand Voltage
2,000 V AC
1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher
500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)
■Environmental Specifications
Items
Specifications
Ambient Operating
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-25 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 90% RH (No condensation)
Vibration Resistance
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Impact Resistance
TC-V
Noise Resistance
1kV 1μs Between power supply terminals
Period measurement system
Function
TC-4S: Single preset TC-4W: Double preset
Display
Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit,
height of characters 14.2 mm
Basic Measurement
Range
10 to 9,999rpm, 10ms to 140s, 1 to 9,999 count
Measurement Accuracy
±1 degit (Mode 1)/±0.1 ms (Mode 2 to 5)
Measurement Item
8 mode*
Prescale Functions
M x 10 -n = 10 -9 to 9,999
1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers)
Sampling Function
1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1)
Connection Method
Backside screw terminal block
Power Source for
Sensors
12 V DC 50 mA
Power Source Reset
Power supply shutdown time 0.5 second/
Reset time 0.5 second
Dimensions (mm)
96 W x 48 H x 105 D
Weight
Approx. 450 g
Accessories
Mounting brackets, dust cover, unit label
Price
TC-4S: Open price TC-4W: Open price
* 8 mode
TC-4
■Input Specifications
Specifications
Name
Responsivity
Count Input
10 Hz
10 kHz
Switching
Reset Input*
Input Voltage
Input
Resistance
ON Voltage
OFF Voltage
1 kΩ
0 to 4 V
10 to 30 V
Terminal
Number
6
* The display cannot be reset in modes 1 to 5.
Input Single Pulse Width Configuration of the Input Circuit
50 ms or more 50 ms or more
INA・INB High Speed
H
L
INA・INB・Reset
+12 V
Input
Single
50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher
564
7
Symbol
Name
OUT1*
Contact
output 1
OUT2
Contact
output 2
Relay Output
Up to 12 mA
0V
Number of revolutions
Passage speed
Period
Time difference
Operating time
Length measurement
Interval
Prescale counter
Specifications
Responsivity
Contact Capacity
50ms
or less
220 V 2A (Resistance load)
200,000 times
6 OUT1
OUT1
When each input terminal
is short-circuited to the 0 V
terminal, input turns ON.
7 OUT2
OUT2
8 COM
TC-4S has Only OUT2.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
rpm
m/minute
Second
Second
Second
Configuration of the Output Circuit
Internal
Circuit
Each Input 1 kΩ
Mode 1
Mode 2
Mode 3
Mode 4
Mode 5
Mode 6
Mode 7
Mode 8
■Output Specifications
30ms
INA・INB Low Speed
H
L
Specifications
Counting System
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4S/W
Each Part Name and Function
■ Explanation of the Back Panel
The connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the
back panel of the case.
Rotary Switch
Dip Switch
Back
■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches
ON
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
3
4
Prescaling
12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
Output mode switching
Output mode switching
6 Switching
7
8the Number
9
of Samplings
Switching the Number of Samplings
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
Operation Mode Switching
Modes)
Output(8
switching
Operation Mode Switching
(8mode
Modes)
Side
Switch 1 Input Frequency Switching
Output mode switching
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Input Frequency Switching
Switching the Number of Samplings
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times) スイッチ1
スイッチ1
1
1
1
ON
ON
ON/Position
OFF
OFF
INFORMATION
5
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
OFF Input Frequency Switching
Input Frequency Switching
1 Decimal
2
3 Point
4 Switching
5
6
7
8
9
Terminal Block
SENSOR
COUNTER
9
9
Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings
Decimal Point Switching(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
ON
4
HMI
ENCODER
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
PLC
2
3
4 Operation
5
6 Mode
7 Switching
8
9 (8 Modes)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Decimal Point Switching
スイッチ1
Output mode switching
10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed)
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Switching the Number of Samplings
Input Frequency
Switching
OFF/Position
1 10
2 kHz3for both
4 IN5A and
6 IN B7(High8 speed)
9
1
ON
ON
2
3
4
5
6 (1 time,
7 108 times,
9 100 times)
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes)
スイッチ2,3
Output mode switching
スイッチ2,3
Switch
2・3 Decimal Point Switching
OFF
OFF
Volume for adjusting the starting timer (TC-4W)
This volume is used for resetting after a certain period of time when
the power is supplied, and can be set in the range of 1 to 10 sec.
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings
1
2
3
4
5
6 (1 time,
7 108 times,
9 100 times)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
スイッチ1
Input Frequency Switching
Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) スイッチ2,3
1
1
ON
ON
2
3 Point
4
5
6
Decimal
2
3
4 Switching
5
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
■Setting the Prescale
Input Frequency Switching
OFF
Switch
ON
OFF
The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value
multiplied by a certain constant.
ON 2
OFF
ON
1
1
2
2
3
4
OFF
4
5
5
6
7
6ON 7
8
8
9
9OFF
OFF 3
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
OFF
5
6OFF 7
8
9 ON
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ1
ON
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4,5,6
ON
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
5
6
6
8
8
9
9
スイッチ1
The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
23
23
23
901
901
23
ON
OFF
ON
X10
901
901
23 23
23 23
23 23
901
901
23 23
901
901
901
901
23 23
901
4
901
4
78 78
4
78 78
78 78
901
-n
78 78
78 78
As the
from a minimum
6
4 5 6prescale
4 5 6value, any
4 5 6numeric4 5value
4 5 6 4-digit
1 x 10-95 6to a maximum
9,9995 6x 10 -0 = 9,999
can be
56
56
5 6 set.
4
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
901
X1000
X100
X10
X1
[Note]X10
-n
0
0
0
0
- The exponent (10 ) can be set in the range of 01to 9.
- If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to
1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
0
456
78
0
456
78
0
456
78
901
0
456
78
78
456
1
7
7
ON
OFF
X1
MeasuredThe
Value
Prescale
Value
= Indicated Value
Rotary x
Switch
Turned with
a Screwdriver
4
4
4
Switch
4・5・6 Operation
1
2
3
4
5
6 Mode
7
8Switching
9
OFF
901
23
456
78
X100
456
78
X1000
456
78
X10 -n
456
78
78
456
3
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
ON
OFF
ON
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
OFF
OFF
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
OFF
Switch
ON
ON
ON
4
OFF
OFF
5
ON
OFF
ON
6
OFF
ON
OFF
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4,5,6
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ2,3
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
スイッチ9
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
スイッチ9
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ONスイッチ4,5,6
ON
1
2
1 OFF2
1
2
3
4
3OFF 4
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
5
5
OFF
5
6
7
6 OFF7
6
7
8
9
8ON 9
8
9
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
ON
TC-V
TC-4
ONスイッチ7.8
ON
スイッチ9
スイッチ4,5,6
Switch
7・8 Switching
1
2
3
4
5 the
6 Number
7
8
9of Samplings
OFF
ON
スイッチ7.8
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Switch
OFF
ON
7
8
1
2
1
2
1 Time
3
4
5
3
4
5
OFF
OFF
10 Times
6
7
8
6
7
8
9
ON
OFF
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
スイッチ9
OFF
Switch
9 Output Mode Switching
1
スイッチ9
100 Times
9
スイッチ7.8
OFF
ON
9
ON
スイッチ9
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ON
Holding output operation
OFF
Comparison or one-shot operation
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
8
9
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
565
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
TC-4S/W
Connection
■ Connecting the Terminal Block
ENCODER
COUNTER
1
2
3
+12 V IN A IN B
4
5
R
0V
7
8
9
10
Tachometer
Description
1
+12 V
DC power output for supplying to the sensor
IN A
Input
3
IN B
Input
4
R
Reset input
6
OUT2
Output common
Setting 2
9
200 V AC
100 V AC
11
0 V AC
OUT 1
(For both TC-4S and TC-4W)
Power source input
OUT 2
Reset
�
保持出力動作
保持出力動作
モ2
ー∼
ド7
8
モードモ
1ード
2∼7
モード1
Display
Display
OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT 1
OUT 1
�
Reset
�
Reset * Reset after
a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
保持出力動作
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
TC-4
Setting 1
Setting 2
OUT 2
Setting 1
Setting 2
OUT 1
Setting 1
OUT
2
Reset
保持出力動作
Display
モード8
モード2∼7
モ2
ー∼
ド7
8
モードモ
1ード
TC-V
保持出力動作
保持出力動作
Setting 2
Display
Display
�
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
OUT
OUT 1
2
�
Reset
OUT 1
Reset
比較出力動作
保持出力動作
《Comparative
保持出力動作
* OFF state when th
When the counting
比較出力動作
比較出力動作
output operation》
Setting 2
Display
Setting 1
Setting 2
Setting 1
Display
OUT 2
Setting 1
Display
Setting 2
OUT
Setting 2
OUT 1
2 �
Setting 1
OUT
2
Reset
Setting 1
OUT
1
�
� when the power is supplied.
OUT
1
OUT
2 * OFF state
Reset
Mode 8
OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT 1 �
OUT 1
Reset
Reset
比較出力動作
* OFF state when th
When the counting
比較出力動作
ワンショット出力動作
Setting 2
Display
Setting 1
Display
Setting 2
OUT 2
Setting 1
Setting 2
OUT 1 �
Setting 1
Reset
OUT
2
Display
* OFF state when th
OUT 2
1 When the counting
Reset
OUT
1
比較出力動作
Reset
* The output time of
ワンショット出力動作
Setting 2
Display
Setting 1
比較出力動作の場合、
表示値=設定1または2のと
Display
Setting 2
OUT 2
Setting 1
OUT 1
Reset
OUT 2
OUT 1
ワンショット出力動作Reset
* The output time of
Display
Display
Display
Setting 1
比較出力動作の場合、
表示値=設定1または2のときOUT1または2はONとなります。
Display
Setting 2
Setting 2
比較出力動作の場合、
表示値=設定1または2のと
Setting 2
OUT 2
Setting 1
Setting 1
OUT 1
Setting 1
OUT 1
OUT
2
Reset
OUT 2
OUT 1
�
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
OUT 1
OUT 1
Reset
保持出力動作 Reset
ワンショット出力動作Reset
Setting 1
OUT 2
�
OUT 1
Reset
* The output time of
* The output time of OUT2 is 40 to 50 ms.
モード8
《One-shot output operation》
Display
Setting 2
比較出力動作の場合、表示値=設定1または2のと
Display
比較出力動作の場合、
表示値=設定1または2のときOUT1または2はONとなります。
Setting 2
Setting 1
Setting 1
OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT 1
OUT 1
Reset
Reset
�
* The output time of OUT2 is 40 to 50 ms.
566
Display
Display
Setting 2
Setting 2
Setting 1
Setting 1
《Holding
Setting 2output operation》
Setting 2
OUT 2
Reset
OUT 2
Reset
Mode 2 to 7
ワンショット出力動作
Display
Setting 2
Display
OUT 1 �
�
When the counting pulse is input, it turns ON.
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
Setting 1
OUT 2
OUT
2 * Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
Reset
OUT
1
比較出力動作 OUT 1
Reset
保持出力動作 Reset * The output time of OUT2 is 40 to 50 ms.
モード8
モード2∼モ
7ード8
保持出力動作
OUT 2
Display
Display
Setting 2
Display
Setting 2
Setting 2
Setting 1
Setting 1
Setting 1
OUT 2
OUT 2
OUT 2
1 �
OUT
OUT 1
Reset
OUT
1
�
Reset * OFF state
� when the power is supplied.
Reset When the
counting pulse is input, it turns ON.
保持出力動作
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
比較出力動作
比較出力動作
保持出力動作
Display
保持出力動作
Setting 2
Display
《Holding
output
operation》
Display
Setting 2
Setting 1
Display
Setting 2
Setting 1
Setting 2
Display
Setting 1
OUT 2
Setting 1
Setting 2
OUT
2
OUT 1
OUT 2
Setting 1
OUT 1 �
�
Reset
OUT
2
OUT 1
Reset * Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
1
OUT
2
Reset
* OFF state when the power is supplied.
比較出力動作
�
Reset
OUT
1 When the counting pulse is input, it turns ON.
保持出力動作
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
Reset
比較出力動作
Display
ワンショット出力動作
Setting 2
《Comparative
output operation》
Display
保持出力動作
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
Setting 2
Setting 2
Setting 1
Setting 1
Setting 1
* Reset after a certain period of time by the starting timer (built-in).
Setting 1
10
Setting 1
モ
モー
ード
ド2
1∼7
モード1
Display
7
Display
Setting 2
Reset
(For only TC-4W)
8
Display
Setting 2
OUT 1
Common of input and sensor power supply
OUT1
比較出力動作
《Holding output operation》
2
保持出力動作
5
0V
Digital Timer
Mode 1
モード1
Electronic
Counter
Symbol
In the case of comparative output operation, when the indicated value is
setting 1 or setting 2, OUT1 or OUT 2 turns ON.
保持出力動作
200 V AC
OUT1
Terminal
Number
11
100 V AC
OUT2
INFORMATION
Programmable
Cam
6
■Explanation of the Preset Operation
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
比較出力動作の場合、表示値=設定1または2のときOUT1または2はONとなります。
Visit our website ▼
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4S/W
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Digital Switch
Dust Cover
COUNTER
1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness
48
INFORMATION
�2
96
6
(9.5)
Anchoring Metal (Provided)
99
104
114
Electronic
Counter
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
92 +0.8
0
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
7.62 7.62
Digital Timer
45 +0.6
0
12.5
7
1.3
4.47
Tachometer
Programmable
Cam
6.3
If the dust cover (provided) is used, the dimensions should be 47 x 94.
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
567
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
TC-41
Features
Display-dedicated Type Tachometer with
Multifunctional Input
- Models dedicated to displaying the number of revolutions feature an input
circuit that can support all kinds of devices.
- The TC-41 quickly displays zero when rotation stops
(1 or 6 sec after rotation stops).
To display the measured value for 1 sec as an average, the TC-41 can minimize the
instability of the display caused by the rotating irregularity of the measured machine.
- The TC-41 features prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Electrical Specifications
Items
■Function/Performance
Specifications
Specifications
Rated Voltage Range
90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V
Rated Frequency
50/60 Hz
Items
Power Consumption
14 VA
Withstand Voltage
2,000 V AC
1 min (Between power supply and external terminal)
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher
500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal)
■Environmental Specifications
Items
Specifications
Ambient Operating
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-25 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 90%RH (No condensation)
Vibration Resistance
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Impact Resistance
Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
TC-V
Specifications
Counting System
Period measurement system
Function
Only display, Multifunctional input
Display
Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm
Basic Measurement
Range
10 to 9,999 rpm/60 to 9,999 rpm Switching
Measurement Accuracy
±1 degit
Measurement Item
Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1)
Prescale Functions
M x 10 -n = 10 -9 to 9,999
1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers)
Sampling Function
1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1)
Connection Method
Backside screw terminal block
Power Source for
Sensors
12 V DC 50 mA
Power Source Reset
Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.5 s
Dimensions (mm)
96 W x 48H x 105 D
Weight
Approx. 450 g
Accessories
Mounting brackets, unit label
Price
Open
* Since the mean value for 1 sec is displayed, if the measured value has changed, the intermediate
value is displayed.
1 kV 1 μs Between power supply terminals
■Input Specifications
TC-4
Input Single Pulse Width
Specifications
Input Single Pulse
Name Width
Responsivity
IN1・IN2 Low Speed
Voltage Input 1 (12 to 24 V)
Voltage Input 2 (5 V)
Current
1
50 msInput
or more
50 ms or more
10 Hz
10 kHz
Switching
ON Voltage
0 to 4 V
6 to 30 V
15 kΩ
0 to 1.5 V
2.5 to 30 V
0 to 4 V
6 to 30 V
0 to 4 V
6 to 30 V
1
1 kΩ*1
Input for Electromagnetic Detector
50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher
Reset Input (Open Collector)
OFF Voltage
15 kΩ
3.5 kΩ*
Current Input 2
IN1・IN2 High Speed
IN1・IN2 Low Speed
Input Voltage
Input Resistance
10 Hz*2
10 kHz
Switching
10 kΩ
10 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more
100 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more
1 kHz : 2 Vp-p or more
10 kHz : 20 Vp-p or more
30 ms
1 kΩ*1
0 to 4 V
50 ms or more
IN1・IN2 High Speed
50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher
10 to 30 V
*1 Pull-up to 12 V inside
*2 If the input frequency is 10 Hz or more, set the backside DIP switch 1 in the OFF position (10 kHz).
IN1 and IN2 cannot be simultaneously used.
Configuration of the Input Circuit
Voltage Input 1, 2
Configuration of the Input Circuit
Voltage Input 1, 2
Voltage Input 1
+12 V
0V
Sensor
568
Voltage Input 2
12 V
12 V
Input for Electromagnetic Detector
1k
IN1
Reset Input
+12 V
12 V
3.3 k
IN1
50 ms or more
IN1
R
10 k
0V
15 k
Input Circuit
Sensor
Input Circuit
0V
Sensor
0V
Sensor
IN1
15 k
1k
0V
Input Circuit
Input Circuit
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
12 V
IN2
IN1
0V
Voltage Input
12 V
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
0V
Sensor
Input
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-41
Each Part Name and Function
■ Explanation of the Back / Side Panel
The connecting terminals and setting switches are installed on the back and
side of the case.
8 Dip Switch
Rotary Switch
■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
COUNTER
1
1
ON
Back
PLC
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
Switching the Number of Samplings
Switching
Number
of Samplings
(1 time, 10 the
times,
100 times)
108 times, 100 times)
Range
1
2
3 Measurement
4
5
6 (1 time,
7 Switching
Measurement Range Switching
Decimal Point Switching
Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
Input Frequency Switching
Range Switching
ON Input FrequencyMeasurement
Switching
INFORMATION
OFF
Prescaling
12345678
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11
Terminal Block
Side
3 Dip Switch
■Setting the Prescale
The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value
multiplied by a certain constant.
The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver
23
23
23
901
901
23
901
901
23
456
X10
X1
901
Measured value x Prescale value = Indicated value
As the prescale
value,Switch
any Turned
4-digitwith
numeric
value from a minimum
The Rotary
a Screwdriver
1 x 10-95 6to a maximum
9,9995 6x 10 -0 = 9,999
can be
56
56
5 6 set.
2233
2233
2233
901
901
2233
901
901
2233
4
7788
4
7788
4
7788
4
7788
7788
4
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
901
[Note]
-n
0exponent
0 -n) can X100
0range of 0X1
1to 9.
X10
X1000
- The
(10
be0 set in theX10
- If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to
1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below.
The default settings are all zero.
23
23
23
901
23
901
901
23
901
0
456
78
0
456
78
0
456
78
901
0
456
78
78
456
1
1
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Switch
OFF
1
1
ON
1
ON 2
2
2
Setting when
the Prescale
is Not Used
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
8
8
スイッチ4
スイッチ1
スイッチ4
2
2
2
OFF
OFF 3
78
X100
456
78
X1000
456
78
X10 -n
456
78
78
456
* 5 and 6 are not in use.
OFF
* 5 and 6Decimal
are not Point
in use.Switching
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switch
1 Input
frequency switching
Input
Frequency Switching
ON
ON
Switching the Number of Samplings
スイッチ1
ON * 5 and 6 are not in use.
OFF
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times) スイッチ1
OFF
OFF
Measurement Range Switching
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Decimal Point Switching
ON
スイッチ1
Switching
the Number of Samplings
ON
10 Hz for both IN A and IN
B (Low speed)
OFF Input Frequency Switching
(1 time, 10 times, 100 times)
OFF
10 kHz for
both
IN
A
and
IN
B
(High
speed)
Measurement Range Switching
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON * 5 and 6 are not in use.
スイッチ2,3
Decimal Point Switching
OFF
スイッチ2,3
Switch
2・3 Decimal point switching
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Input Frequency Switching
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
スイッチ1
* 5 and 6 are not in use.
スイッチ2,3
OFF
OFF
3
3
4
4
3
4
OFF
5
5
5
OFF
6
7
6
7
6ON 7
8
8
8
OFF
OFF
ON
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ4
ON
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
Switch
4 Measurement range switching
OFF
OFF
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ2,3
スイッチ7.8
スイッチ4
スイッチ7.8
OFF
OFF
1
1
2
2
ONON
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
60 to 9,999 rpm* 0 is displayed 1 sec after the rotation stops.
スイッチ4
10 to 9,999 rpm* 0 is displayed 6 sec after the rotation
stops.
OFF
OFF
* 1 revolution
11pulse2and prescale
ON
3
4= 1 5
6
7
8
TC-V
TC-4
スイッチ7.8
OFF
Switch 7・8 Switching
the
number
of samplings
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON
スイッチ7.8
OFF
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Switch
1 Time
10 Times
7
OFF
ON
OFF
100 Times
ON
8
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
■Setting the Side DIP Switches
ON
OFF
1
2
3
Input Mode Switching of IN1
Switch
Voltage input 1
(12 to 24 V)
1
2
3
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
Voltage input 2
(5 V)
Current input 1
Current input 2
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
569
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
TC-41
Connection
■ Connecting the Terminal Block
1
2
3
4
+12 V IN A IN B
R
5
6
7
8
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
100 V AC
Symbol
Description
1
+12 V
DC power output for supplying to the sensor
2
IN 1
Input
3
IN 2
Input
4
R
Reset input
5
0V
Common of input and sensor power supply
6
Empty
(Not connected)
7
Empty
(Not connected)
8
Empty
(Not connected)
9
200 V AC
10
100 V AC
11
0 V AC
Voltage output type sensor (12 to 24 V)
Voltage input 1
General-purpose inverter (5 V)*
TTL (Totem-pole output 5 V)
Voltage input 2
2-wire DC system proximity sensor output
2 W DC input
Gear sensor
AC tacho generator
Electromagnetic
detector input
IN 1
Switching by
the DIP switches
IN 2
IN1 and IN2 cannot be used
simultaneously.
* When making a digital rotation display of an inverter motor, connect the signal for frequency meter
(tachometer) of the inverter to the TC-41. However, if this is an analog signal (voltage, current), it
cannot be connected to the TC-41.
Moreover, if a pulse signal is output, set the TC-41 so that the output circuit and signal level match
with each other.
Power source input
■Connection Examples
Supported Sensor
Input Mode
Voltage Output Type Sensor (12 to 24 V)
Voltage input 1
Voltage output type proximity sensor
<Example> APS-80A-2T
APS-30-2T
Voltage Output Type Sensor (5 V)
Voltage input 2
(General-purpose inverter)
TTL of totem-pole output, etc.
TC-V
TC-4
11
200 V AC
Terminal
Number
Tachometer
10
0V
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
9
■ Supported Detectors (Example)
Namur Output Type Proximity Sensor
Current input 1
Current Output Type Sensor
Open collector output
2-wire DC system proximity sensor, etc.
<Example> APS3-12GMC-Z
APS5-12GK-Z
Current input 2
NPN Open Collector Output Type Sensor
Connectable either by Namur input or current input.
<Example> APS5-12GK-E/APS3-16F-E
TRD-J□-S/RZ
Namur input or
current input
ON
Setting the DIP Switch (Side)
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
12 V
R
24V +12 V IN 1 IN 2
Power
Connection diagram
Supply
1
2
3
4
12 V
1
2 OUT 3
4
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
12
V +12
R
24V
1
2
3
4
12
V
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
24VV
1
2
3
4
12
Power
R
24VV +121 V IN21 IN32
12
Power
+12 V IN 1 IN 2
R4
24V
Supply
Power
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
24V
Supply
Power
1 IN 2
R
5V +12 V IN OUT
Supply
Power
Supply
OUT
Power
Supply
OUT
OUT
Supply
1
2 OUT 3
4
1
2 OUT 3
4
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
R
5V +12
1
2
3
4
IN 1 IN 2
R
5V +12
1V
4
Power
+12
V IN2 1 IN3 2
R
5V
Power
1 V IN21 IN32
4
+12
R
5V
Supply
Power
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
5V
Supply
Power
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
Supply
OUT
Power
Supply
OUT
Supply
OUT
OUT
OUT 3
1
2 Brown
4
1
2
3
4
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
+121 V IN21 IN32
R4
+12 V IN Brown
1 IN 2
R
+12 V INBrown
1 IN 2
R
Brown
Brown
Brown
1
2+
3
4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+12 V IN 1 IN 2
R
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
+121 V IN21 IN32
R4
+12 V IN 1
IN
2
R
+
+12 V IN +1 IN 2
R
+
Power
+
+
Supply
1
2
3
4
1
2 OUT 3
4
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
1
2
3
4
IN 1 IN 2
R
1V
4
Power +12
+12
V IN2 1 IN3 2
R
Power
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
Supply
Power
+12
V
IN
1
IN
2
R
Supply
Power
OUT
Supply
Power
Supply
OUT
Supply
OUT
OUT
OUT
5
0V
5
50V
05V
05
V
05V
0 5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
50 V
50V
05V
05
V
05V
0 5V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
50 V
5 Blue
05V
05
V
05V
0 5V
0V
0V
Blue
Blue
Blue
Blue
5Blue
5 −
05V
05
V
05V
0 5V
0V
0 V−
−
−
−
5−
50V
05V
05
V
05V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
[Note] - When a power supply for sensor (+12 V) is used, ensure that the consumption current of the sensor is not more than 50 mA. The sensors shown in the <Example> above are all connectible.
- When the input for electromagnetic detector (IN2) is used, set all DIP switches on the side in the OFF position.
<Example> Gear sensor
AC tacho generator, etc.
1
ON
2
+12 V IN 1
3
4
5
IN 2
R
0V
OFF
570
<Example> Gear sensor
<Example> Gear
sensor
AC tacho
generator, etc.
<Example> Gear
sensor
tacho
generator, etc.
<Example> AC
Gear
sensor
AC
tacho
generator, etc.
<Example>
Gear
sensor
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES
CO., LTD.
AC tacho generator, etc.
tacho generator, etc.
GENERAL CATALOG AC
2014
1
2
3
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Latest catalog
OFF
1 2 (free)
3 is available online.
OFF
1 2 3
OFF
1 2 3
1 2 3
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
1 V IN2 1 IN3 2
4
+12
R
05V
1
2
3
4
+12
IN 1 IN 2
R
05
V
1V
4
+12
V IN2 1 IN3 2
R
05V
+12 V IN 1VisitINour
2 website
R
0V
▼
+12 V IN 1 IN 2
R
0V
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-41
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness
48
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Anchoring Metal (Provided)
96
6
99
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
92 +0.8
0
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
7.62 7.62
Tachometer
45 +0.6
0
12.5
7
1.3
4.47
Electronic
Counter
6.3
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
TC-V
TC-4
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
571
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
TC-4L-G/H
Features
Display-dedicated Type Tachometer
(Economy Model)
- The miniature economy type is for displaying the number of revolutions. To
widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched between
the two stages - 1 pulse per revolution and 10 pulses per revolution.
TC-4L-G: For 100 V AC (85 to 115 V AC 50/60 Hz)
TC-4L-H: For 200 V AC (180 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz)
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Electrical Specifications
Items
■ Function/Performance
Specifications
Specifications
TC-4L-G: 85 to 115 V AC
TC-4L-H: 180 to 240 V AC
Rated Voltage Range
Items
Rated Frequency
50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
6 VA
Withstand Voltage
2,000 V AC 1 min
(Between power supply and external terminal)
Insulation Resistance
20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC
(Between power supply and external terminal)
■Environmental Specifications
Items
Ambient Operating
Temperature
-10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
-25 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 90% RH (No condensation)
Vibration Resistance
TC-V
TC-4
Specifications
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm,
frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
1 kV 1μs Between power supply terminals
Count input
Input Single Pulse Width
Display Period
Every 0.4 sec when the input pulse period is within 0.4 sec.
Input period + 0.4 sec when the input pulse period exceeds 0.4 sec.
The previous measured value is displayed for 6 sec after rotation stops.
Display
Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 8 mm
Basic Measurement
Range*1
10 to 9,999 rpm
Measurement Accuracy
±1 degit
Measurement Item
Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1)
Prescale Functions
1 pulse / rotation, 10 pulse / rotation switching* 2
Sampling Function
Once
Connection Method
Dedicated stand B or stand F socket (Sold separately)
Power Source Reset
Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.5 s
Dimensions (mm)
48 W x 48 H x 95 D
Weight
Approx. 200 g
Accessories
Mounting brackets, unit label
Price
Open
ON Voltage
1 kΩ
0 to 4 V
Input pulse
Switch 4 A Side
Switch 4 B Side
1 pulse / rotation
10 to 999 rpm
Display at one-tenth value
10 pulse / rotation
Display at 10 times value
1 to 9,999 rpm
■ Setting the Changing Switches
Input Voltage
Input
Resistance
OFF Voltage
Left Side of the Case
1
2
3
4
B
10 to 30 V
A
Configuration of the Input Circuit
Low Speed
H
L
50 ms or more 50 ms or more
High Speed
H
L
Only display
Measurement
Range
Specifications
10 Hz
2 kHz
Switching
Function
*1 When the prescale = 1
*2 To widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched by 2 stages between 1
revolution 1 pulse and 1 revolution 10 pulses.
■Input Specifications
Responsivity
Period measurement system
Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 30 mA
Impact Resistance
Name
Specifications
Counting System
+12 V
Each Input 1 kΩ
Input
Single
Internal
Circuit
Switch
Function
Position A
Position B
1
Counting speed
2 kHz
10 Hz
2
Decimal point
Up to 12 mA
250 µs or higher 250 µs or higher
0 V When each input terminal
is short-circuited to the 0 V
terminal, input turns ON.
Lighting position changes according to
combination. (See below.)
3
Decimal point
4
Pulses / rotation
1 pulses / rotation
10 pulses / rotation
Setting the Lighting Position of the Decimal Point
Switch
572
2
A
B
A
B
3
A
A
B
B
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
TC-4L-G/H
Connection/Dimensions
■Terminal Connections
Terminal
Function
Terminal
3
0V
9
4
+12 V (For supplying to sensor)
10
5
Not connected
6
̶
5
6
3-wire DC System
* Different models for
100/200 V
* No connection for terminal
No. 11
2
7
8
4
9
3
2
1
6
5
10
ENCODER
7
8
4
2-wire DC System
3
2
4
100 V AC
1
Not connected
8
200 V AC
11
Input
7
Proximity Sensor
Function
3-wire DC System
Proximity sensors that can be connected
APS series
Models for which the output symbol is
an E or N
<Example>
Proximity
sensorsAPS5-12GK-E
that can be connected
*APS
A two-wire
series DC system proximity sensor can
be also
connected.
Models for which the output symbol is
an E or N
<Example> APS5-12GK-E
* A two-wire DC system proximity sensor can
be also connected.
HMI
SENSOR
■Example of2-wire
Connection
DC System
Not connected
PLC
6
5
1
9
7 10
11 8
3
9
2
●近接センサ
INFORMATION
●近接センサ
10
∼
11
1
COUNTER
∼
Electronic
Counter
∼
∼
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Rotary Encoder
11
▲ Figure Seen from the Back
6
5
Programmable
Cam
7
8
4
3
2
4
The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it
consumes not more than 30 mA of current
from a 12 V power source.
6
5
1
9
7 10
11 8
3
9
2
∼
11
1
The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it
consumes not more than 30 mA of current
from a 12 V power source.
●ロータリエンコーダ
●ロータリエンコーダ
10
∼
∼
∼
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Stand F (For stationary installation)
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
48
28
60
2–φ4.5
or M4
TC-V
TC-4
Stand F (Sold Separately)
31
80.5
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
6
Clamping Plate
(For Embedded Installation)
(Provided)
□ 48
45
+0.3
0
45
+0.3
0
Stand B
(Sold Separately)
40±0.2
47
Socket for Embedded Installation:
KB-04 (Sold Separately: Open Price)
31
45
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
573
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KT-V Series
Features
Digital Timer
- The KT-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see
large display.
- With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 12 mm
high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle.
- The green LED is used for the set value to differentiate it from
the measured values.
- The set value can be easily set to using the setting key
corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch.
- The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses
DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting.
CE Marking Compliant
■Features
Protection Functions for Each Key
For Various Applications Using 5 Operation Modes
Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation.
Delay On, delay OFF, one-shot, integrating, and flicker can be set as the
operation mode.
Retentive Memory without Battery Backup
An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require
maintenance is used.
Removable Terminal Block
Key Protection Function to Prevent Malfunction
The KT-V series has a built-in key protection function so that settings are not
changed if the key is pressed by mistake during operation.
This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the
terminal block cover enhances safety.
Elapsed Time / Remaining Time Display
Power Source for High-capacity Sensor
Protection Fulfilling IP65
The AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors
such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter.
Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate
the device even with wet or unclean hands.
Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type
Conformity to CE and UL
The AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for
any power source.
CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product.
As the time display, the elapsed time and the remaining time can be selected.
Various Time Range
The 10 time ranges cover from 0.001 sec to 9,999 hr.
KT-V
■Model Number List
Model Number
KT-V4S
Digit
4
KT-V4S-C
Power Source
Power Source for Sensors
24 V DC, 60 mA
Price
AC
●
Open
DC
̶
Open
(Accessories) Mounting frame
KT- V 4 S - Series Classification
- Number of digits to display
4 : 4 digits
- Output format
S : With output
- Power source type
Blank : AC power
C
: DC power
574
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Specifications
DC Power
Supply Voltage
100 to 240 V AC
12 to 24 V DC
85 to 264 V AC
10 to 26.4 V DC
Power Consumption
Approx. 11 VA
Approx. 4 W
Power Source for
Sensors
24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower)
̶
EEPROM
−10 to 50˚C
Storage Temperature
−20 to 70˚C (No freezing)
Ambient Humidity
35 to 85%RH (No condensation)
Vibration Resistance
Impact Resistance
Noise Resistance
2 kV AC 1 min
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
(AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts)
(DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts)
Digital Timer
Endurance
Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Endurance
490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Malfunction
98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions
Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Protective Structure
IP65 (Only the front panel part)
Weight
Approx. 150 g
Conforming cable
Terminal Block
COUNTER
Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more
Storage time: 10 years
Ambient Temperature
Withstand Voltage
ENCODER
Rating
AC Power
Allowable Power Range
Power Failure Memory
HMI
SENSOR
■ General Specifications
Items
PLC
Programmable
Cam
Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV
(Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns)
Approx. 110 g
0.25 to 1.65 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal
R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque
0.5 Nm
■Performance Specifications
Items
Type
Rating
Timer
Timing System
On delay/Off delay/One-shot/Integrating/Flicker (With prediction output)
Digit
4 digits
Display
Timing value display: Red LED, height of characters 12 mm. Set value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm
Time Range
0.001 s to 9.999 s/0.01 s to 99.99 s/0.1 s to 999.9 s/1 s to 9,999 s/1 s to 99 min 59 s/1 min to 9,999 min
/1 h to 9,999 h/1 min to 99 h 59 min/0.1 min to 999.9 min/0.1 h to 999.9 h
Display Format
Elapsed time display / Remaining time display
Timer Accuracy
0.013% or ±15 ms (Whichever is larger)
Input
Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power)
KT-V
Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input)
Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V
Start Input Response
External Reset
Output
Output Time (Flicker)
15 ms/5 ms/1 ms or less
Minimum signal width: 5 ms
Non-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower
Contact output: 1 transfer (1 c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load)
Variable from 10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms
Key Protection
Any key setting is enabled.
Installation Method
Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
575
Remaining Time Display
Elapsed Time Display
ContactSupply
Output
Power
Electronic Counter / Controller
Preset Values
: Prediction Set Value
0
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
ON
KT-V Series
Start
Set ValueOFF
ON
Reset
OFF
Preset Values ON
Contact Output
0
Set Value OFF
ON
Non-contact Output ON
StartOFF
Preset Values
INFORMATION
Remaining Time Display
Non-contact Output
SW
1
2
OFF
OFF
Elapsed Time Display
: Prediction Set Value
Output Operation
SW
1
2
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
On
Delay
Contact
Output
Start
Flicker
OFF
Non-contact
Output
Reset
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Non-contact
Output
Set Value
: Prediction Set Value
Remaining Time Display
SW
1
2
OFF
OFF
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Reset
SW
OFF
ON
Contact Output
OFF
ON
1
OFF
Remaining Time Display
2
ON
ON
1
2
OFF
0
Start
Set Value OFF
ON
Reset
OFF
Preset Values ON
Contact Output
0
Set Value OFF
ON
Non-contact Output ON
Start OFF
Preset Values
OFF
Remaining Time Display
Elapsed Time Display
SW
1
OFF
Remaining Time Display
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Contact Output
OFF
ON
Non-contact
Output
Set Value
SW
Remaining Time Display
Preset Values
0
1
ON
Remaining Time Display
2
ON
Elapsed Time Display
SW
OFF
OFF
ON
Contact Output ON
Start OFF
OFF
Set Value ON
Non-contact Output ON
Reset OFF
OFF
Preset Values ON
Contact Output
0
Set Value OFF
ON
Non-contact Output ON
StartOFF
Preset Values
Remaining Time Display
1
ON
Remaining Time Display
OFF
ON
The output time "t" can be changed from 10 to 9,990 ms
(100 ms before shipment).
オフディレー
When the prediction set value is "0,"
non-contact output becomes the same
as the output operation of contact output.
When the prediction set value is "0,"
The :prediction
be smalleroutput
than the
set value.
Predictionset
Setvalue
Valueshould
non-contact
becomes
the same
If the prediction
setting valueasexceeds
the operation
set value, of
thecontact
prediction
the output
output.
オフディレー
output (non-contact output) turns ON (or OFF) simultaneously with
Thestart
prediction
set value
should be smaller than the set value.
the
of the timer
operation.
If the prediction setting value exceeds the set value, the prediction
output (non-contact output) turns ON (or OFF) simultaneously with
the start of the timer operation.
ワンショット
OFF
ワンショット
OFF
ON
ON
SW
Non-contact
Output
Reset
Set Value
Non-contact
Output
OFF
ワンショット
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Contact Output
t
Elapsed Time Display
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
t
2
Reset 0
Contact Output
Start
t
The output time "t" can be changed from 10 to 9,990 ms
OFF
ON (100 ms before shipment).
2
OFF
Elapsed Time Display
SW
t
OFF
ON
オフディレー
1
ON
t
2
Elapsed Time Display
SW
t
OFF
Set Value
One-shot
ON
Start
Preset Values OFF
ON
Reset 0
t
: Prediction Set Value
オフディレー
1
OFF
t
ON
Elapsed Time Display
ON
Non-contact
Output
Reset
Non-contact Output
オンディレー
2
OFF
ON
ON
Contact Output
Start
OFF
ON
Contact Output ON
ResetOFF
OFF
ON
Non-contact Output
SW
Off Delay
OFF
ON
Contact Output
Elapsed Time Display
Non-contact Output
Set Value OFF
Preset Values
Elapsed Time Display
ON
OFF
ON
0
Start
Reset 0
KT-V
Remaining Time Display
Set Value 0
ON
OFF
ON
Elapsed Time Display
Flickering
Set Valueis set in the setup mode.
Preset Values
Elapsed Time Display
0
Tachometer
オンディレー
Preset Values
Start
Reset
オンディレー
Remaining Time Display
OFF
Start
OFF
オンディレー
OFF
ON
Contact Output
OFF
ON
Elapsed Time Display
Preset Values
Electronic
Counter
Power Supply
■Output
Operation Chart
Reset 0
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
COUNTER
Remaining Time Display
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Set Value
1
ON
Remaining Time Display
2
OFF
Elapsed Time Display
OFF
Integrating
Preset Values
SW
0
ON
Start
OFF
ON
Set Value
Reset
Remaining Time Display
OFF
ON
Preset Values
Contact Output
OFF
ON
Start
Set ValueOFF
ON
Reset
OFF
Preset Values ON
Contact Output
0
Set Value OFF
ON
Non-contact Output ON
OFF
Start ON
Preset Values
Power Supply OFF
ON
OFF
Reset 0
Contact Output
Start
SW
1
Remaining Time Display
ON
Elapsed Time Display
SW
1
ON
Remaining Time Display
ON
Elapsed Time Display
積 算
積 算
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Power Supply
Contact
Output OFF
OFF
ON
積 算
2
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ワンショット
2
ON
SW
Non-contact
Output
Reset
OFF
Non-contact
Output
Set Value
2
ON
Elapsed Time Display
OFF
0
ON
Non-contact Output
1
ON
1
ON
Remaining Time Display
2
ON
Elapsed Time Display
OFF
ON
Power Supply
Preset Values OFF
576
0
積 算
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
Start
Reset
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
ON
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
OFF
ON
OFF
Remaining Time Display
Elapsed Time Display
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Connection
■Terminal Connection Diagrams
KT-V4S
KT-V4S
KT-V4S
KT-V4S-C
KT-V4S-C
KT-V4S-C
ENCODER
Start InputStart Input
IN mA
24 V DC,2460V mA
DC, 60
IN 0 V
0V
IN
IN 0 V
0V
2
3 5
5
3
3 5
5
Non-contact
Non-contact
Output
Output
OUT
1
OUT
8
HMI
SENSOR
InputStart Input
Power Source
Power
forSource
Sensor forStart
Sensor
32
PLC
7
1
Reset InputReset Input
R
7
Non-contact
Non-contact
Output
Output
OUT
R
1
OUT
8
98 109 11
10 12
11 12
7
1
Contact Output
Contact Output
Contact Output
Contact Output
100 to 240
100
V to
AC240
Power
V AC
Source
Power Source
Reset InputReset Input
R
7
INFORMATION
R
98 109 11
10 12
11 12
COM N.C.
COM N.O.
N.C. + N.O.
COM N.C.
COM N.O.
N.C. N.O.
COUNTER
+−
Electronic
Counter
−
12 to 24 V
12DC
to 24
Power
V DCSource
Power Source
Tachometer
※予報出力はNon-contact
※予報出力はNon-contact
Output
(OUT端子)
Output
(OUT端子)
と兼用です。
* Non-contact output
(OUT terminal)
is also
usedと兼用です。
for prediction
output.
* Do not connect anything to unconnected terminals.
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
AC電源形
AC電源形
■Input/Output Circuit
Diagrams
DC電源形
DC電源形
AC Power
DC Power
Power
Power
Source
Source
for Sensor
for Sensor2
2
24 V 24
DCV DC
Internal 24 V
Internal 24 V
9
N.C.
9 N.C.
24 V 24
DCV DC
11 11
+ +
ON During
ON During
Negative
Negative
LogicLogic
InputInput
8
COM
8 COM
−
−
12
12
47 k 47 k
8
COM
8 COM
10
N.O. N.O.
10
1
OUT
1 OUT
5
05V 0 V
1.8 k1.8 k
10
22 k 22 k
1
N.O. N.O.
10
StartStart
3
InputInput
3
OUT
1 OUT
5V 5V
3.3 k3.3 k
Reset
Reset
7
7
InputInput
N.C.
9 N.C.
5V 5V
3.3 k3.3 k
3
9
ON During
ON During
Negative
Negative
LogicLogic
InputInput
5V 5V
StartStart
3
InputInput
Internal 24 V
Internal 24 V
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
5V 5V
1.8 k1.8 k
47 k 47 k
Reset
Reset
7
7
InputInput
22 k 22 k
47 k 47 k
22 k 22 k
5
05V 0 V
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
KT-V
577
Electronic Counter / Controller
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
KT-V Series
PLC
HMI
Connection
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Brown
SENSOR
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
PowerBrown
Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2 24 V DC*
2 24 V DC*
■Input Connection Examples
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Start
Start
PowerBlack
Source for Sensor
Black
Brown
NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
3
3 Start Input
Input
2 Start
24 V DC*
ENCODER
COUNTER
NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor
- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
《Recommended
proximity
Reset
Reset sensor: APS□-□-N/E》
Start
Black
Black
Brown
INFORMATION
Reset
Start
Blue
Black
Black
Start
Blue
Black
Reset
Reset
Electronic
Counter
Blue
Tachometer
Digital Timer
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Brown
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
Start
Start
Power Black
Source for Sensor
Black
Brown
電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合
3
3 Start Input
Input
2 Start
24 V DC*
Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output
Proximity Sensor
Reset
- Input
logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)
Black
Black
Black
Input
Reset
Input
《Recommended
proximity
sensor:
APS□-□-E2》
7 Sensor
3 Reset
Start
Input
Power
Source
for
Brown 7
Reset
Start
Black
Input
Reset Input
7
7 Sensor
3 Reset
Start
PowerInput
Source for
2 24 V DC*
Power Source for Sensor
Brown
2 24 V DC*
Reset
Blue
Start
5 Reset
5 0V
0 V Input
7
3 Start Input
Black
3 Start Input
Reset
5 0V
7 Reset Input
Black
7 Reset Input
Blue
Black
Black
Start
Blue
Black
Reset
Blue
5 0V
Blue
DC2線式近接センサの場合
DC2線式近接センサの場合
Power Brown
Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2 24 V DC*
2 24 V DC*
2 24 V DC*
Power Source for Sensor
Brown
2 24 V DC*
Blue
5
5 0V
V Input
Reset
7 0
3 Start Input
Black
3 Start Input
5 0V
7 Reset Input
Black
5 0V
5 0V
Blue
7 Reset Input
5 0V
2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor
Programmable
- Input logic: Negative
DC2線式近接センサの場合
Cam
logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》
* In the case of the DC power source type, the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V.
Start
Start
DC2線式近接センサの場合
3 Start Input
DC2線式近接センサの場合
Start
Reset
3 Start Input
Reset
3 Reset
Start Input
Input
7
7 Reset Input
5
0 V Input
7 Reset
3 Start Input
5 0V
Start
Reset
5 0V
7 Reset Input
Reset
Start
3 Start Input
Reset
7 Reset Input
Switch Relay
5 0V
- Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg)
5 0V
- Start input response: 15 ms
スイッチ・リレーの場合
スイッチ・リレーの場合
- Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos)
- Start input response: 15 ms
* Because there is large input current, this connection is recommended.
スイッチ・リレーの場合
Power Source for Sensor
Power Source for Sensor
2 24 V DC*
2 24 V DC*
KT-V
スイッチ・リレーの場合
Start
Start
3 Start Input
スイッチ・リレーの場合
Reset
Start
Reset
3 Start
ResetInput
Input
7
Reset
Start
5
0 V Input
7 Reset
3 Start Input
Start
Start
Start
Power Source for Sensor
Start
Input
3
3 Start Input
2 24
V DC*
Reset
Start
Reset
Start
ResetInput
Input
Reset Input
3 Power
7
7 Sensor
Source for
2 24 V DC*
Power Source for Sensor
2 24 V DC*
3 Start Input
7 Reset Input
Reset
Start
5 0V
5
V Input
Reset
7 0
3 Start Input
Start
3 Start Input
Reset
3 Start Input
Reset
5 0V
Input
7 Reset
Reset
7 Reset Input
5 0V
5 0V
接点出力の場合
■Output Connection Examples
5 0V
NPN Open Collector Output
0V 5
578
Load
OUT 1
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途、
別途、外部電源を使用ください。
5 0外部電源を使用ください。
V
接点出力の場合
Contact Output
Relay Drive Possible
OUT 1
5 0V
* There is7noReset
power Input
source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type.
Reset
Use a separate external power source.
7 Reset Input
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合
5 0V
※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途、外部電源を使用ください。
Relay Drive Possible
Load
−
+
−
+
0V 5
Power Source for Load
Rated 24 V DC Power Source for Load
Rated 24 V DC
COM 8
COM 8
Power Source
for Load
Power Source
for Load
Load
※DC電源タイプにはありません。
別途、
外部電源を使用ください。
N.C. 9
Load
N.C. 9
N.O. 10
※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途、外部電源を使用ください。
Load
N.O. 10
Load
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
- Operation mode
①
Lights up when the output is ON.
Blinks when the prediction②
output is ON.
④
⑤
② Protection display (Red)
⑥
①
- Operation mode
⑦
Blinks when the key is protected.
③
(Only when the key is ON)
- Setup mode
D i s p l ay s t h e s e t c o n t e n t s o f ke y
protection.
③ Discrete value display (Red)
ENCODER
- Operation mode
Displays the discrete value.
- Setup mode
Displays the set contents.
COUNTER
INFORMATION
④ Unit display
④
⑤
②
- Operation mode
Display the units of time.
h: hour / m: minute / s: second
⑥
⑦
⑤ Set value display (Green)
- Operation mode
Displays the set value.
- Setup mode
Displays the setting item.
⑦ RST key
- Operation mode
Resets the discrete value.
(0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement
Time Range
mode)
Timing / Set Value Display
□□□□s
- Setup mode
Select the setting item.
□□□□m
□□□□h
0 1
□□m□□s
□□ h □□m
2
h :m : s
3
h :m : s
h :m : s
4
5
Timing / Set Value Display
h :m : s
□□□□h
□□m□□s
□□ h □□m
7
8
9
* If approx. 1 sec passes without any key input after the
setDisplay
value has been changed, the set value becomes
Unit
effective.
h :m : s
0 to 9999 - Setup mode
h :m : s
0 to 9999
Selects the set contents.
h :m : s
0 to 9999
h :m : s
0:00 to 99 : 59
:
to
:
h :m : s
0 00 99 59
h :m : s
□□□□m
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
- Operation mode
Changing the set value
6
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
⑥ Digit key
Unit Display
0 to 9999
0 to 9999
0 to 9999
Time* Range
: 59
0:00 to 99
□□□□s
: 59
0:00 to 99
HMI
SENSOR
③
① Output display (Red)
PLC
■Key Operation
1. Changes the preset value
Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the
corresponding digit.
0 1
2
3
*
4
5
6
7
8
9
Example: When the counter is “123”
1
Press the 1 key and the
2
Press the 2 key and the
3
124
134
Press the 3 key and the 234
KT-V
Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered.
* In the case of ■ digit of sexagesimal scale display □□: ■□
(Minute) (Second)
(Hour) (Minute)
2. Resetting the timing value
If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the timing value is
reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the timing value becomes the set value
Example: When the counter is “123”
in the remaining time display mode and "0" in
the passage display mode.
1
Press the 1 key and the 124
2
Press the 2 key and the 134
3. Key protection3
Press the 3 key and the 234
The key protection can be individually set for each operation key. If a key
for which the key protection is set is pressed in the run mode, the LED
corresponding to the pressed key blinks to notify that the operation is
prohibited.
Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is
supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
579
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
KT-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
■DIP Switch Setting
- Use the DIP switches at the top of the timer for setting.
- Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off.
The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on.
- When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the
operation mode to reset the count value.
Output Mode
出力モード
Select
the output mode with DIP switches 1 and 2. The flicker mode that is
出力モード
出力モード
not
included in the items is selected in the setup mode.
Operation
Operation
Operation
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
One-shot
One-shot
One-shot
Delay OFF
Delay
OFF
Delay
DelayOFF
On
Delay On
On
Delay
Dip switch
Electronic
Counter
SW1
SW1
SW1
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW2
SW2
SW2
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Time Range
時間レンジ
Select
the time range with DIP switches 3, 4, and 5. The time range that is
時間レンジ
時間レンジ
not
included in the items is selected in the setup mode.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Time Range
Time Range
Time Range
□□h□□m
□□h□□m
□□h□□m
□□□□h
□□□□h
□□□□h
□□□□m
□□□□m
□□□□m
□□m□□s
□□m□□s
□□m□□s
□□□□s
□□□□s
□□□□s
□□□.□s
□□□.□s
□□□.□s
□□.□□s
□□.□□s
□□.□□s
□.□□□s
□.□□□s
□.□□□s
Programmable
Cam
* The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment.
Selects the Operation Mode.
SW3
SW3
SW3
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW4
SW4
SW4
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
SW5
SW5
SW5
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Selects the Key Protection.
Selecting the Display Format
Selecting the Time Range
Display
Format
表示方式
表示方式
表示方式
Select
the display format with DIP switch 6.
表示方式
Display Format
Display
Display Format
Format
Elapsed Time Display
Elapsed
Time
Display
Elapsed
RemainingTime
TimeDisplay
Display
Remaining
Time
Remaining Time Display
Display
Selecting the Output Mode
SW6
SW6
SW6
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Key Protection
Select whether to engage the key protection or not with DIP switch 7. To
キープロテクト
engage
protection, after setting each key in the setup mode, set DIP switch
キープロテクト
7 キープロテクト
in the ON position and supply the power again to enable the protection. All
keys are set for protection before shipment.
KT-V
Key Protection
Key Protection
Key
Protection
Use
Use
Use
Not
Use
Not
Not Use
Use
SW7
SW7
SW7
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Operation Mode
動作モード
Select
the setup mode and the operation mode with DIP switch 8.
動作モード
動作モード
Operation Mode
Operation Mode
Operation
Mode
Setup Mode
Setup
Mode
Setup Mode
Operation
Mode
Operation
Operation Mode
Mode
580
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
SW8
SW8
SW8
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Each Part Name and Function
HMI
SENSOR
■Setup Mode
Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup
mode.
Setup Mode Setting Items
(1) Start input response ……
(2) Input logic ……………
(3) Output mode ……………
(4) Time range ……………
(5) Output time ……………
1/5/15 ms
Positive logic, negative logic
Flicker mode, DIP switch
0.0 minute /0.0 time, DIP switch
Set the output time of the flicker mode from
10 to 9,990 ms (in unit of 10 ms).
(6) Prediction output ……… Set the offset value for the set value.
(7) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key.
(8) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys.
① Start input response setting(int)
To the next menu
by pressing
the reset key
RST
①
Operating Mode
RST
④ Time range setting(rang)
1 : 000. 0:m Select 0.0 minute.
2 : 000. 0:h Select 0.0 hour.
3 : dip :— Set the DIP switch.
K/P display part
: Lit when disabled
: Enabled when out
Electronic
Counter
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Initial value: 100ms
Digit key 1 is disabled as the setting is performed
in units of 10 ms.
Discrete value display part 0. 1 0 0 s
Digit key 4 3 2 1
RST
⑥ Prediction output setting (set )
a
- Other than the flicker mode, skip the setting items with an * mark.
- When the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press
the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the timing value.
- The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the
[RST] key.
- The key protection setting becomes effective in AND conditions from DIP
switch 7.
If you want to make the protection effective, set DIP switch 7 in the ON
position.
INFORMATION
Tachometer
Initial value: □
3
⑤ *Output time setting (outt)
Operation of the Setup Mode
Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right.
(Use the digit keys for all settings.)
Initial value: □
2
1 : F Select the flicker mode.
2 : dip Set the DIP switch.
RST
① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the
setup mode starts.
② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on,
the operation mode starts.
COUNTER
Initial value: □
2
③ Output mode setting (t-op)
Setup Mode
ENCODER
1 : pos Positive logic
2 : neg Negative logic
RST
②
Initial value: □
3
1 : 1 Select a 1 ms response.
2 : 5 Select a 5 ms response.
3 : 15 Select a 15 ms response.
② Input logic setting (si g)
Switching Between the Setup Mode and
the Operation Mode
Digit key
1 : Not use
1 : Use
PLC
Initial value: 0
Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0
RST
Digit key
4 3 2 1
⑦ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked
Select whether to lock the reset key or not.
Digit key: K/P display part
1 : ■□□□□ (Lock)
2 : □□□□□ (Unlock)
RST
⑧ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked
Select whether to lock the reset key or not.
Digit key: K/P display part
To the first menu
by pressing
the reset key
RST
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
1
2
3
4
KT-V
: □□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
: □■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock)
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
581
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
KT-V Series
Example of Operation
■Operation Mode
3. Change the set contents
ENCODER
Changes the Preset Value
COUNTER
Change the preset value from "2:00" to "1:30". The preset value becomes
effective approx. 1 second after the change is made.
Before Changing
To the next
menu by
pressing
the reset key
Change Complete
OUT
h :m : s
K/P
RST
Electronic
Counter
h :m : s
K/P
4
2
3
1
RST
OUT
OUT
h :m : s
2
3
4
1
Press setting key 3 nine times
or continue to press and hold
the key to display "1. "
3
RST
4
2
1
RST
1
Programmable
Cam
Change to the initial value.
RST
OUT
K/P
③ Output mode Setting screen
Press setting key 2 three times
or continue to press and hold
the key to display "3. "
Tachometer
Digital Timer
K/P
2
3
OUT
logic Setting screen
② Input
h :m : s
K/P
K/P
4
Change to the initial value.
RST
INFORMATION
OUT
① Start input response Setting screen
Change to the initial value.
RST
■Washing Time Control
OUT
K/P
④ Time range Setting screen
If the start switch is pressed, washing is performed for the set time.
Change to the initial value.
RST
OUT
K/P
⑤ Prediction output setting Setting screen
Change to the initial value.
OUT
K/P
RST
⑥ Reset key protection Setting screen
Setting item
Setting Item
Contents
Output Mode
One-shot
Time Range
□□minute□□second
Display Format
Remaining time display
Key Protection
Reset key Second key
Change to the initial value.
RST
OUT
K/P
⑦ Digit key protection Setting screen
Press
the reset key
to end setup.
Prohibition
RST
1. Setting DIP switches
Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches.
Press the 4
key and
to enable settings.
This setting is complete.
3
key
OUT
K/P
5. Switching to the operation mode
① Select the output mode and one-shot.
・Set DIP switch 1 is in the ON position.
When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP
switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the
power.
・Set DIP switch 2 is in the OFF position.
KT-V
6. Start the operation mode
When the setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST]
key after turning the power ON to reset the timing value.
② Select the time range: □□min □□sec
・Set DIP switch 3 is in the ON position.
・Set DIP switch 4 and 5 is in the OFF position.
③ Select the key protection.
・Set DIP switch is in the ON position.
2. Switching to the setup mode
Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on.
582
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Error Code Display/Option
Error Name
Memory data error
HMI
SENSOR
■Common Errors
Error Code
PLC
Error details
ENCODER
Corrective Action
Preset value / Set value and the
contents of the setup mode changed.
Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication.
The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value
and the set value become "5000", and the contents of the setup mode
revert back to the preshipment defaults.
COUNTER
INFORMATION
■Option
Option
Model Number
Contents
Price
Rubber Gasket
KC-48P
If installed between the installation panel and KT-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the
control panel.
Front Cover
KC-48C
If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc.
Material:
Soft silicon rubber
Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed.
Open
Open
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KT-V
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
583
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
KT-V Series
Precautions
■Precautions in Use
■Cautions in Wiring
(1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal
⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited.
(5) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated
voltage at once using a switch or relay.
(3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic
to negative logic.
(4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing,
the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input.
(5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the
data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance.
(6) Do not use the counter in the following environments.
- Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to
-10˚C or lower.
- Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation
occurs due to rapid temperature change.
- Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas.
- Any place that is exposed to sunlight.
- Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks.
(7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test,
separate the main body from the control circuit.
(8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written.
Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than
100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source
operations.
- Wire cables separately from power lines.
- When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated,
separate the main body of the KT-V and the wiring from the noise sources
as far as possible.
- Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal.
- It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections.
- When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal
has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use
a round crimp terminal.
In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal
If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact
with the terminal becomes insufficient.
Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally
from the side as shown in the figure above.
In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body
How to Mount the Main Body
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel.
KT-V
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
only use the anchoring screw used in shipping.
How to Mount
the Terminal
and
the Terminal
- Make
sure that theBlock
allowable
tightening
torque is 0.3 Nm.
Block Cover - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
- As the screw for anchoring the terminal block,
- As the screw foronly
anchoring
terminalscrew
block,used in shipping.
use thethe
anchoring
only use the anchoring
screw
in shipping.
- Make sure
thatused
the allowable
tightening torque is 0.3 Nm.
- Make sure that- the
allowable
tightening
0.3 the
Nm.wiring is completed.
Mount
the terminal
blocktorque
coverisafter
- Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed.
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
Body
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
② Attach the mounting frame from the backside.
Body
Mounting Frame:
The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
and transverse directions.
Terminal Block
Body
Fixing Screw
Terminal Block
Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover
Fixing Screw
Fixing Screw
115.464
Mounting Frame:
Mounting Frame:The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal
The frame can beand
mounted
both directions.
in the longitudinal
transverse
and transverse directions.
Terminal Block Cover
Terminal Block Cover
How to Remove the Main Body
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards.
① Pinch the levers
to spread
2 while
to 3 mm
② Pull
out thethem
frame
the outwards.
levers are spread.
② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread.
584
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
KT-V Series
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Main Body of the KT-V
63
100 (AC Power)
48
COUNTER
60 (DC Power)
Mounting Frame
48
44.5
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
1 to 5:
Mounting Panel Thickness
6
1. When the mounting handle direction is
in the transverse direction
66 mm
AC Power
106 mm
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
2. When the mounting handle
direction is in the longitudinal
direction
70 or more
0
48 +0.2
Square Hole
45 +0.3
0
(Tight Mounting is
Possible)
70 or more
Mounting Frame
55 or more
6.5
DC Power
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
9.5
4×7.62=30.48
7.62
Terminal 6.5
1.12
Screw
M3
Overall Depth
10
0
45 +0.3
Terminal Block Detail Drawing
50
Conforming cable size
: 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2
Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3
Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm
KT-V
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
585
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup
■Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup
ENCODER
Model Number
Appearance
Type of Encoder
Resolution
(Digit)
Number
of
Outputs
Responsivity
Supply Voltage
Power Source for
Sensors
Absolute
encoder
360/720
8
300 rpm/360 resolution
150 rpm/720 resolution
12/24 V DC
̶
Absolute
encoder
360/720
16
1600 rpm/
360 resolution
800 rpm/720 resolution
(No advancing setting)
12/24 V DC
̶
Absolute
encoder
360/720
32
1600 rpm/
360 resolution
800 rpm/720 resolution
(No advancing setting)
85 to 264 V AC
Dedicated to
encoder
+12 V 70 mA
Absolute
encoder
360/720
8
300 rpm/360 resolution
150 rpm/720 resolution
12/24 V DC
̶
Absolute
encoder
360/720
16
1600rpm/
360 resolution
800 rpm/720 resolution
85 to 264 V AC
Dedicated to
encoder
+12 V 70 mA
Absolute
encoder
360/720
32
1600 rpm/
360 resolution
800 rpm/720 resolution
(No advancing setting)
85 to 264 V AC
Dedicated to
encoder
+12 V 70 mA
COUNTER
INFORMATION
FC2-81F-C-1
Electronic
Counter
95 W x 80 H x 60.5 D
Tachometer
Digital Timer
FC2-161F-C-1
Programmable
Cam
140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D
FC2-321F-C-1
140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D
FC2-80-C-1
105 W x 100 H x 66 D
FC2-160-1
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
140 W x 100 H x 66 D
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
FC2-320-1
195 W x 100 H x 66 D
586
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC Series Correlation List
Items
Difference FC-80□
Model Number
Dimensions
○
FC2-80□
105.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change
Installation Method
○
DIN rail / screwed
No change
Power Supply
○
10.8 V to 26.4 V DC
No change
Function /
Performance
○
No change
Encoder-connecting Connector
Manufacturer
×
Protrusion
Dimension
×
Not compatible
16.8
30.9
Encoder
TRD-NA□NWF
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
TRD-NA□NWF2
△
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
F-□GF2
Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-160□
Items
Difference FC-160□
FC2-160□
FC-160 (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-160-1 (Noted in English) FC2-160-1 (Noted in English)
Model Number
(Unit: mm)
ENCODER
Embedded Installation Type FC-81F□
FC-80-C (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-80-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-80-C-1 (Noted in English)
Items
Difference FC-81F□
Model Number
Dimensions
(Connector Connection)
FC2-81F□
FC-81F-C (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-81F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-81F-C-1 (Noted in English)
○
×
95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
No change
95.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D
Installation Method
○
Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change
Panel Cutout Dimensions
○
90.0 W x 75.0 H
No change
Thickness of
Mounting Plate
○
0.5 to 4.0
No change
Power Supply
○
10.8 V to 26.4 V DC
No change
Function / Performance
○
Digital Timer
Manufacturer
×
Not compatible
Position
×
Not compatible
Encoder
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
TRD-NA□NWF2
△
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
F-□GF2
TRD-NA□NWF
Items
Difference FC-161F□
FC2-161F□
FC-161F-C (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-161F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-161F-C-1 (Noted in English)
Model Number
140.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change
DIN rail / screwed
No change
○
×
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
Power Supply
○
Dimensions
(Connector Connection)
85 V to 264 V AC
No change
Installation Method
○
Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change
Function /
Performance
○
No change
Panel Cutout Dimensions
○
135.0 W x 85.0 H
No change
Thickness of
Mounting Plate
○
0.5 to 4.0
No change
Not compatible
Power Supply
○
10.8 V to 26.4 V DC
30.9
Function / Performance
○
×
16.8
TRD-NA□NWF
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
TRD-NA□NWF2
△
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
No change
No change
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
Difference FC-320□
○
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
TRD-NA□NWF2
△
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
F-□GF2
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
F-□GF2
FC2-320□
195.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change
○
DIN rail / screwed
No change
○
85 V to 264 V AC
No change
Function /
Performance
○
No change
Encoder-connecting Connector
Protrusion
Dimension
×
Encoder
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
Installation Method
×
Not compatible
Not compatible
Usable
Power Supply
Manufacturer
×
×
△
FC-320 (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-320-1 (Noted in English) FC2-320-1 (Noted in English)
Model Number
Manufacturer
Position
TRD-NA□NWF
Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-320□
Dimensions
No change
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D
Encoder-connecting Connector
Encoder
Items
Programmable
Cam
Embedded Installation Type FC-161F□
○
Protrusion
Dimension
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
○
×
INFORMATION
No change
Dimensions
Manufacturer
COUNTER
Encoder-connecting Connector
Installation Method
Encoder-connecting Connector
HMI
SENSOR
■ Compatibility Between FC and FC2 Series
Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-80□
PLC
Not compatible
16.8
30.9
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Embedded Installation Type FC-321F□
Items
Difference FC-321F□
FC2-321F□
FC-321F-C (Noted in Japanese) −
FC-321F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-321F-C-1 (Noted in English)
Model Number
Dimensions
(Connector Connection)
○
×
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D
Installation Method
○
Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change
Panel Cutout Dimensions
○
135.0 W x 85.0 H
No change
Thickness of
Mounting Plate
○
0.5 to 4.0
No change
Power Supply
○
10.8 V to 26.4 V DC
Function / Performance ○
No change
140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D
No change
No change
Encoder-connecting Connector
Encoder
TRD-NA□NWF
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
TRD-NA□NWF2
△
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2
is required.
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
F-□GF2
Manufacturer
×
Not compatible
Position
×
Not compatible
Encoder
TRD-NA□NWF
△
TRD-NA□NWF2 △
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required.
Usable
TRD-NA□NWE
△
Usable
Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required.
Junction Cables
×
F-□GF
F-□GF2
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
587
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
Descriptions of Terms
■Preset Counter
The input pulse signal is counted, and if the number of input pulses reaches
the numeric value preset by the setter, output is produced.
The block diagram of the preset counter is as shown in the figure below.
《Block diagram KCX series》
Preset Counter
INFORMATION
Count
Input
Electronic
Counter
Input
Circuit
First Digit
Display Circuit
Second Digit
Display Circuit
Nth Digit
Display Circuit
First Digit
Count Circuit
Second Digit
Count Circuit
Nth Digit
Count Circuit
■ Non-contact Signal Input and
Contact Signal Input
A non-contact signal input is an input signal that triggers the output of a
semiconductor circuit such as transistor (non-contact output of proximity
sensor, photoelectronic sensor, or rotary encoder).
A contact signal input is an signal input triggered by a micro switch, limit
switch, push button switch, or relay.
Non-contact Signal Input
Non-contact Signal Input
+12 V Power Source for Sensor
Non-contact Signal Input
OUT
Sensor
Reset
Input
Reset
Circuit
Sensor
Sensor
Tachometer
Setter
Sensor
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Output
Circuit
AND
Circuit
Power
Source
Sensor
Sensor
Sensor
Non-contact Output
(Contact Output)
Power Source for Sensor
■Double Preset Counter
Input
+12 V terminal
Power Source for Sensor
+12 V Power Source for Sensor
E
OUT
EInput terminal Counter
OUT
Input terminal
E
Counter
E
Contact
Signal Input E
Counter
E
N.C Contact Signal Input +12 V Power Source for Sensor
Non-contact Signal Input
Contact Signal Input
C
N.C
Input
+12 V terminal
Power Source for Sensor
+12
N.O
+12 VV Power
Power Source
Source for
for Sensor
Sensor
C N.C
OUT
EInput terminal Counter
Input
N.O C
Input terminal
terminal
Counter
E
E
N.O
Counter
EE
Counter
N.O
Counter circuit.
E
Sensor
A non-contact
signal output is a signal output from
a semiconductor
The contactPreset
output
is a signal
output from relay contact built into a counter.
Electronic
Counter
Preset Electronic Counter
+Power Source
Preset Electronic Counter
+Power Source
N.C
+Power Source
CN.C
C
N.O
■Total Counter
Preset Electronic Relay
Counter
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Automatic Reset Repetition
- If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count up),
the output is produced for a specific period of time.
- If the counter counts up, the internal counting circuit is automatically reset
and the next input signal can be counted even during output time.
- If you want to reset the internal counting circuit during counting, turn the
reset terminal ON (external reset) or shut down the power temporarily
(power source reset).
Relay
無接点信号出
無接点信号出
無接点信号
Contact Signal Input
無接点信号
(Grounding)
OUT
■Open Collector Output
Non-contact Signal Input
E
Since this circuit is not internally connected to a(Grounding)
power source, it is necessary
to externally connect a power source and load.
Voltage and current can be freely selected within the standards of the
counter.
Load
(Only NOpen
load)Collector Output
Load
L
Open Collector Output
Open Collector OUT
Output
OUT
From
OUT
Previous Step
From
FromStep
Previous
Previous Step
E
Open Collector Output
E
L
Load
L
DC Power
DC Power
DC Power
Load
オープンコレク
オープンコレ
オープンコ
L
OUT
E
オープンコ
DC Power
A形動作
Specific Time Output
■B-type Operation (Self-holding output operation)
Specific Time Output
- If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value, output is
produced and held.
- If the reset terminal turns ON (external reset) or the power source is
temporarily shut down Set
(power
Value source reset), the internal counting circuit
andCount
the output
holding circuit reset.
Input
Set Value
Count
Input
Counter
Output
Holding Output
External Reset
Counter Output
Input
Holding Output
External Reset
Input
588
N.O
■Totem-pole EOutput
Count
Input
Counter
Output
Counter Output
Contact Signal Input
Contact Signal Input
OUTN.O Non-contact Signal Input
E
OUT
(Grounding)
Non-contact Signal Input
E
Non-contact Signal Input
(Grounding)
E
From
Previous Step
Set Value
C
N.C
Set Value
Count Input
Contact Signal Input
N.C
C
OUT
■Consolidated Counter
■A-Type Operation (Specific time output operation)
N.O
Relay
+Power Source
Relay
The total counter only displays the discrete value and does not have control
output.
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
無接点信号
Contact Signal Input
■Non-contact
Signal Output and
N.C
+12 V Power Source for Sensor
C
Contact Signal
Output
Input terminal
The double preset counter has two sets of setters and two output circuits,
and can output in the set values.
One consolidated counter has the built-in functions of several counters, and
when any one of the counters reaches its preset value, it produces output.
The consolidated counter is most suitable for the maintenance of several
tools as needed by tool replacement for machining centers and NC machine
tools.
無接点信号入
無接点信号入
無接点信号
A形動作
A kind of non-contact
output, a totem-pole output circuit has transistors Q1
and Q2 of the output circuit connected in series with the output extruding
V
from the intermediate point as shown in the figure below.Therefore, a totemV
poleVoutput circuit can take out larger current compared with conventional
Q1
non-contact output. (Both P load and N load)
From
トーテムポール
Q1
Previous
Step
A totem-pole
output circuit is used in the
way as conventional non- トーテムポー
Q1 sameOUT
From
OUT
FromStepoutput, but can directly drive the relay.
Previous
トーテムポ
contact
OUT
Previous Step
V
Q2
Q2
E
From
E
Previous
Step
E
B形動作
E
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
E
E
B形動作
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Q2
Q1
OUT
E
Q2
E
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
トーテムポ
Electronic Counter / Controller
Descriptions of Terms
Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. =
1
■Maximum Counting Speed
Maximum Counting Speed
×
1
1
2
(s)
1
This numeric
value
of×each
The maximum
speed
shows inupthe
to specifications
what pulses the
inputmodel.
pulse signal
Ta *MIN.
= counting
Tb MIN.
= is provided
(s)
Maximum Counting Speed
of the make ratio 1: 1(Ta=Tb)
can be counted per second, 2and uses Hz as
the unit.* This numeric value is provided in the specifications of each model.
If the make ratio is not 1:1 as shown in1(2) and (3) below, 1the input pulse
Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. =
×
(s)
signal width is limited by TaMaximum
MIN. or TbCounting
MIN.
2
Speed
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Banks
A bank refers to the number of programs.
Each bank can be separately programmed (operation setup).
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
* This numeric value is provided1in the specifications of1 each model.
Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. =
Maximum Counting Speed
×
2
(s)
* This
value is provided in the specifications of each model.
Inputnumeric
Pulse Signal
Ta
Tb
Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N .
Ta
Tb
Signal
(1) Input
Ta =Pulse
Tb Can be counted if Ta or Tb is longer than Ta MIN. or Tb MIN.
Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N .
Input Pulse Signal
Ta
Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N .
Input Pulse Signal
Ta
(2) Ta < Tb
Input
Pulse
Signalif
Can be
counted
Tb
Tb
Ta =T than
b≧TaTaMMIN.
I N .=T b
Ta is longer
Ta
Tb
Ta
Tb
MIN.
Ta≧Ta M I N .
Input Pulse Signal
Ta≧Ta M I N .
Pulse
(3) Input
Ta >
TbSignal
Tb
Ta
Can be counted if Tb is longer than Tb MIN.
Input Pulse Signal
Input Pulse Signal
Ta≧Ta M I N .
Ta
Tb
Ta
Input Pulse Signal
Ta
Tb
Ta≧Ta M I N .
T b≧T b M I N .
Tb
T b≧T
b MIN
. input terminal
If the non-contact signal is added as the input pulse
signal,
the
can be
selected
according to the counting speed (frequency). If the contact
Input
Pulse Signal
b
signal is added, the input terminal withTathe lowest Tmaximum
counting speed
should be used.
T b≧T b M I N .
Input Pulse Signal
■Reset
- Power source reset
Ta
Tb
T b≧T b M I N .
The power source reset operates after a certain period of time when the
power is supplied. If you want to operate it at any given time, the power
source can be reset by shutting down the power once and supplying it
again.
- Automatic reset
The automatic reset operates when the counter is used in the A-type
operation, and it operates for a certain period of time after the counter
counts up. Since this time is shorter than the period of input of the
maximum counting speed of the counter, the counter encounters no
counting errors and starts counting from "0" again even while counting
consecutive inputs.
- External reset
Explanation
ofb the
Terms in
Ta =T
の 場Technical
合
the Specifications
Ta =T b の 場 合
Counting Input Inhibit Gate (Responsivity)
Delay ON time: The time until the counting input is shut down after the input
of the counting input inhibit gate turns ON.
Tatime
=Tuntil
b のcounting
場 合 is enabled after the input of the
Delay OFF time: The
counting input inhibit gate turns OFF.
=T bInput
の 場(Responsivity)
合
External Ta
Setting
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Delay ON time: The time until the set circuit starts operating after the external
Ta<T
bturns
の場
setting input
ON.合
Delay OFF time: The time until the set circuit stops operates after the
external setting
turns OFF.
Ta<T
b のinput
場合
External Reset (Responsivity)
Delay ON time: Delay ON time: The time until the reset after the reset input
Ta<T b の 場 合
turns ON.
Delay OFF time: The time until the counting is enabled after the reset input
becomesbOFF.
Ta<T
の場合
Ta>T b の 場 合
Power Source Reset (Reset time)
The time until counting
is enabled
Ta>T
b の 場after
合 the power is resupplied after the
power source has been reset.
Automatic Reset (Reset time)
Ta>T b の 場 合
The time until counting is enabled again after the counting circuit is reset
simultaneously with count overflow.
Ta>T b の 場 合
Non-contact Output (Responsivity)
The time until the output signal is produced in the non-contact output
terminal after the final pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting
input terminal.
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Contact Output (Responsivity)
The time until the N.O. contact point of the output relay closes after the final
pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting input terminal.
Output Prohibition Gate (Responsivity)
Delay ON time: The time until the generation of an output signal is prohibited
after the input of the output prohibition gate turns ON.
Delay OFF time: The time until the generation of an output signal is enabled
after the input of the output prohibition gate turns OFF.
The external reset operates while the predetermined voltage is applied to
the reset input terminal. (Some models operate the external reset with an
"L" level.)
- Manual reset
The manual reset operates while the push button on the counter surface
panel is pressed by manual operation.
■Power Source for Sensors
The counter can supply power to the outside from this power source.
Since the power source can be used for supplying power to proximity
sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders, the connection with
various types of sensors becomes easy.
Koyo Electronics' electronic counters have a built-in power source for
sensors. (Excluding the DC type)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
589
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□
Features
Embedded Installation Type
Cam Controller
- The embedded installation type of programmable
cams enable constant checking of the operating
state from a control panel.
- The programmable cams have enhanced features
such as advancing, abnormality detection, and a
multipurpose communication port.
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Features
- Obtained advanced safety certification
- Supporting a wide range of industries
The programmable cams can be used in Category 4 applications of
EN954-1, safety integrity level 3 (SIL) of IEC61508, and the performance
level e of ISO13849-1: 2006. Users can easily and securely create a safe
environment that conforms to international standards.
- Reliable operation based on high level selfdiagnosis
The CPU module and the input-output module are equipped with selfmonitoring capabilities that constantly monitor for undervoltage and
overvoltage, grasp connection and operation status by test pulse, and
crosscheck switching by channel monitoring.
- Easy tooling changes
Since the FC2-161F-C-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-321F-C-1
can register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the
bank input at the time of tooling change.
The programmable cams are most suited for the timing control of various
kinds of filling machines, wrapping machines, coaters, and bottling
machines in the food, packaging, and printing industries.
- Surface-Mount types also available
Surface-Mount type of programmable cams are available in the FC280-C-1/FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1.
- Automatic correction of advancing angle
(FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1)
If the timing of the machine that changes its rotating speed is controlled
by a programmable cam, the difference in operation timing due to actuator
delays becomes the problem.
The automatic advancing function corrects this timing difference by
outputting the angle equivalent to the operation delay time of the actuator
earlier according to the angle calculated from the rotating speed at that
time.
Advancing Angle
Advancing Angle
Setting Angle
Low Speed
Medium Speed
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
High Speed
0˚
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
30˚
60˚
90˚
120˚
[Applications]
- Changing the speed at startup and stopping
- Devices that change speed
- Devices that require speed control
590
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□
Specifications
Items
FC2-81F-C-1
12/24 V DC
Power Supply Pressure
Fluctuation Range
10.8 to 26.4 V DC
Power Consumption
5W
Ambient Operating
Temperature
−10 to 50˚C
FC2-161F-C-1
FC2-321F-C-1
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
8W
Storage Temperature
−20 to 70˚C (No freezing)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Surrounding Atmosphere
in Place of Use
No corrosive gases
Vibration Resistance
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Impact Resistance
Endurance: 500 m/s, 3 axial directions
Noise Resistance
HMI
SENSOR
■General Specifications
Supply Voltage
PLC
Between power supply terminals: 1.0 kV
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV
Programmable
Cam
Pulse width 1μs/start-up 1ns/Square wave pulse
Protective Structure
IP54: Only the surface sheet
Size (mm)
95 W x 80 H x 66.7 D
140 W x 90 H x 66.7 D
40 W x 90 H x 66.7 D
Weight (g)
300
420
420
■Function/Performance Specifications
Items
Number of Input Points
Encoder Input
Control Input
FC2-81F-C-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Protection input: 1 point/
Origin input: 1 point
FC2-161F-C-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Bank input: 3 points/
Protection input: 1 point/
Origin input: 1 point
FC2-321F-C-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Bank: 4 points/
Protection input: 1 point/
Origin input: 1 point
H: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)
Resolution: 360/720 per revolution (Output code: Gray binary)
H: 7.5 V to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V
Number of Outputs
8 points
Output Specifications
NPN open collector Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower
Number of Output Area
Settings
16 settings
64 settings
128 settings
Response Rotating
Speed
r/min (rpm)
Resolution 360: 300/
Resolution 720: 150
Resolution 360: 1600/
Resolution 720: 800
Resolution 360: 1600/
Resolution 720: 800
Output Response Time
550 μs or less
250 μs or less
250 μs or less
Power Supply Start Time
2 s or less
8 (Banks 0 to 7)
10 (Banks 0 to 9)
Number of Banks
No
Program Memory
EEPROM
16 points
Resolution
360/720 per revolution (Switched from a DIP switch)
CW/CCW Direction
Switching
Switched from a DIP switch
RUN Output
ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment modes (Switched from a DIP switch)
Display Switching
Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch)
Origin Correction
Arbitrary point becomes the origin.
32 points
Special Features
Protection function
Protection function, copy function, pulse output function, communication function
Communication
̶
RS-232C Protocol dedicated to FC
Available
Available
Open
Open
Advancing Function
No
Accessories
Mounting brackets
Price
Open
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
591
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
FC2-81F□
Each Part Name and Function
①
INFORMATION
■Panel Explanation
②
① Status display
③
④
①
⑤
⑥
②
⑦
② Angle / Rotating speed
display
- Displays the angle / rotating speed.
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
③ Origin key
- Corrects the origin.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
ANALOG
r/min
PRG MON
SELECT
- Displays the angle / rotating speed.
COUNTER
Front
Front
④ Output display
- Displays the ON/OFF state of output.
- Lights the output No. designated by the
[Output] key.
WRITE
Front
HOME
FC2-81F-C-1
ANALOG
START
r/min
PRG MON
PRG
TCH
TEST
RUN
HOME
GOOD
HOME
OUT
READ
SELECT
MODE
CLR
ENT
WRITE
FC2-81F-C-1
⑧
⑨
⑧ Operation key
⑧
⑧
⑫ DIP switches
⑨
⑬ Terminal block
PRG
TCH
TEST
RUN
HOME
GOOD
MODE
OUT
READ
CLR
ENT
⑧
BANK
⑤
①
②
⑥
⑦
③
⑧
④
0
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
0
Back
ST
⑪ Connector for encoder
POWER
I.C
PRO
1
0
3
2
5
4
6
O.C
CW 360 CAM
10.8 to 26.4V DC
Back
Back
⑪
⑬
⑫
DC+ DC− HOME
ST
POWER
I.C
PRO
0
1
3
2
5
4
CCW 720 RUN
7
6
⑬
O.C
CW 360 CAM
10.8 to 26.4V DC
⑭
⑬
⑪
⑬
⑭
■Connection Wiring
DC+
DC−
HOME
I.C
ST
PRO
1
3
0
5
7
4
2
6
O.C
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Fuse
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Output Common
Starting Input
12/24 V DC
Power Source
Power Source
for Load
Load
Power Source for Programmable Cam
0
35 V DC or lower
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Output
External Origin Input
Protection Input
(Connected for Protection)
1. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering.
2. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal.
592
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
3
BANK
1
4
FUN
5
6
ANA
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
HOME
FUN
2
START
HOME
GOOD
CCW 720 RUN
7
HOME
FUN
2
BANK
⑫
DC+ DC− HOME
1
START
HOME
GOOD
Back
⑦ Normal display
ANA
Front
⑤ Start input display
⑥ External origin input display
FUN
BANK
⑨ Sets the status display.
- Provided with the cover
START
①
②
③
④
3
4
5
6
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-81F□
Operation Setting
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Default Setting
ENCODER
Default Setting
Switch 1: Select the rotation direction.
CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.
CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.
Power OFF
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder.
360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution
720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution
Setting DIP Switches
CCW 720 RUN
Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output.
CAM: When using all output as CAM output
RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output*
* Specific output that enables RUN output
FC2-81F-C: Output 7
FC2-161F-C: Output 15
FC2-321F-C: Output 31
The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and
adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs.
ON
OFF
Electronic
Counter
CW 360 Cam
Setting for
shipment
from factory
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Power ON
Delete All the Output Area
Settings
Deletion of Origin Correction
- Setting or teaching mode
Delete all the output area settings.
[Delete] [Write] [Execute]
- Teaching mode
FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7
Delete the origin correction.
FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9
[Delete] [Origin] [Execute]
Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank.
Initial Setting Complete
Setting
NG
- Setting and teaching mode
Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction.
Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct
OK
Adjustment
NG
- Adjustment mode
Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run.
(If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.)
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Check if output is appropriate.
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
OK
Run
- Operation mode
Operate the programmable cam.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
593
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
FC2-81F□
Operation Setting
■List of Operations
ENCODER
Operation Mode
Switching of Operation Mode
Operation
1
Adjustment
Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially.
Setting
Teaching
Adjustment
Operation
INFORMATION
Teaching
Operating Procedures
Setting
Function
COUNTER
●
●
●
●
The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode.
Electronic
Counter
2
Display Switching
The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key.
×
×
●
●
3
Designation of Bank No.
Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No.
●
●
×
×
4
Designation of Output No.
Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is
pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.
●
●
●
●
5
Readout of Output Area Setting
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓]
key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.
●
●
●
●
6
Deletion of One Output Area Setting
After reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to
delete the read-out output area setting.
●
●
×
×
7
Deletion of All Output Area Settings of
Designated Output
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*))
[Execute] keys to delete the settings.
●
●
×
×
8
Deletion of All Output Area Settings in
Designated Bank
Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings.
Note 1
However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.
●
●
×
×
9
Deletion of All Output Area Settings
Press the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings.
However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.
●
●
×
×
10
Writing of Output Area Setting
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.
Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key.
(The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
●
×
×
×
11
Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.
Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting
with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
×
●
×
×
12
Setting of Origin Correction
Set the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the
[Origin] key to select the angle of origin.
With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚.
×
●
×
×
13
Deletion of Origin Correction
Set the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The
output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is.
×
●
×
×
14
Change of Output Area Setting
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the
[Write] key and write the changed value.
●
×
×
×
15
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During
The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key.
Operation
The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key.
(Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON)
Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes.
×
×
●
×
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
(* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys.
Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual.
Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished.
■List of Error Codes
Error Code
Display
Contents
Rotary encoder
connection error
E18
E19
Rotary encoder code
error
E20
594
Description
Cause / Corrective Action
The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not
correspond to the designation of the resolution of the
programmable cam.
- Setting of the DIP switch is different.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
- Failure of the rotary encoder.
The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected.
The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.
- Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).
- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the
rotary encoder.
- Effects of exogenous noise.
E21
Memory change error
The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and
advancing) have been changed.
- Effects of excessive noise.
- Delete all the set values and reenter all settings.
E30
Rotational speed error
The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of
the rotary encoder.
- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
Set Value LED
Blinking
Setting value error
The output area setting is duplicated.
- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set
value.
The output area setting is protected.
- Check the protection input.
Bank Display
A to F
Bank error
A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input.
- Check the bank input.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-81F□
Dimensions
Body of the FC2-81F-C-1
ENCODER
66.7
95
9.5
80
9.5
80
COUNTER
51
66.7
95
FC2-81F-C-1
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
FC2-81F-C-1
PLC
INFORMATION
51
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Panel-cut Dimensions90±
for Embedded Installation
0.5
Panel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm
75±
0.5
75±
0.5
90±0.5
R0
R0
.5
to 2
.5
to 2
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
66.7
145
9.5
51
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
66.7
145
9.5
51
90
FC2-161F-C-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
90
FC2-161F-C-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
135±0.5
85±
0.5
135±0.5
85±
0.5
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
595
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-161F□/321F□
Front
PLC
HMI
r/min
Each Part Name and Function
PRG MON
SENSOR
SELECT
⑧
■Panel Explanation
WRITE
① Status display
ENCODER
⑨
FC2-81F-C-1
r/min
PRG
TCH
TEST
RUN
- Displays the Bank / FUN
COUNTER
PRG MON
MODE
INFORMATION
② Bank
/ FUN display
READ
SELECT
⑧
③
Angle
/ Rotating
speed display
CLR
ENT
⑧ / rotating speed.
- Displays
the angle
WRITE
- Displays the ON/OFF state of output.
READ
- Lights the output
⑧ No. designated by the [Output]
CLR
ENT
key.
OUT
PRG
TCH
Electronic
TEST
Counter
RUN
MODE
⑥ Start input display
⑦ External origin input display
⑧ Normal display
⑨ Sets the status display.
⑩ Operation key
⑪ Origin key
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
FUN
BANK
ANALOG
r/min
⑨
PRG MON
SELECT
FC2-161F-C-1
WRITE
* The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points.
Front
BANK
FC2-161F-C-1
HOME
FUN
READ
⑤
①
②
⑥
⑦
③
⑧
④
OUT
④ Bank / FUN key
⑨
⑤ Output display
FC2-81F-C-1
①
②
③
④
0
1
BANK
2
3
4
FUN
5
6
7
ANALOG
8
START
HOME
GOOD
BANK
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
0
1
2
3
4
5
r/min
PRG MON
PRG
TEST
TCH
RUN
OUT
OUT
READ
SELECT
MODE
CLR
ENT
WRITE
6
7
8
START
HOME
GOOD
TEST
TCH
RUN
⑩
OUT
OUT
READ
MODE
CLR
ENT
⑫
Back
- Corrects the origin.
HOME
I.C
PRO
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
O.C
10.8 to 26.4V DC
OME
I.C
PRO
0
1
3
2
5
4
7
6
O.C
10.8 to 26.4V DC
⑨
⑩
⑩
⑪
⑫
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PRG
⑪
READ
FC2-161F-C-1
HOME
FUN
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
⑩
⑫ Mode display
⑫
CCW 720 RUN
⑬ Connector for output
CW⑭
360 Connector
CAM
for encoder
⑮ Mode display
⑯ Connector for communication
⑮
4 5 6 7
12 13 14 15
0 1 2 3 O.C 8 9 10 11 O.C
CCW 720 RUN
Back
DC+ DC−
POWER
⑬
- Connection cable:
⑫ Z-20JP2 (Sold separately)
(RS-232C modular 6 pins)
ST
B0
B1
HOME PRO
B2
I.C
10.8 to 26.4V DC
CW 360 CAM
⑮
CCW 720 RUN
4 5 6 7
12 13 14 15
0 1 2 3 O.C 8 9 10 11 O.C
⑰ Terminal block
⑬
⑭
CW 360 CAM
- Provided with the cover
CCW 720 RUN
DC+ DC−
POWER
⑬
ST
B0
B1
B2
HOME PRO
I.C
10.8 to 26.4V DC
CW 360 CAM
⑯
⑰
⑬
■Connection Wiring
DC+
DC−
⑭
ST
B1
B0
B2
B3
HOME
PRO
⑯
I.C
⑰
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Input Common
Power Source for
Programmable Cam
Protection Input
(Connected for Protection)
Starting Input
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
12/24 V DC
Power Source
0
1
2
3
Bank Input
External Origin Input
1. Bank input 3 is equipped only on the FC2-321F-C.
2. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering.
3. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal.
■Connector Arrangement
FC2-161F-C
4
5
6
7
Use Range
12 13 14 15
0
1
2
3 O.C 8
9
20
10 11 O.C 16
21 22 23
28 29 30 31
FC2-321F-C
Use Range
17 18 19 O.C 24 25 26 27 O.C
Fuse
35 V DCV or lower
Load
0
7
Output
596
Power source
for Load
8
15
Output
16
23
Output
24
31
Output
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-161F□/321F□
Operation Setting
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Connection Connector
Cam Switch
ENCODER
Terminal Unit
U-□□JT
TF-32D
Cable for Connecting a Programmable Cam
COUNTER
and the TF-32D Terminal Unit
INFORMATION
FC-161F-C
(3 m Cable) U-30JH
FC-321F-C
(1 m Cable) LC-013
Electronic
Counter
FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED
(40P Connector) LC-010
Connector : FCN-361J040-AU
Cover
Tachometer
: FCN-360C040-J1
Digital Timer
Terminal Unit Connection
Cable (TF-32D)
U-10JT
1m
Open price
U-30JT
3m
Open price
U-50JT
5m
Open price
One-end Loose Wire Cable
40P Connector
U-30JH
3m
LC-013
1m
LC-010
Open price
Programmable
Cam
Open price
Open price
■Default Setting
Default Setting
Switch 1: Select the rotation direction.
CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.
CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder.
Power OFF
Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder.
360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution
720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution
Setting DIP Switches
CCW 720 RUN
Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output.
CAM: When using all output as CAM output
RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output*
* Specific output that enables RUN output
FC2-81F-C: Output 7
FC2-161F-C: Output 15
FC2-321F-C: Output 31
The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and
adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs.
ON
OFF
CW 360 Cam
Setting for
shipment
from factory
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Power ON
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Delete All the Output Area
Settings
Deletion of Origin Correction
- Setting or teaching mode
Delete all the output area settings.
[Delete] [Write] [Execute]
- Teaching mode
FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7
Delete the origin correction.
FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9
[Delete] [Origin] [Execute]
Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank.
Initial Setting Complete
Setting
NG
- Setting and teaching mode
Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction.
Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct
OK
Adjustment
NG
- Adjustment mode
Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run.
(If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.)
Check if output is appropriate.
OK
Run
- Operation mode
Operate the programmable cam.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
597
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
FC2-161F□/321F□
Operation Setting
■List of Operations
ENCODER
Operation Mode
Switching of Operation Mode
Operation
1
Adjustment
Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially.
Setting
Teaching
Adjustment
Operation
INFORMATION
Teaching
Operating Procedures
Setting
Function
COUNTER
●
●
●
●
The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode.
Electronic
Counter
2
Display Switching
The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key.
×
×
●
●
3
Designation of Bank No.
Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No.
●
●
×
×
4
Designation of Output No.
Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is
pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.
●
●
●
●
5
Readout of Output Area Setting
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓]
key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out.
●
●
●
●
6
Deletion of One Output Area Setting
After reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to
delete the read-out output area setting.
●
●
×
×
7
Deletion of All Output Area Settings of
Designated Output
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*))
[Execute] keys to delete the settings.
●
●
×
×
8
Deletion of All Output Area Settings in
Designated Bank
Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings.
Note 1
However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.
●
●
×
×
9
Deletion of All Output Area Settings
Press the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings.
However, the origin correction setting is not deleted.
●
●
×
×
10
Writing of Output Area Setting
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.
Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key.
(The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
●
×
×
×
11
Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)
Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No.
Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting
with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
×
●
×
×
12
Setting of Origin Correction
Set the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the
[Origin] key to select the angle of origin.
With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚.
×
●
×
×
13
Deletion of Origin Correction
Set the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The
output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is.
×
●
×
×
14
Change of Output Area Setting
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the
[Write] key and write the changed value.
●
×
×
×
15
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During
The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key.
Operation
The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key.
(Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON)
Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes.
×
×
●
×
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
(* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys.
Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual.
Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished.
■List of Error Codes
Error Code
Display
Contents
Rotary encoder
connection error
E18
E19
Rotary encoder code
error
E20
598
Description
Cause / Corrective Action
The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not
correspond to the designation of the resolution of the
programmable cam.
- Setting of the DIP switch is different.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
- Failure of the rotary encoder.
The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected.
The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.
- Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).
- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the
rotary encoder.
- Effects of exogenous noise.
E21
Memory change Error
The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and
advancing) have been changed.
- Effects of excessive noise.
- Delete all the set values and reenter all settings.
E30
Rotational speed error
The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of
the rotary encoder.
- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
Set Value LED
Blinking
Setting value error
The output area setting is duplicated.
- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set
value.
The output area setting is protected.
- Check the protection input.
Bank Display
A to F
Bank error
A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input.
- Check the bank input.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
75±0.5
75
Electronic Counter / Controller
.5
to 2
R0
2.5
o
t
R0
FC2-161F□/321F□
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Body of the FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1
ENCODER
66.7
145
145
9.5
5166.7
9.5
51
COUNTER
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
90 90
FC2-161F-C-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 FC2-161F-C-1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
FC2-161F-C-1
* The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points.
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
Panel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm
135±0.5
0.5
85±85±
0.5
135±0.5
.5
to 2
R0
.5
2
to
R0
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
■Manual
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Name of Reference
FC Series Operation Manual
Contents
How to operate the FC2-81F-C-1, FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1
The manuals above can be downloaded from our website at http://www.koyoele.co.jp.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
599
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
COUNTER
INFORMATION
FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□
Features
Surface-Mount Installation Type
Cam Controller
- An electronic programmable cam that features
usability and high performance in a compact body
- The surface-mount installation type has three models
according to the control scale.
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
■Features
- Easy operation
- High position accuracy detection / control
The programmable cams can be easily operated with the feeling of a
digital switch.
- Settings cannot be changed during operation.
Using the adjustment mode, the ON/OFF position can be fine-tuned
without stopping the machine.
- Easy tooling change
Since the FC2-160-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-320-1 can
register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the bank
input at the time of tooling change.
- Automatic correction of advancing angle
(FC2-320-1)
To correct the response delay of a machine (actuator), the programmable
cam has 8 built-in output points that can automatically correct the ON/
OFF timing of the CAM output according to the change in the number of
revolutions.
- Equipped with multipurpose communication ports
(FC2-160-1, FC2-320-1)
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
If the ports are used in communications with a PLC, the PLC can issue the
operation commands to and change the set values of the programmable
cams, and the programmable cams can read the angle and output state
from the PLC. Programs can be copied between FC and FC.
Since an optical absolute encoder is used for the sensor, the
programmable cam can achieve much better linearity compared with
resolvers. Moreover, it causes no errors even when the sensor is replaced.
- High speed response
1600 rpm (800 rpm when the resolution is 720)
- Protection function that prevents malfunctions
If the protection input is short-circuited after adjustments are made or
before the shipment of a machine, this feature prevents end users from
accidentally operating equipment, thus eliminating trouble.
- Rotation state can be grasped at a glance.
The programmable cams are equipped with a roulette display that enables
users to grasp the rotation direction and rotation position at a glance.
- Equipped with an origin correction function.
It is not necessary to align the angle to mount an encoder.
- DIN rail installation
The installation on DIN rails and screws are both supported.
- Battery-less
No battery is required owing to an onboard EEPROM.
- Fully equipped with an enhanced absolute type of
rotary encoder as a sensor
The lineup consists of the compact (outside diameter φ50mm / depth
35mm) TRD-NA series, robust TRD-K series, and environmental-resistant
TRD-KL series, which can be selected according to applications.
600
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□
Specifications
FC2-80-C-1
FC2-160-1
Supply Voltage
10.8 to 26.4 V DC
85 to 264 V AC
20 VA
Power Consumption
5W
Ambient Operating
Temperature
−10 to +50˚C
Storage Temperature
−20 to +70˚C (No freezing)
Use / Storage Ambient
Humidity
35 to 85% RH (No condensation)
Dielectric Voltage
Insulation Resistance
FC2-320-1
INFORMATION
Not specified because the part between the DC
power supply and input-output terminal is not
insulated.
2 kV 1 min (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis)
Impact Resistance
Endurance: 490 m/s2, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2, 3 axial directions
Between power supply terminals: 1.0 kV
Electronic
Counter
20 MΩ (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis)
Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV
Programmable
Cam
(Pulse width 1 μs / Start-up 1 ns/Square wave pulse)
Size (mm)
105 W x 1000 H x 66 D
140 W x 100 H x 66 D
195 W x 100 H x 66 D
Weight (g)
300
450
550
Open
Open
Accessories
No
Price
Open
ENCODER
COUNTER
Vibration Resistance
Noise Resistance
HMI
SENSOR
■General Specifications
Items
PLC
■Function/Performance Specifications
Items
Number of Input Points
FC2-80-C-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Protection input: 1 point
FC2-160-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Bank input: 3 points/
Protection input: 1 point
FC2-320-1
Starting input: 1 point/
Bank input: 4 points/
Protection input: 1 point
Resolution
360/720 per rotation (Switched from a DIP switch)
Encoder Input
H: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON) (Open collector withstanding pressure: 14 V or more)
Control Input
H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)
Number of Outputs
8 points
Output Specifications
NPN open collector Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower / Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower
Number of Output Area
Settings
16 settings for a total of 8 outputs
(There is no restriction on the number of settings 32 settings for a total of 16 outputs
per output as long as the total number of settings (32 times per bank)
is within 16.)
64 settings for a total of 32 outputs
(64 times per bank)
Response Rotating
Speed
r/min (rpm)
Resolution 360: 300/
Resolution 720: 150
Resolution 360: 1600/
Resolution 720: 800
Resolution 360: 1600/
Resolution 720: 800
(No advancing setting)
Output Response Time
550 μs or less
250 μs or less
250 μs or less (No advancing setting)
Power Supply Start Time
2 s or less
8 (Banks 0 to 7)
10 (Banks 0 to 9)
16 points
Number of banks
1
Display Switching
Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch)
CW/CCW Direction
Switching
Switched from a DIP switch
RUN Output
̶
Origin Correction
Arbitrary point becomes the origin.
Program Memory
EEPROM
Program Storage
̶
Advancing Function
̶
Pulse Output Setting
̶
32 points
(Advancing angle can be set in 8 points.)
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
ON at normal time (Switched from a DIP switch): Operation adjustment mode*
Available (Only output 0 to 7)
The number of pulses that can be set for the resolution can be arbitrarily selected.
(One pulse output setting is equivalent to one output area setting.)
* The output of the final No. is set to either CAM output or RUN output from the DIP switch.
* Memory card for the FC2-320-1 The M-01F has been discontinued.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
601
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
FC2-80□
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
ENCODER
① Angle / Rotating speed
display
COUNTER
- Displays the angle / rotating speed.
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Front
⑦ Rotation position display
ANGLE
r/min
② Output display
①
- Displays the ON/OFF state of output.
- Lights the output No. designated by the
[Output] key.
②
③
③ Origin key
④
⑤
- Corrects the origin.
④ Connector for encoder
⑧ Action indication
ON
OFF
PRG MON
START
TCH
FC2-80-C-1
- Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set
value / starting / teaching
⑧
HOME
⑨ Operation key
ON
OUT
MODE
READ
CLR
⑨
PRG
TEST
OFF
⑩ DIP switches
- SW1: Selects the angle increasing
direction.
- SW2: Selects the encoder resolution.
- SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed
display.
RUN
⑥
⑤ Operation mode changing
switch
- Displays the angle in units of 30˚.
⑦
ANGLE/ r/min
⑩
- Selects the setting / adjustment /
operation modes.
⑥ Terminal block
Front
BANK
■Connection Wiring ①
ANGLE/ r/min
ON
OFF
②
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
1
4
3
③
5
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
Attachment Bore Processing Dimensions
PRG MON
START
GOOD
6
7
FC2-160-1
94
O.C
MODE
TEST
PRG
TCH
MODE
HOME
OFF
⑩
(105)
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑫
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
⑪
RUN
89
I.C
2
⑧
Output Common
Power Source
for Load
35 V DC or lower
Load
Starting Input
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Power Source for Programmable Cam
10.8 to 26.4 V DC
ST
0
(100)
DC+ DC– PRO
⑨
ANGLE
r/min
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Output
Protection Input (Connected for Protection)
Front
BANK
ANGLE/ r/min
⑨
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
ON
OFF
START
GOOD
FC2-320-1
MODE
MODE
TEST
RUN
PRG
TCH
D.CAM
SAVE
HOME
OFF
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑩
⑪
⑧
602
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-80□
Operation Setting
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Default Setting
ENCODER
Default Setting
Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder).
ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation.
Power OFF
Setting DIP Switches
Power ON
INFORMATION
Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder.
ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation.
OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation.
Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.
ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle.
Dip Switch
Read the set contents of the DIP switches.
ON
Setting Mode or
Teaching Mode
COUNTER
Deletes all the output area settings.
[Delete] [Off] [On Execute]
OFF
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
1
2
3
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Teaching Mode
Deletes the origin correction.
[Delete] [Origin] [On Execute]
Initial Setting Complete
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
603
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
FC2-80□
Operation Setting
■List of Operations
ENCODER
Operation Mode
Setting
Teaching
Adjustment
Operation
●
●
●
●
●
●
×
×
Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed, the lighting
position of the output display changes.)
●
●
●
●
Readout of Output Area Setting
Designate the output No. and press the [Readout] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read
out.
●
●
●
●
5
Deletion of One Output Area Setting
After reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want to delete,
press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting. If the ON (OFF) angle is deleted, the
corresponding ON (OFF) angle is also deleted.
●
●
×
×
6
Deletion of All Output Area Settings of
Designated Output
Designate the output No. and press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings.
●
●
×
×
7
Deletion of All Output Area Settings
Press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction
setting is not deleted.
●
●
×
×
●
×
×
×
Function
COUNTER
Operating Procedures
Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch
Setting
Adjustment
Operation
INFORMATION
1
Switching of Operation Mode
2
Switching of Setting Mode
3
Designation of Output No.
4
The setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key.
Setting
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Teaching
Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write
the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area
setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
8
Writing of Output Area Setting
9
Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching)
Designate the output No. Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set,
and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the
output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
×
●
×
×
10
Setting of Origin Correction
Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key. The
position becomes 0˚.
×
●
×
×
11
Deletion of Origin Correction
Press the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the
rotary encoder is displayed as is.
×
●
×
×
12
Change of Output Area Setting
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the changed value of
ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/
OFF display blinks once.)
●
×
×
×
13
Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key.
Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During
Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes. (The
Operation
ON/OFF display continues to blink until the changes are complete.)
×
×
●
×
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
《When turning output ON for all angles》
Display the angle of 0˚ (0.0˚), and press the [On Execute][Off] keys to write the output area setting of
all angles as ON.
■List of Error Codes
Error Code
Display
604
Contents
Description
Cause / Corrective Action
E18
Rotary encoder
connection error
The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not
correspond to the designation of the resolution of the
programmable cam.
- Setting of the DIP switch is different.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
- Failure of the rotary encoder.
E19
Rotary encoder code
error/
Cord discontinuous error
The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected.
The cam-operated switch cannot respond to the rotating speed of
the rotary encoder.
The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.
- Setting of the DIP switch is different.
- Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).
- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the
rotary encoder.
- Effects of exogenous noise.
- Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder.
E21
Memory change error
The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and
advancing) have been changed.
- Effects of excessive noise. /-Delete all the set values and reenter
all settings.
Set Value LED
Blinking
Setting value error
The output area setting is duplicated.
- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set
value.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-80□
Dimensions
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit: mm)
Body of the FC2-80-C-1
ENCODER
105
105
8
8
66
66
COUNTER
INFORMATION
100
100
External Center
2.3
External
Center
DIN
2.3Rail Center
DIN Rail Center
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation
(105)
(105)
94
94
8989
(100
(100
) )
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
140
140
8
8
66
66
100
100
External Center
2.3
External
Center
DIN
2.3Rail Center
DIN Rail Center
(140)
(140)
129
129
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
605
④
HMI
F
ENCODER
① Bank display
⑦
- Displays the bank No. designated in the bank
COUNTER
input.
- Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank]
⑧ key.
INFORMATION
FC2-80-C-1
OUT
MODE
READ
CLR
S
ANGLE/ r/min
⑨
ANGLE
r/min
①
②
ON
OFF
PRG MON
START
GOOD
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
MODE
TEST
PRG
TCH
MODE
HOME
OFF
⑩
FC2-160-1
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑫
⑪
RUN
- Displays the ON/OFF state of output.
- Lights the output No. designated by the [Output]
⑩
⑧
key.
Tachometer
④ DIP switches
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
n
ANGLE
r/min
ON
OFF
PRG MON
START
GOOD
MODE
OFF
-
SW1: Selects the angle increasing direction.
SW2: Selects the encoder resolution.
SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.
SW4: Selects the RUN output and the CAM
output.
Side
⑨
⑤ Mode display
Front
- Displays the setting / teaching mode.
⑩
⑥ Connector for encoder
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
BANK
⑫
①
②
FC2-160-1
⑦ Operation⑪mode changing switch
ANGLE/ r/min
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
- Selects the setting / adjustment / operation
modes.
⑧ Terminal block
⑨
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
ON
OFF
START
GOOD
FC2-320-1
MODE
MODE
TEST
RUN
PRG
TCH
D.CAM
SAVE
HOME
OFF
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑩
⑪
⑧
⑨ Rotation position display
- Displays the angle in units of 30˚.
⑩ Action indication
- Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value /
starting / normal
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
⑪ Operation key
⑨
⑫ Connector for communication
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
ON
OFF
START
GOOD
- RS-232C communication port
■Connection Wiring
AC
AC
606
BANK
OUT
HOME
OFF
G
B0
ST
READ
B2
I.C
B1 PRO
⑪
CLR
1
0
3
2
5
4
7
6
∼
0 1 2
Bank Input
8
O.C
10
9
12
11
14
13
O.C
15
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Output
RUN
Output Common
Output Common
D.CAM
SAVE
Input Common
RUN
PRG
TCH
Starting Input
TEST
⑩
FC2-320-1
MODE
MODE
Power Source for Programmable Cam
85 to 264 V AC
min
⑩
BANK
② Angle / Rotating speed display
⑨
- Displays the angle / rotating speed.
Electronic
Counter
HOME
CLR
Side
Front
③ Output display
PRG
TCH
READ
RUN
■Panel Explanation
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
START
TCH
OFF
Each Part Name and Function
SENSOR
ON
OFF
TEST
⑥
FC2-160□
PLC
⑨
PRG
Electronic Counter / Controller
⑤
Power Source
for Load
35 V DC or lower
Load
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (RUN)
Output
Protection Input (Connected for Protection)
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
FC2-320□
Each Part Name and Function
■Panel Explanation
N
F
MON
ART
H
FC2-80-C-1
OUT
MODE
READ
CLR
ANGLE/ r/min
⑨
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑨
② Angle / Rotating speed display
- Displays the angle / rotating speed.
- Displays the advancing angle or the advancing
⑩ rotating speed.
- Displays the saving, playback, and checking
operation.
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
ON
OFF
START
GOOD
FC2-320-1
MODE
MODE
PRG
TCH
TEST
HOME
D.CAM
SAVE
RUN
OFF
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑩
PRG MON
START
GOOD
MODE
HOME
OFF
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
⑧
Tachometer
Digital Timer
- Displays the ON/OFF state of output.
- Lights the output No. designated by the [Output]
key.
ON
OFF
COUNTER
⑪
③ Output display
ANGLE
r/min
HMI
ENCODER
BANK
input.
- Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank]
⑧ key.
- Displays the saving, reproduction, and checking
operation selected with the [+] key.
PLC
SENSOR
Side
Front
① Bank display
⑦
- Displays the bank No. designated in the bank
GLE
min
Programmable
Cam
Side
④ DIP switches
- SW1: Selects ⑨
the angle increasing direction.
- SW2: Selects the encoder resolution.
- SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.
the RUN output and the CAM output.
- SW4: Selects ⑩
⑫
FC2-160-1
⑤ Mode display
⑪ / teaching / advancing / saving.
- Displays the setting
OUT
BANK
READ
CLR
⑥ Connector for encoder
⑦ Operation mode changing switch
- Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes.
⑧ Terminal block
⑨ Rotation position display
- Displays the angle in units of 30˚./ Displays the
execution state of the saving, playback, and
checking operations.
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
⑩ Action indication
- Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value /
⑨
starting / normal
⑪ Operation key
ANGLE
r/min
PRG MON
ON
OFF
START
GOOD
⑫ Connector for communication
MODE
HOME
OFF
BANK
CLR
⑪
■Connection Wiring
G
B0
ST
B2 PRO
B1
B3
0
I.C
2
1
4
3
6
5
O.C
7
∼
0 1 2 3
Bank Input
9
8
11
10
13
12
15
14
16
O.C
18
17
20
19
22
21
O.C
23
25
24
27
26
29
28
31
30
RUN
O.C
Output Common
Output Common
AC
Output Common
AC
Output Common
RUN
OUT
READ
- RS-232C communication port
D.CAM
SAVE
Input Common
TEST
PRG
TCH
Starting Input
MODE
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
⑩
FC2-320-1
Power Source for Programmable Cam
85 to 264 V AC
G
H
Electronic Counter / Controller
⑧
Power Source
for Load
35 V DC or lower
Load
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Output
Output
Output
Output
(RUN)
Protection Input (Connected for Protection)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
607
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
FC2-160□/320□
Operation Setting
■Default Setting
ENCODER
Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder).
ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation.
Default Setting
COUNTER
Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder.
ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation.
OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation.
Power OFF
INFORMATION
Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display.
ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle.
Setting DIP Switches
Switch 4: Selects the RUN / CAM output.
ON: RUN output / OFF: CAM output
Electronic
Counter
Dip Switch
Read the set contents of the DIP switches.
Power ON
ON
Tachometer
OFF
Digital Timer
Setting Mode or
Teaching Mode
Deletes all the output area settings.
[Delete] [Off] [On Execute]
Teaching Mode
Deletes the origin correction for each bank.
(FC2-160-1: Banks 0 to 7 / FC2-320-1: Banks 0 to 9)
[Delete] [Origin] [On Execute]
1
2
3
4
Programmable
Cam
Initial Setting Complete
■List of Operations
Operation Mode
FC2-160-1
Setting
Teaching
(Only FC2-320)
Advancing
3
Designation of Bank No.
Press the [Bank] key and designate the bank No.
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
4
Designation of Output No.
Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed,
the lighting position of the output display changes.)
5
Readout of Output Area Setting
● ●
FC2-160-1
FC2-320-1
FC2-160-1
FC2-320-1
Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The ON and
OFF angle are alternately read out.
FC2-160-1
《When the pulse output is already set》
The ON start angle of the pulse output and the pulse number are alternately read out.
FC2-320-1
608
FC2-160-1
After reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want
to delete, press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting.
FC2-320-1
7
Deletion of All Output Area Settings of
Designated Output
Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output] [On
Execute] keys to delete the settings.
FC2-320-1
8
Deletion of All Output Area Settings in
Designated Bank
Designate the bank No. and press the [Delete][Bank][On Execute] keys to delete the
settings.
FC2-320-1
9
Deletion of all output area settings
Press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the
origin correction setting is not deleted.
FC2-320-1
FC2-160-1
《When setting the pulse output》
Designate the bank No. and the output No.
Display the ON start angle of pulse with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On
Execute][Off] keys.
Next, select the pulse number with the [+] key or [-] key, and write the output area
setting with the [On Execute] key.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
FC2-160-1
FC2-160-1
Designate the bank No. and the output No.
Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-]
key, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the
[Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
× ×
● ●
● ●
● ●
̶ ̶
● ×
̶ ̶
● ×
● ●
● ●
× ×
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
̶ ̶
× ×
̶ ̶
× ×
̶ ̶
× ×
̶ ̶
× ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
̶ ̶
FC2-160-1
● ×
FC2-320-1
× ×
̶ ̶
● ●
Deletion of One Output Area Setting
Writing of Output Area Setting
̶ ̶
FC2-320-1
6
10
● ●
● ●
● ●
Saving
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
̶ ̶
FC2-160-1
(Only FC2-320)
Operation
The setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key.
Switching of Setting Mode
Saving
FC2-320-1
Adjustment
2
Switching of Operation Mode
Advancing
1
Setting
Model
Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch
Setting
Adjustment
Operation
Teaching
Operating Procedures
Function
× ×
× ×
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-160□/320□
Operation Setting
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
Operation Mode
Designate the bank. Rotate and stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and
press the [Origin] key. The position becomes 0˚.
FC2-320-1
13
Deletion of Origin Correction
Designate the bank. Press the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin
correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as is.
FC2-320-1
Change of Output Area Setting
Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the
changed value of ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF
angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/OFF display blinks once.)
14
× ●
FC2-160-1
× ×
× ×
× ●
× ●
̶ ̶
× ×
̶ ̶
× ×
● ×
× ×
× ×
̶ ̶
Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change.
Operation
Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key.
16
Reading Out the Advancing Setting
Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The setting
of advancing angle and advancing rotating speed are alternately read out.
FC2-320-1
× × ● × × ×
17
Writing the Advancing Setting
Designate the bank No. and the output No., and read out the advancing angle or the
advancing rotating speed you want to set. Next, display the set values (advancing
angle and advancing rotating speed) with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On
Execute] key to write the set values.
FC2-320-1
× × ● × × ×
Deletion of the Advancing Setting
Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete][On Execute] keys
to delete the advancing setting. Both advancing angle and advancing rotating speed
become 0.
In the cases of the deletion of all designated output area settings / deletion of all
output area settings of designated bank / deletion of all output area settings, the
advancing setting is also deleted.
FC2-320-1
× × ● × × ×
Copying Between FC and FC
When performing s (save) and l (load), connect the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1 via the
communication port. (Used cable: Z-20JP2 )
18
Changing to the Copy Mode
× ×
● ×
Programmable
Cam
FC2-160-1
Bank
Display
Angle /
Rotating
speed display
s
fc-e
Save (Saving): Saving to external FC2-160-1/320
e-fc
Load (Duplicate): Duplication from external FC2-1601/320
-fc-
Copy (Transfer): Copying between internal banks
(Operating the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1)
l
19
× ×
Press the [Delete] [Mode] keys to display COPY in the angle / rotating speed display.
Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy operation.
Select the copy operation with the [+] key or the [-] key.
Selection of the Copy Operation
Tachometer
Digital Timer
15
FC2-320-1
Electronic
Counter
× ×
FC2-320-1
FC2-160-1
INFORMATION
× ×
̶ ̶
FC2-160-1
ENCODER
COUNTER
̶ ̶
FC2-160-1
FC2-160-1
Operation
Setting of Origin Correction
Saving
12
Adjustment
FC2-320-1
11
Teaching
Writing of Output Area Setting
(Teaching)
Advancing
Model
Designate the bank No. and the output No.
Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set, and write the
ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the
output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.)
Setting
Operating Procedures
Function
Operation
● × × × × ×
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy bank.
Display the bank subject to the copy operation with the [Bank] key, and select it with
the [On Execute] key. (Display blinks after selection.)
Selection of a Copy Bank and the
Execution of the Copy Operation
Angle / Rotating speed
display
①−②
all
Save
Load
FC2-320-1
Copy
①
Self-bank
Other bank
Source bank
②
Other bank
Self-bank
Source bank
all
All banks
All banks
̶
If you press the [On Execute] key again, the copy operation is executed.
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
609
Electronic Counter / Controller
PLC
HMI
SENSOR
ENCODER
FC2-160□/320□
Operation Setting
■List of Error Codes
Error Code
Display
Contents
Description
COUNTER
E18
Encoder connection error
The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not
correspond to the designation of the resolution of the
programmable cam.
- Setting of the DIP switch is different.
- Check the resolution of the rotary encoder.
- Failure of the rotary encoder.
E19
Encoder code error
The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected.
E20
Encoder code error
The rotary encoder code is discontinuous.
- Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected).
- Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of
the rotary encoder.
- Effects of exogenous noise.
E21
Memory Change Error
The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and
advancing) have been changed.
- Effects of excessive noise.
- Delete all the set values and reenter all settings.
E30
Rotational speed error
The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of
the rotary encoder.
INFORMATION
Electronic
Counter
Cause / Corrective Action
Tachometer
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
E70
E90 to 99
- Check the communication data.
- Check the operation mode.
- Check the protection input.
- Disconnection or short-circuit of the communication cable.
- Effects of exogenous noise.
Communications were not performed normally.
Communication error
Communications were not performed normally in the copy
operation.
E80 to 89
Set Value LED
Blinking
Setting value error
The output area setting is duplicated.
- After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the
set value.
Bank Display
A to F
Bank error
A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input.
- Check the bank input.
■Advancing Angle Function of FC2-230-1 * Only the FC2-320-1 has the advancing angle function.
1. Setting and operation
Set the advancing function according to the "17 Writing the advancing setting" in the list of operation.
Advancing angle……………… Sets how many degrees the ON/OFF angle of the CAM output should be advanced at any rotating speed (set as the
advancing rotating speed).
Advancing rotating speed …… Sets the advancing rotating speed that is used to specify the rotating speed in the setting of advancing angle (in units of 10
rpm).
2.Advancing operation
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
Number of Advancing Setting
Points
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Output Response Time
(Output 0 to 7) μs
345
365
380
400
420
435
465
470
900
800
700
600
500
500
450
400
350
300
250
250
360
1,100 1,000
Response Rotating Resolution
Speed (rpm)
720
550 500
Resolution
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
《Reminders》
-
Advancing is enabled only when the off width is 2°or more in the output area setting.
The advancing operation slowly follows the change of the rotating speed.
If rotation stops, a 0 rotating speed is output within 170 ms from the stop.
The response rotating speed and response time differ according to the advancing setting point.
(Only output 0 to 7)
■Example Application [Print Machine Control]
1. The FC is used for controlling the stop angle of the
printing cylinder.
Printing
Paper
Roller
The stop position of the machine plate is controlled so that it is placed at the
location of clamp when the machine plate is mounted to the printing cylinder.
Master
2. The rotary encoder is used for correcting the color
deviation in multicolored printing.
Printed
Paper
The printing cylinder's angle of mounting to the drive shaft and the left and right
position are fine-tuned (±1.00 mm).
It reduces the machine adjustment man-hours.
It is also used for transport machine control, multistory parking lots, and machine
tool control.
610
Absolute
Rotary Encoder
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
Latest catalog (free) is available online.
Motor
Visit our website ▼
http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/
Electronic Counter / Controller
FC2-160□/320□
140
8
66
140
8
66
HMI
SENSOR
■Dimensions (Unit:
mm)
140
Body of the FC2-160-1
140
100100
Dimensions
PLC
8
66
8
66
ENCODER
External Center
2.3
External
Center
DIN
2.3Rail Center
DIN Rail Center
COUNTER
INFORMATION
100
100
External Center
2.3
DIN Rail Center
External Center
2.3
DIN Rail Center
Electronic
Counter
Tachometer
(140)
(140)
129
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
129
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
Digital Timer
Programmable
Cam
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation of FC2-160-1
(140)
129
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
89
(100)
89
(100)
195
8
66
195
8
66
195
8
66
195
8
66
FC2-81F□
FC2-161F□/321F□
External Center
2.3
External
Center
DIN
2.3Rail Center
FC2-80□
FC2-160□/320□
DIN Rail Center
External Center
2.3
DIN Rail Center
External Center
2.3
DIN Rail Center
100
100
100100
Body of the FC2-320-1
(100(100
) )
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
89 89
129
(140)
Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installations of FC2-320-1
(195)
(195)
184
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
184
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
(195)
184
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
89
(100)
89
(100)
89 89
Hole for 2-M4 Screw
(100(100
) )
184
(195)
The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued.
For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website.
KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.
GENERAL CATALOG 2014
611
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement